W90N745 Data Sheet_0808 Nuvoton Sheet

User Manual: Nuvoton W90N745 - W90N745 data sheet

Open the PDF directly: View PDF PDF.
Page Count: 431 [warning: Documents this large are best viewed by clicking the View PDF Link!]

W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
32-BIT ARM7TDMI-BASED MCU
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
16/32-bit ARM microcontroller
Product Data Sheet
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
Publication Release Date: July 26, 2006
- I - Revision A1
Revision History
REVISION DATE COMMENTS
A 2006/06/23 Draft
A1 2006/07/26
Add Electrical specification
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
- II -
Table of Contents-
1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION ......................................................................................................... 1
2. FEATURES ................................................................................................................................. 2
3. PIN DIAGRAM ............................................................................................................................ 7
4. PIN ASSIGNMENT ..................................................................................................................... 8
5. PIN DESCRIPTION................................................................................................................... 13
6. BLOCK DIAGRAM .................................................................................................................... 24
7. FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION ................................................................................................. 25
7.1 ARM7TDMI CPU CORE............................................................................................... 25
7.2 System Manager........................................................................................................... 26
7.2.1 Overview ........................................................................................................................26
7.2.2 System Memory Map......................................................................................................26
7.2.3 Address Bus Generation ................................................................................................29
7.2.4 Data Bus Connection with External Memory ..................................................................29
7.2.5 Bus Arbitration................................................................................................................38
7.2.6 Power Management .......................................................................................................39
7.2.7 Power-On Setting ...........................................................................................................42
7.2.8 System Manager Control Registers Map........................................................................43
7.3 External Bus Interface .................................................................................................. 58
7.3.1 EBI Overview..................................................................................................................58
7.3.2 SDRAM Controller..........................................................................................................58
7.3.3 EBI Control Registers Map.............................................................................................62
7.4 Cache Controller........................................................................................................... 81
7.4.1 On-Chip RAM .................................................................................................................81
7.4.2 Non-Cacheable Area......................................................................................................81
7.4.3 Instruction Cache............................................................................................................82
7.4.4 Data Cache ....................................................................................................................84
7.4.5 Write Buffer ....................................................................................................................86
7.4.6 Cache Control Registers Map.........................................................................................86
7.5 Ethernet MAC Controller............................................................................................... 94
7.5.1 EMC Functional Description ...........................................................................................95
7.5.2 EMC Register Mapping ................................................................................................105
7.6 GDMA Controller ........................................................................................................ 160
7.6.1 GDMA Functional Description ......................................................................................160
7.6.2 GDMA Register Map ....................................................................................................161
7.7 USB Host Controller ................................................................................................... 170
7.7.1 USB Host Functional Description .................................................................................170
7.7.2 USB Host Controller Registers Map .............................................................................171
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
Publication Release Date: July 26, 2006
- III - Revision A1
7.8 USB Device Controller................................................................................................ 195
7.8.1 USB Endpoints .............................................................................................................195
7.8.2 Standard Device Request.............................................................................................195
7.8.3 USB Device Register Description.................................................................................195
7.9 Audio Controller .......................................................................................................... 236
7.9.1 I²S Interface..................................................................................................................236
7.9.2 AC97 Interface .............................................................................................................237
7.9.3 Audio Controller Register Map......................................................................................240
7.10 Universal Asynchronous Receiver/Transmitter Controller ......................................... 259
7.10.1 UART0........................................................................................................................261
7.10.2 UART1........................................................................................................................261
7.10.3 UART2........................................................................................................................263
7.10.4 UART3........................................................................................................................265
7.10.5 General UART Controller ...........................................................................................266
7.10.6 High speed UART Controller ......................................................................................280
7.11 Timer/Watchdog Controller......................................................................................... 294
7.11.1 General Timer Controller............................................................................................294
7.11.2 Watchdog Timer .........................................................................................................294
7.11.3 Timer Control Registers Map......................................................................................294
7.12 Advanced Interrupt Controller..................................................................................... 303
7.12.1 Interrupt Sources........................................................................................................304
7.12.2 AIC Registers Map .....................................................................................................307
7.13 General-Purpose Input/Output ................................................................................... 321
7.13.1 GPIO Register Description .........................................................................................323
7.13.2 GPIO Register Description .........................................................................................324
7.14 I2C Interface................................................................................................................ 345
7.14.1 I2C Protocol ................................................................................................................346
7.14.2 I2C Serial Interface Control Registers Map.................................................................349
7.15 Universal Serial Interface............................................................................................ 356
7.15.1 USI Timing Diagram ...................................................................................................357
7.15.2 USI Registers Map .....................................................................................................358
7.16 PWM ........................................................................................................................... 365
7.16.1 PWM Double Buffering and Reload Automatically......................................................366
7.16.2 Modulate Duty Ratio...................................................................................................366
7.16.3 Dead Zone Generator.................................................................................................367
7.16.4 PWM Timer Start Procedure ......................................................................................367
7.16.5 PWM Timer Stop Procedure.......................................................................................367
7.16.6 PWM Register Map ....................................................................................................368
7.17 Keypad Interface......................................................................................................... 378
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
- IV -
7.17.1 Keypad Interface Register Map ..................................................................................379
7.17.2 Register Description ...................................................................................................380
7.18 PS2 Host Interface Controller..................................................................................... 387
7.18.1 PS2 Host Controller Interface Register Map...............................................................388
7.18.2 Register Description ...................................................................................................389
8. ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS........................................................................................... 393
8.1 Absolute Maximum Ratings........................................................................................ 393
8.2 DC Specifications ....................................................................................................... 393
8.2.1 Digital DC Characteristics.............................................................................................393
8.2.2 USB Transceiver DC Characteristics............................................................................396
8.3 AC Specifications........................................................................................................ 397
8.3.1 EBI/SDRAM Interface AC Characteristics ....................................................................397
8.3.2 EBI/(ROM/SRAM/External I/O) AC Characteristics ......................................................398
8.3.3 USB Transceiver AC Characteristics............................................................................399
8.3.4 EMC RMII AC Characteristics ......................................................................................399
8.3.5 AC97/I2S Interface AC Characteristics.........................................................................401
8.3.6 I2C Interface AC Characteristics...................................................................................403
8.3.7 USI Interface AC Characteristics..................................................................................404
8.3.8 PS2 Interface AC Characteristics .................................................................................405
9. PACKAGE SPECIFICATIONS................................................................................................ 407
10. ORDERING INFORMATION .................................................................................................. 408
11. APPENDIX A: W90N745 REGISTERS MAPPING TABLE .................................................... 409
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
Publication Release Date: July 26, 2006
- 1 - Revision A1
1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION
The W90N745 is built around an outstanding CPU core, the 16/32 ARM7TDMI RISC processor which
designed by Advanced RISC Machines, Ltd. It offers 4K-byte I-cache/SRAM and 4K-byte D-
cache/SRAM, is a low power, general purpose integrated circuits. Its simple, elegant, and fully static
design is particularly suitable for cost sensitive and power sensitive applications.
One 100/10 Mbit MAC of Ethernet controller is built-in to reduce total system cost.
The W90N745 also provides one USB 1.1 host controller, one USB 1.1 device controller, one
AC97/I²S controller, one 2-channel GDMA, four independent UARTs, one watchdog timer, two 24-bit
timers with 8-bit pre-scale, up to 31 programmable I/O ports, PS2 keyboard controller and an
advanced interrupt controller. The external bus interface (EBI) controller provides for SDRAM,
ROM/SRAM, flash memory and I/O devices. The system manager includes an internal 32-bit system
bus arbiter and a PLL clock controller.
With a wide range of serial communication and Ethernet interfaces, the W90N745 is suitable for
communication gateways as well as many other general purpose applications.
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
- 2 -
2. FEATURES
Architecture
Fully 16/32-bit RISC architecture
Little/Big-Endian mode supported
Efficient and powerful ARM7TDMI core
Cost-effective JTAG-based debug solution
External Bus Interface
8/16-bit external bus support for ROM/SRAM, flash memory, SDRAM and external I/Os
Support for SDRAM
Programmable access cycle (0-7 wait cycle)
Four-word depth write buffer for SDRAM write data
Cost-effective memory-to-peripheral DMA interface
Instruction and Data Cache
Two-way, set-associative, 4K-byte I-cache and 4K-byte D-cache
Support for LRU (Least Recently Used) protocol
Cache can be configured as internal SRAM
Support cache lock function
Ethernet MAC Controller
DMA engine with burst mode
MAC Tx/Rx buffers (256 bytes Tx, 256 bytes Rx)
Data alignment logic
Endian translation
100/10 Mbit per second operation
Full compliance with IEEE standard 802.3
RMII interface only
Station Management Signaling
On-chip CAM (up to 16 destination addresses)
Full-duplex mode with PAUSE feature
Long/short packet modes
PAD generation
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
Publication Release Date: July 26, 2006
- 3 - Revision A1
DMA Controller
2-channel general DMA for memory-to-memory data transfers without CPU intervention
Initialed by a software or external DMA request
Increments or decrements a source or destination address in 8-bit, 16-bit or 32-bit data transfers
4-data burst mode
UART
Four UART (serial I/O) blocks with interrupt-based operation
Support for 5-bit, 6-bit, 7-bit or 8-bit serial data transmit and receive
Programmable baud rates
1, ½ or 2 stop bits
Odd or even parity
Break generation and detection
Parity, overrun and framing error detection
X16 clock mode
UART1 supports Bluetooth, and UART2 supports IrDA1.0 SIR
Timers
Two programmable 24-bit timers with 8-bit pre-scaler
One programmable 20 bit with selectable additional 8-bit prescaler watchdog timer
One-shot mode, periodical mode or toggle mode operation
Programmable I/Os
31 programmable I/O ports
Pins individually configurable to input, output or I/O mode for dedicated signals
I/O ports are configurable for multiple functions
Advanced Interrupt Controller
24 interrupt sources, including 4 external interrupt sources
Programmable normal or fast interrupt mode (IRQ, FIQ)
Programmable as either edge-triggered or level-sensitive for 4 external interrupt sources
Programmable as either low-active or high-active for 4 external interrupt sources
Priority methodology is encoded to allow for interrupt daisy-chaining
Automatically mask out the lower priority interrupt during interrupt nesting
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
- 4 -
USB Host Controller
USB 1.1 compliant
Compatible with Open HCI 1.0 specification
Supports low-speed and full speed devices
Build-in DMA for real time data transfer
Two on-chip USB transceivers with one optionally shared with USB device controller
USB Device Controller
USB 1.1 compliant
Support four USB endpoints including one control endpoint and 3 configurable endpoints for rich
USB functions
Two PLLs
The external clock can be multiplied by on-chip PLL to provide high frequency system clock
The input frequency range is 3-30MHz; 15MHz is preferred.
One PLL for both CPU and USB host/device controller
One PLL for audio I²S 12.288/16.934MHz clock source
Programmable clock frequency
4-Channel PWM
Four 16-bit timers with PWM
Two 8-bit pre-scalers & Two 4-bit dividers
Programmable duty control of output waveform (PWM)
Auto reload mode or one-shot pulse mode
Dead-zone generator
I2C Master
2-channel I2C
Compatible with Philips I2C standard, support master mode only
Support multi master operation
Clock stretching and wait state generation
Provide multi-byte transmit operation, up to 4 bytes can be transmitted in a single transfer
Software programmable acknowledge bit
Arbitration lost interrupt, with automatic transfer cancellation
Start/Stop/Repeated Start/Acknowledge generation
Start/Stop/Repeated Start detection
Bus busy detection
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
Publication Release Date: July 26, 2006
- 5 - Revision A1
Supports 7 bit addressing mode
Software mode I2C
Universal Serial Interface (USI)
1-channel USI
Support USI (Microwire/SPI) master mode
Full duplex synchronous serial data transfer
Variable length of transfer word up to 32 bits
Provide burst mode operation, transmit/receive can be executed up to four times in one transfer
MSB or LSB first data transfer
Rx and Tx on both rising or falling edge of serial clock independently
Two slave/device select lines
Fully static synchronous design with one clock domain
2-Channel AC97/I²S Audio Codec Host Interface
AHB master port and an AHB slave port are offered in audio controller.
Always 8-beat incrementing burst
Always bus lock when 8-beat incrementing burst
When reach middle and end address of destination address, a DMA_IRQ is requested to CPU
automatically
KeyPad Scan Interface
Scan up to 16 rows by 8 columns with an external 4 to 16 decoder and 4x8 array without auxiliary
component
Programmable debounce time
One or two keys scan with interrupt and three keys reset function.
Wakeup CPU from IDEL/Power Down mode
PS2 Host Interface
APB slave consisted of PS2 protocol.
Connect IBM keyboard or bar-code reader through PS2 interface.
Provide hardware scan code to ASCII translation
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
- 6 -
Power management
Programmable clock enables for individual peripheral
IDLE mode to halt ARM core and keep peripheral working
Power-Down mode to stop all clocks included external crystal oscillator.
Exit IDLE by all interrupts
Exit Power-Down by keypad,USB device and external interrupts
Operation Voltage Range
3.0 ~ 3.6 V for IO buffer
1.62 ~ 1.98 V for core logic
Operation Temperature Range
TBD
Operating Frequency
Up to 80 MHz
Package Type
128-pin LQFP
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
Publication Release Date: July 26, 2006
- 7 - Revision A1
3. PIN DIAGRAM
Fig 3.1 Pin Diagram
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
- 8 -
4. PIN ASSIGNMENT
Table 4.1 W90N745 Pins Assignment
PIN NAME 128-PIN LQFP
Clock & Reset ( 3 pins )
EXTAL (15M) 40
XTAL (15M) 41
nRESET 25
JTAG Interface ( 5 pins )
TMS 33
TDI 34
TDO 35
TCK 36
nTRST 37
External Bus Interface ( 53 pins )
A [20:0] 89-86,84-82,80-77,75-71,69-65
D [15:0] 110-111,113-116,118-122,124-128
nWBE [1;0] /
SDQM [1:0] 108,107
nSCS [1:0] 100,99
nSRAS 101
nSCAS 102
MCKE 98
nSWE 106
MCLK 104
nWAIT /
GPIO [30] /
nIRQ [3]
96
nBTCS 97
nECS [3:0] 90,92-94
nOE 95
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
Publication Release Date: July 26, 2006
- 9 - Revision A1
Table 4.1 W90N745 Pins Assignment, Continued
PIN NAME 128-PIN LQFP
Ethernet Interface ( 10 pins )
PHY_MDC /
GPIO [29] /
KPROW [1]
64
PHY_MDIO /
GPIO [28] /
KPROW [0]
63
PHY_TXD [1:0] /
GPIO [27:26] /
KPCOL [7:6]
62,60
PHY_TXEN /
GPIO [25] /
KPCOL [5]
59
PHY_REFCLK /
GPIO [24] /
KPCOL [4]
58
PHY_RXD [1:0] /
GPIO [23:22] /
KPCOL [3:2]
57,55
PHY_CRSDV /
GPIO [21] /
KPCOL [1]
54
PHY_RXERR /
GPIO [20] /
KPCOL [0]
53
AC97/I²S/PWM/UART3 ( 5 pins )
AC97_nRESET /
I²S_MCLK /
GPIO [0] /
nIRQ [2] /
USB_PWREN
44
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
- 10 -
Table 4.1 W90N745 Pins Assignment, Continued
PIN NAME 128-PIN LQFP
AC97/I²S/PWM/UART3 ( 5 pins )
AC97_DATAI /
I²S_DATAI /
PWM [0] /
DTR3 /
GPIO [1]
45
AC97_DATAO /
I²S_DATAO /
PWM [1] /
DSR3 /
GPIO [2]
46
AC97_SYNC /
I²S_LRCLK /
PWM [2] /
TXD3 /
GPIO [3]
47
AC97_BITCLK /
I²S_BITCLK /
PWM [3] /
RXD3
GPIO [4]
48
USB Interface ( 4 pins )
DP0 7
DN 0 6
DP1 2
DN1 3
Miscellaneous ( 7 pins )
nIRQ [1] /
GPIO [17] /
USB_OVRCUR
32
nIRQ [0] /
GPIO [16] 31
nWDOG /
GPIO [15] /
USB_PWREN
38
TEST 26
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
Publication Release Date: July 26, 2006
- 11 - Revision A1
Table 4.1 W90N745 Pins Assignment, Continued
PIN NAME 128-PIN LQFP
I2C/USI(SPI/MW) ( 4 pins )
SCL0 /
SFRM /
TIMER0 /
GPIO [11]
17
SDA0 /
SSPTXD /
TIMER1 /
GPIO [12]
18
SCL1 /
SCLK /
GPIO [13] /
KPROW [3]
19
SDA1 /
SSPRXD /
GPIO [14] /
KPROW [2]
20
UART0/UART1/UART2/PS2 ( 6 pins )
TXD0 /
GPIO [5] 10
RXD0 /
GPIO [6] 11
TXD1 /
GPIO [7] 12
RXD1 /
GPIO [8] 13
CTS1 /
TXD2(IrDA) /
PS2_CLK /
GPIO [9]
14
RTS1 /
RXD2(IrDA) /
PS2_DATA /
GPIO [10]
15
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
- 12 -
Table 4.1 W90N745 Pins Assignment, Continued
PIN NAME 128-PIN LQFP
XDMA ( 2 pins )
nXDREQ /
GPIO [19] / 51
nXDACK /
GPIO [18] / 52
Power/Ground ( 36 pins )
VDD18 21,43,49,85,112
VSS18 22,50,81,109
VDD33 9,23,42,61,76,103,117
VSS33 16,24,39,56,70,91,105,123
USBVDD 1,8
USBVSS 4,5
PLLVDD18 27,30
PLLVSS18 28,29
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
Publication Release Date: July 26, 2006
- 13 - Revision A1
5. PIN DESCRIPTION
Table 5.1 W90N745 Pins Description
PIN NAME IO TYPE DESCRIPTION
Clock & Reset
EXTAL (15M) I 15MHz External Clock / Crystal Input
XTAL (15M) O 15MHz Crystal Output
nRESET IS System Reset, active-low
JTAG Interface
TMS IUS JTAG Test Mode Select, internal pull-up with 70K ohm
TDI IUS JTAG Test Data in, internal pull-up with 70K ohm
TDO O JTAG Test Data out
TCK IDS JTAG Test Clock, internal pull-down with 58K ohm
nTRST IUS JTAG Reset, active-low, internal pull-up with 70K ohm
External Bus Interface
A [20:18] O Address Bus (MSB) of external memory and IO devices.
A [17:0] IOS Address Bus of external memory and IO devices.
D [15:0] IOS Data Bus (LSB) of external memory and IO device.
nWBE [1:0] /
SDQM [1:0] IOS Write Byte Enable for specific device (nECS [1:0]).
Data Bus Mask signal for SDRAM (nSCS [1:0]), active-low.
nSCS [1:0] O SDRAM chip select for two external banks, active-low.
nSRAS O Row Address Strobe for SDRAM, active-low.
nSCAS O Column Address Strobe for SDRAM, active-low.
MCKE O SDRAM Clock Enable, active-high
nSWE O SDRAM Write Enable, active-low
MCLK O System Master Clock Out, SDRAM clock, output with slew-rate control
nWAIT /
GPIO[30] /
nIRQ3
IUS
External Wait, active-low. This pin indicates that the external devices need
more active cycle during access operation.
General Programmable In/Out Port GPIO[30]. If memory and IO devices in EBI
do not need wait request, it can be configured as GPIO[30] or nIRQ3.
nBTCS O ROM/Flash Chip Select, active-low.
nECS [3:0] IO External I/O Chip Select, active-low.
nOE O ROM/Flash, External Memory Output Enable, active-low.
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
- 14 -
Table 5.1 W90N745 Pins Description, Continued
PIN NAME IO TYPE DESCRIPTION
Ethernet Interface
PHY_MDC /
GPIO [29] /
KPROW [1]
IOU
RMII Management Data Clock for Ethernet. It is the reference clock of MDIO.
Each MDIO data will be latched at the rising edge of MDC clock.
General Programmable In/Out Port [29]
Keypad ROW[1] scan output.
PHY_MDIO /
GPIO [28] /
KPROW [0]
IO
RMII Management Data I/O for Ethernet. It is used to transfer RMII control and
status information between PHY and MAC.
General Programmable In/Out Port [28]
Keypad ROW[0] scan output.
PHY_TXD [1:0] /
GPIO [27:26] /
KPCOL [7:6]
IOU
2-bit Transmit Data bus for Ethernet.
General programmable In/Out Port [27:26]
Keypad column input [7:6], active low
PHY_TXEN /
GPIO [25] /
KPCOL [5]
IOU
PHY_TXEN shall be asserted synchronously with the first 2-bit of the preamble
and shall remain asserted while all di-bits to be transmitted are presented. Of
course, it is synchronized with PHY_REFCLK.
General Programmable In/Out Port [25]
Keypad column input [5], active low
PHY_REFCLK /
GPIO [24] /
KPCOL [4]
IOS
Reference Clock. The clock shall be 50MHz +/- 50 ppm with minimum 35%
duty cycle at high or low state.
General Programmable In/Out port [24]
Keypad column input [4], active low
PHY_RXD [1:0] /
GPIO [23:22] /
KPCOL [3:2]
IOS
2-bit Receive Data bus for Ethernet.
General Programmable In/Out Port [23:22]
Keypad column input [3:2], active low
PHY_CRSDV /
GPIO [21] /
KPCOL [1]
IOS
Carrier Sense / Receive Data Valid for Ethernet. The PHY_CRSDV shall be
asserted by PHY when the receive medium is non-idle. Loss of carrier shall
result in the de-assertion of PHY_CRSDV synchronous to the cycle of
PHY_REFCLK, and only on 2-bit receive data boundaries.
General Programmable In/Out port [21]
Keypad column input [1], active low
PHY_RXERR /
GPIO [20] /
KPCOL [0]
IOS
Receive Data Error for Ethernet. It indicates a data error detected by PHY.The
assertion should be lasted for longer than a period of PHY_REFCLK. When
PHY_RXERR is asserted, the MAC will report a CRC error.
General programmable In/Out port [20]
Keypad column input [0], active low
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
Publication Release Date: July 26, 2006
- 15 - Revision A1
Table 5.1 W90N745 Pins Description, Continued
PIN NAME IO TYPE DESCRIPTION
AC97/I²S/PWM/UART3
AC97_nRESET /
I²S_MCLK /
GPIO [0] /
nIRQ [2] /
USB_PWREN
IOU
AC97 CODEC Host Interface RESET Output.
I²S CODEC Host Interface System Clock Output.
General Purpose In/Out port [0]
External interrupt request.
USB host power enable output
AC97_DATAI /
I²S_DATAI /
PWM [0] /
DTR3 /
GPIO [1]
IOU
AC97 CODEC Host Interface Data Input.
I²S CODEC Host Interface Data Input.
PWM Channel 0 output.
Data Terminal Ready for UART3.
General Purpose In /Out port [1]
AC97_DATAO /
I²S_DATAO /
PWM [1] /
DSR3 /
GPIO [2]
IOU
AC97 CODEC Host Interface Data Output.
I²S CODEC Host Interface Data Output.
PWM Channel 1 output.
Data Set Ready for UART3.
General Purpose In/Out port [2]
AC97_SYNC /
I²S_LRCLK /
PWM [2] /
TXD3 /
GPIO [3]
IOU
AC97 CODEC Host Interface Synchronous Pulse Output.
I²S CODEC Host Interface Left/Right Channel Select Clock.
PWM Channel 2 output.
Transmit Data for UART3.
General Purpose In/Out port [3]
AC97_BITCLK /
I²S_BITCLK /
PWM [3] /
RXD3 /
GPIO [4]
IOS
AC97 CODEC Host Interface Bit Clock Input.
I²S CODEC Host Interface Bit Clock.
PWM Channel 3 output.
Receive Data for UART3.
General Purpose In/Out port [4].
USB Interface
DP0 IO Differential Positive USB IO signal
DN0 IO Differential Negative USB IO signal
DP1 IO Differential Positive USB IO signal
DN1 IO Differential Negative USB IO signal
Miscellaneous
nIRQ [1:0] /
GPIO [17:16] /
USB_OVRCUR
IOU
External Interrupt Request
General Purpose I/O
nIRQ1 is used as USB host over-current detection input
nWDOG /
GPIO [15] /
USB_PWREN
IOU
Watchdog Timer Timeout Flag and Keypad 3-keys reset output, active low
General Purpose In/output
USB host power switch enable output
TEST IDS This test pin must be short to ground or left unconnected
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
- 16 -
Table 5.1 W90N745 Pins Description, Continued
PIN NAME IO TYPE DESCRIPTION
I2C/USI
SCL0 /
SFRM /
TIMER0 /
GPIO [11]
IOU
I2C Serial Clock Line 0.
USI Serial Frame.
Timer0 time out output.
General Purpose In/Out port [11].
SDA0 /
SSPTXD /
TIMER1 /
GPIO [12]
IOU
I2C Serial Data Line 0
USI Serial Transmit Data
Timer1 time out output
General Purpose In/Out port [12]
SCL1 /
SCLK /
GPIO [13] /
KPROW [3]
IOU
I2C Serial Clock Line 1
USI Serial Clock
General Purpose In/Out port [13]
Keypad row scan output [3]
SDA1 /
SSPRXD /
GPIO [14] /
KPROW [2]
IDU
I2C Serial Data Line 1
USI Serial Receive Data
General Purpose In/Out port [14]
Keypad scan output [2]
UART0/UART1/UART2
TXD0 /
GPIO [5] IOU UART0 Transmit Data.
General Purpose In/Out [5]
RXD0 /
GPIO [6] IOU UART0 Receive Data.
General Purpose In/Out [6]
TXD1 /
GPIO [7] IOU UART1 Transmit Data.
General Purpose In/Out [7]
RXD1 /
GPIO [8] IOU UART1 Receive Data.
General Purpose In/Out [8]
CTS1/
TXD2(IrDA) /
PS2_CLK /
GPIO [9]
IOU
UART1 Clear To Send for Bluetooth application
UART2 Transmit Data supporting SIR IrDA.
PS2 Interface Clock Input/Output
General Purpose In/Out [9]
RTS1/
RXD2(IrDA) /
PS2_DATA /
GPIO [10]
IOU
UART1 Request To Send for Bluetooth application
UART2 Receive Data supporting SIR IrDA.
PS2 Interface Bi-Directional Data Line.
General Purpose In/Out [10]
XDMA
nXDREQ /
GPIO [19] / IO External DMA Request.
General Purpose In/Out [19]
nXDACK /
GPIO [18] / IO External DMA Acknowledgement.
General Purpose In/Out [18]
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
Publication Release Date: July 26, 2006
- 17 - Revision A1
Table 5.1 W90N745 Pins Description, Continued
PIN NAME IO TYPE DESCRIPTION
Power/Ground
VDD18 P Core Logic power (1.8V)
VSS18 G Core Logic ground (0V)
VDD33 P IO Buffer power (3.3V)
VSS33 G IO Buffer ground (0V)
USBVDD P USB power (3.3V)
USBVSS G USB ground (0V)
DVDD18 P PLL Digital power (1.8V)
DVSS18 G PLL Digital ground (0V)
AVDD18 P PLL Analog power (1.8V)
AVSS18 G PLL Analog ground (0V)
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
- 18 -
Table 5.2 W90N745 128-pin LQFP Multi-function List
PIN NO. DEFAULT FUNCTION0 FUNCTION1 FUNCTION2 FUNCTION3
USB1.1 Host/Device Interface
1 USBVDD USBVDD - - -
2 DP1 DP1 - - -
3 DN1 DN1 - - -
4 USBVSS USBVSS - - -
5 USBVSS USBVSS - - -
6 DN0 DN0 - - -
7 DP0 DP0 - - -
8 USBVDD USBVDD - - -
9 VDD33 VDD33 - - -
UART[2:0]/PS2 Interface
10 GPIO[5] GPIO[5] UART_TXD0 - -
11 GPIO[6] GPIO[6] UART_RXD0 - -
12 GPIO[7] GPIO[7] UART_TXD1 - -
13 GPIO[8] GPIO[8] UART_RXD1 - -
14 GPIO[9] GPIO[9] UART_TXD2 UART_CTS1 PS2_CLK
15 GPIO[10] GPIO[10] UART_RXD2 UART_RTS1 PS2_DATA
16 VSS33 VSS33 - - -
I2C/USI Interface
17 GPIO[11] GPIO[11] I2C_SCL0 SSP_FRAM TIMER0
18 GPIO[12] GPIO[12] I2C_SDA0 SSP_TXD TIMER1
19 GPIO[13] GPIO[13] I2C_SCL1 SSP_SCLK KPI_ROW[3]
20 GPIO[14] GPIO[14] I2C_SDA1 SSP_RXD KPI_ROW[2]
21 VDD18 VDD18 - - -
22 VSS18 VSS18 - - -
23 VDD33 VDD33 - - -
24 VSS33 VSS33 - - -
System Reset & TEST
25 nRESET nRESET - - -
26 TEST TEST - - -
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
Publication Release Date: July 26, 2006
- 19 - Revision A1
Table 5.2 W90N745 128-pin LQFP Multi-function List , Continued
PLL Power/Ground
27 PLL_VDD18 PLL_VDD18 - - -
28 PLL_VSS18 PLL_VSS18 - - -
29 PLL_VSS18 PLL_VSS18 - - -
30 PLL_VDD18 PLL_VDD18 - - -
External IRQ[1:0]/USB Over Current
31 GPIO[16] GPIO[16] nIRQ [0] - -
32 GPIO[17] GPIO[17] nIRQ [1] USB_OVRCUR -
JTAG Interface
33 TMS TMS - - -
34 TDI TDI - - -
35 TDO TDO - - -
36 TCK TCK - - -
37 nTRST nTRST - - -
WatchDog/USB Power Enable
38 GPIO[15] GPIO[15] nWDOG USB_PWREN -
39 VSS33 VSS33 - - -
System Clock
40 EXTAL(15M) EXTAL(15M) - - -
41 XTAL(15M) XTAL(15M) - - -
42 VDD33 VDD33 - - -
43 VDD18 VDD18 - - -
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
- 20 -
Table 5.2 W90N745 128-pin LQFP Multi-function List , Continued
PIN NO. DEFAULT FUNCTION0 FUNCTION1 FUNCTION2 FUNCTION3
AC97/I²S/PWM/UART3 Interface
44 GPIO[0] GPIO[0]
AC97_nRESET
or
I²SMCLK
nIRQ [2] USB_PWREN
45 GPIO[1] GPIO[1]
AC97_DATAI
or
I²SDATAI
PWM0 UART_DTR3
46 GPIO[2] GPIO[2]
AC97_DATAO
or
I²SDATAO
PWM1 UART_DSR3
47 GPIO[3] GPIO[3]
AC97_SYNC
or
I²SLRCLK
PWM2 UART_TXD3
48 GPIO[4] GPIO[4]
AC97_BITCLK
or
I²SBITCLK
PWM3 UART_RXD3
49 VDD18 VDD18 - - -
50 VSS18 VSS18 - - -
XDMAREQ
51 GPIO[19] GPIO[19] nXDREQ - -
52 GPIO[18] GPIO[18] nXDACK - -
Ethernet RMII/KeyPad Interface
53 GPIO[20] GPIO[20] PHY_RXERR KPI_COL[0] -
54 GPIO[21] GPIO[21] PHY_CRSDV KPI_COL[1] -
55 GPIO[22] GPIO[22] PHY_RXD[0] KPI_COL[2] -
56 VSS33 VSS33 - - -
57 GPIO[23] GPIO[23] PHY_RXD[1] KPI_COL[3] -
58 GPIO[24] GPIO[24] PHY_REFCLK KPI_COL[4] -
59 GPIO[25] GPIO[25] PHY_TXEN KPI_COL[5] -
60 GPIO[26] GPIO[26] PHY_TXD[0] KPI_COL[6] -
61 VDD33 VDD33 - - -
62 GPIO[27] GPIO[27] PHY_TXD[1] KPI_COL[7] -
63 GPIO[28] GPIO[28] PHY_MDIO KPI_ROW[0]
64 GPIO[29] GPIO[29] PHY_MDC KPI_ROW[1]
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
Publication Release Date: July 26, 2006
- 21 - Revision A1
Table 5.2 W90N745 128-pin LQFP Multi-function List, Continued
PIN
NO. DEFAULT FUNCTION0 FUNCTION1 FUNCTION2 FUNCTION3
Memory Address/Data/Control
65 A[0] A[0] - - -
66 A[1] A[1] - - -
67 A[2] A[2] - - -
68 A[3] A[3] - - -
69 A[4] A[4] - - -
70 VSS33 VSS33 - - -
71 A[5] A[5] - - -
72 A[6] A[6] - - -
73 A[7] A[7] - - -
74 A[8] A[8] - - -
75 A[9] A[9] - - -
76 VDD33 VDD33 - - -
77 A[10] A[10] - - -
78 A[11] A[11] - - -
79 A[12] A[12] - - -
80 A[13] A[13] - - -
81 VSS18 VSS18 - - -
82 A[14] A[14] - - -
83 A[15] A[15] - - -
84 A[16] A[16] - - -
85 VDD18 VDD18 - - -
86 A[17] A[17] - - -
87 A[18] A[18] - - -
88 A[19] A[19] - - -
89 A[20] A[20] - - -
90 nECS[3] nECS[3] - - -
91 VSS33 VSS33 - - -
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
- 22 -
Table 5.2 W90N745 128-pin LQFP Multi-function List, Continued
PIN
NO. DEFAULT FUNCTION0 FUNCTION1 FUNCTION2 FUNCTION3
Memory Address/Data/Control
92 nECS[2] nECS[2] - - -
93 nECS[1] nECS[1] - - -
94 nECS[0] nECS[0] - - -
95 nOE nOE - - -
96 nWAIT GPIO[30] nWAIT nIRQ [3] -
97 nBTCS nBTCS - - -
98 MCKE MCKE - - -
99 nSCS[0] nSCS[0] - - -
100 nSCS[1] nSCS[1] - - -
101 nSRAS nSRAS - - -
102 nSCAS nSCAS - - -
103 VDD33 VDD33 - - -
104 MCLK MCLK - - -
105 VSS33 VSS33 - - -
106 nSWE nSWE - - -
107 nWBE/SDQM[0]
nWBE or SDQM[0]
108 nWBE/SDQM[1]
nWBE or SDQM[1]
109 VSS18 VSS18 - - -
110 D[15] D[15] - - -
111 D[14] D[14] - - -
112 VDD18 VDD18 - - -
113 D[13] D[13] - - -
114 D[12] D[12] - - -
115 D[11] D[11] - - -
116 D[10] D[10] - - -
117 VDD33 VDD33 - - -
118 D[9] D[9] - - -
119 D[8] D[8] - - -
120 D[7] D[7] - - -
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
Publication Release Date: July 26, 2006
- 23 - Revision A1
Table 5.2 W90N745 128-pin LQFP Multi-function List, Continued
PIN NO. DEFAULT FUNCTION0 FUNCTION1 FUNCTION2 FUNCTION3
Memory Address/Data/Control
121 D[6] D[6] - - -
122 D[5] D[5] - - -
123 VSS33 VSS33 - - -
124 D[4] D[4] - - -
125 D[3] D[3] - - -
126 D[2] D[2] - - -
127 D[1] D[1] - - -
128 D[0] D[0] - - -
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
- 24 -
6. BLOCK DIAGRAM
ARM7TDMI
Clock
Synthesizer
Cache
Controller
4KB
I-Cache 4KB
D-Cache
Wrapper
Power
Management
Unit
External Bus
Interface
Ethernet MAC
Controller
USB 1.1 Host
Controller
USB 1.1 Device
Controller
Clock
Synthesizer
2-Channel GDMA
AHB
Arbiter
AHB
Decoder
APB
Bridge
2 Timers
Advanced
Interrupt
Controller
Watch-Dog
Timer
I2C(x2)/USI
UART (x4) with
IrDA/Bluetooth/
Micro-printer
2-channel AC97/I2S
4-Channels
PWM
31 GPIOs
PLL
PHY
PHY
PLL
W90N745
Block Diagram
JTAG
ICE
* 15MHz
* Host/Device
PHY RMII Bus
TDMI Bus
APB Bus
AHB Bus
PS/2 Keyboard
Host Interface
Keypad
Controller
Fig 6.1 W90N745 Functional Block Diagram
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
Publication Release Date: July 26, 2006
- 25 - Revision A1
7. FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION
7.1 ARM7TDMI CPU CORE
The ARM7TDMI CPU core is a member of the Advanced RISC Machines (ARM) family of general-
purpose 32-bit microprocessors, which offer high performance for very low power consumption. The
architecture is based on Reduced Instruction Set Computer (RISC) principles, and the instruction set and
related decode mechanism are much simpler than those of micro-programmed Complex Instruction Set
Computers. Pipelining is employed so that all parts of the processing and memory systems can operate
continuously. The high instruction throughput and impressive real-time interrupt response are the major
benefits.
The ARM7TDMI CPU core has two instruction sets:
(1) The standard 32-bit ARM set
(2) A 16-bit THUMB set
The THUMB set’s 16-bit instruction length allows it to approach twice the density of standard ARM core
while retaining most of the ARM’s performance advantage over a traditional 16-bit processor using 16-bit
registers. THUMB instructions operate with the standard ARM register configuration, allowing excellent
interoperability between ARM and THUMB states. Each 16-bit THUMB instruction has a corresponding
32-bit ARM instruction with the same effect on the processor model.
ARM7TDMI CPU core has 31 x 32-bit registers. At any one time, 16 sets are visible; the other registers
are used to speed up exception processing. All the register specified in ARM instructions can address
any of the 16 registers. The CPU also supports 5 types of exception, such as two levels of interrupt,
memory aborts, attempted execution of an undefined instruction and software interrupts.
Address Register
Address
Incrementer
Barrel Shifter
Register Bank
(31 x 32-bit registers)
(6 status registers)
32 x8 Multiplier
32-bit ALU
Writer Data
Register
Instruction Pipeline
Read Data Register
Thumb Instruction Decoder
Instruction Decoder
Control Logic
Scan Control
B Bus
A Bus
ALU Bus
PC Bus
Incrementer Bus
A[31:0]
D[31:0]
Fig 7.1 ARM7TDMI CPU Core Block Diagram
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
- 26 -
7.2 System Manager
7.2.1 Overview
The W90N745 system manager has the following functions.
System memory map
Data bus connection with external memory
Product identifier register
Bus arbitration
PLL module
Clock select and power saving control register
Power-On setting
7.2.2 System Memory Map
W90N745 provides 2G bytes cacheable address space and the other 2G bytes are non-cacheable. The
On-Chip Peripherals bank is on 1M bytes top of the space (0xFFF0_0000 – 0xFFFF_FFFF) and the On-
Chip RAM bank’s start address is 0xFFE0.0000, the other banks can be located anywhere (cacheable
space:0x0000_0000~0x7FDF_FFFF if Cache ON; non-cacheable space:
0x8000_0000~0xFFDF_FFFF).
The size and location of each bank is determined by the register settings for “current bank base address
pointer” and “current bank size”. Please note that when setting the bank control registers, the address
boundaries of consecutive banks must not overlap.
Except On-Chip Peripherals and On-Chip RAM, the start address of each memory bank is not fixed. You
can use bank control registers to assign a specific bank start address by setting the bank’s base pointer
(13 bits). The address resolution is 256K bytes. The bank’s start address is defined as “base pointer <<
18” and the bank’s size is “current bank size”.
In the event of an access requested to an address outside any programmed bank size, an abort signal is
generated. The maximum accessible memory size of each external IO bank is 4M bytes (by word
format), and 64M bytes on each SDRAM bank.
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
Publication Release Date: July 26, 2006
- 27 - Revision A1
ROM/FLASH
256KB - 4MB
SDRAM Bank 0
2MB - 64MB
SDRAM Bank 1
2MB - 64MB
External I/O Bank 0
256KB - 4MB
External I/O Bank 1
256KB - 4MB
External I/O Bank 2
256KB - 4MB
External I/O Bank 3
256KB - 4MB
RESERVED
RESERVED
8KB
512KB
(Fixed)
0x7FF8.0000
0x0000_0000
0x7FFF_FFFF
RESERVED
0x7FE0_0000
RESERVED
512KB
(Fixed)
0x7FF0_0000
EBI Space
ROM/FLASH
256KB - 4MB
SDRAM Bank 0
2MB - 64MB
SDRAM Bank 1
2MB - 64MB
External I/O Bank 0
256KB - 4MB
External I/O Bank 1
256KB - 4MB
External I/O Bank 2
256KB - 4MB
External I/O Bank 3
256KB - 4MB
On-Chip RAM
4KB,4KB
On-Chip APB
Peripherals
8KB
512KB
(Fixed)
0xFFF8_0000
0x8000_0000
0xFFFF_FFFF
RESERVED
0xFFE0_0000
On-Chip AHB
Peripherals
512KB
(Fixed)
0xFFF0_0000
EBI Space
Fig7.2.1 System Memory Map
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
- 28 -
Table 7.2.1 On-Chip Peripherals Memory Map
BASE ADDRESS DESCRIPTION
AHB Peripherals
0xFFF0_0000 Product Identifier Register (PDID)
0xFFF0_0004 Arbitration Control Register (ARBCON)
0xFFF0_0008 PLL Control Register 0(PLLCON0)
0xFFF0_000C Clock Select Register (CLKSEL)
0xFFF0_0010 PLL Control Register 1 (PLLCON1)
0xFFF0_0014 Audio I²S Clock Control Register (I²SCKCON)
0xFFF0_0020 IRQ Wakeup Control Register (IRQWAKEUPCON)
0xFFF0_0024 IRQ Wakeup Flag Register (IRQWAKEFLAG)
0xFFF0_0028 Power Manager Control Register (PMCON)
0xFFF0_0030 USB Transceiver Control Register (USBTXRCON)
0xFFF0_1000 EBI Control Register (EBICON) Control Registers
0xFFF0_1004 ROM/FLASH (ROMCON) Control Registers
0xFFF0_1008 SDRAM bank 0 – 1 Control Registers
0xFFF0_1018 External I/O 0 – 3 Control Registers
0xFFF0_2000 Cache Controller Control Registers
0xFFF0_3000 Ethernet MAC Controller Control Registers
0xFFF0_4000 GDMA 0 – 1 Control Registers
0xFFF0_5000 USB Host Controller Control Registers
0xFFF0_6000 USB Device Controller Control Registers
0xFFF0_9000 AC97/I²S Controller Control Registers
APB Peripherals
0xFFF8_0000 UART 0 (Tx, RX for console)
0xFFF8_0100 UART 1 (Tx, Rx, for bluetooth)
0xFFF8_0200 UART 2 (bluetooth CTS, RTS/ IrDA Tx, Rx)
0xFFF8_0300 UART 3 (micro-print DTR, DTS, Tx, Rx)
0xFFF8_1000 Timer 0 – 1, WDOG Timer
0xFFF8_2000 Interrupt Controller
0xFFF8_3000 GPIO
0xFFF8_6000 I2C-0 Control Registers
0xFFF8_6100 I2C-1 Control Registers
0xFFF8_6200 USI Control Registers
0xFFF8_7000 Pulse Width Modulation (PWM) Control Registers
0xFFF8_8000 KeyPad Interface Control Register (KPI)
0xFFF8_9000 PS2 Control Registers
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
Publication Release Date: July 26, 2006
- 29 - Revision A1
7.2.3 Address Bus Generation
The W90N745 address bus generation is depended on the required data bus width of each memory
bank. The data bus width is determined by DBWD bits in each bank’s control register.
The maximum accessible memory size of each external IO bank is 4M bytes.
Table 7.2.2 Address Bus Generation Guidelines
DATA BUS EXTERNAL ADDRESS PINS
WIDTH A [20:0]
MAXIMUM ACCESSIBLE MEMORY SIZE
8-bit A20 – A0
(Internal) 2M bytes
16-bit A21 – A1
(Internal) 2M half-words
7.2.4 Data Bus Connection with External Memory
7.2.4.1. Memory formats
The W90N745 can be configured as big endian or little endian mode by pull up or down the external data
bus D14 pin. If D14 is pull up, then it is a little endian mode, otherwise, it is a big endian mode.
Little endian
In little endian format, the lowest addressed byte in a word is considered the least significant byte of the
word and the highest addressed byte is the most significant. So the byte at address 0 of the memory
system connects to data lines 7 through 0.
For a word aligned address A, Fig7.2.2 shows how the half-word at addresses A and A+2, and the bytes
at addresses A, A+1, A+2, and A+3 map on to each other when D14 pin is High.
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Half-word at address A
Half-word at address A+2
Byte at address A+1 Byte at address A
Byte at address A+3 Byte at address A+2
Fig7.2.2 Little endian addresses of bytes and half-words within half words
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
- 30 -
Big endian
In Big endian format, the W90N745 stores the most significant byte of a word at the lowest numbered
byte, and the least significant byte at the highest-numbered byte. So the byte at address 0 of the memory
system connects to data lines 31 through 24.
For a word aligned address A, Fig7.2.3 shows how the half-word at addresses A and A+2, and the bytes
at addresses A, A+1, A+2, and A+3 map on to each other when the D14 pin is Low.
15 14 13 12 1110987654321 0
Half-word at address A
Half-word at address A+2
Byte at address A Byte at address A+1
Byte at address A+2 Byte at address A+3
Fig7.2.3 Big endian addresses of bytes and half-words within half words
7.2.4.2. Connection of External Memory with Various Data Width
The system diagram for W90N745 connecting with the external memory is shown in Fig7.2.4. Below
tables (Table7.2.3 through Table7.2.14) show the program/data path between CPU register and the
external memory using little / big endian and word/half-word/byte access.
Fig7.2.4 Address/Data bus connection with external memory
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
Publication Release Date: July 26, 2006
- 31 - Revision A1
Fig7.2.5 CPU registers Read/Write with external memory
Table 7.2.3 and Table 7.2.4
Using big-endian and word access, Program/Data path between register and external memory
WA = Address whose LSB is 0,4,8,C X = Don’t care
nWBE [1-0] / SDQM [1-0] = A means active and U means inactive
Table7.2.3 Word access write operation with Big Endian
ACCESS
OPERATION WRITE OPERATION (CPU REGISTER Î EXTERNAL MEMORY)
XD WIDTH HALF WORD BYTE
Bit Number
CPU Reg
Data
31 0
ABCD 31 0
ABCD
SA WA WA
Bit Number
SD 31 0
AB CD 31 0
A B C D
Bit Number
ED 15 0
AB 15 0
CD 7 0
A 7 0
B 7 0
C 7 0
D
XA WA WA+2 WA WA+1 WA+2 WA+3
nWBE [1-0]
/
SDQM [1-0] AA AA XA XA XA XA
Bit Number
XD 15 0
AB 15 0
CD 7 0
A 7 0
B 7 0
C 7 0
D
Bit Number
Ext. Mem
Data
15 0
AB 15 0
CD 7 0
A 7 0
B 7 0
C 7 0
D
Timing
Sequence 1st write 2nd write 1st write 2nd write 3rd write 4th write
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
- 32 -
Table7.2.4 Word access read operation with Big Endian
ACCESS OPERATION READ OPERATION (CPU REGISTER Í EXTERNAL MEMORY)
XD WIDTH HALF WORD BYTE
Bit Number
CPU Reg Data 31 0
CDAB 31 0
DCBA
SA WA WA
Bit Number
SD 31 0
CD AB 31 0
D C B A
Bit Number
ED 31 0
CD XX 31 0
CD AB 31 0
D X X X 31 0
D C X X 31 0
D C B X 31 0
D C B A
XA WA WA+2 WA WA+1 WA+2 WA+3
SDQM [1-0] AA AA XA XA XA XA
Bit Number
XD 15 0
CD 15 0
AB 7 0
D 7 0
C 7 0
B 7 0
A
Bit Number
Ext. Mem Data 15 0
CD 15 0
AB 7 0
D 7 0
C 7 0
B 7 0
A
Timing Sequence 1st read 2nd read 1st read 2nd read 3rd read 4th read
Table 7.2.5 and Table 7.2.6
Using big-endian and half-word access, Program/Data path between register and external memory.
HA = Address whose LSB is 0,2,4,6,8,A,C,E X = Don’t care
nWBE [1-0] / SDQM [1-0] = A means active and U means inactive
Table7.2.5 Half-word access write operation with Big Endian
ACCESS OPERATION WRITE OPERATION (CPU REGISTER Î EXTERNAL MEMORY)
XD WIDTH HALF WORD BYTE
Bit Number
CPU Reg Data 31 0
ABCD 31 0
ABCD
SA HA HA
Bit Number
SD 31 0
CD CD 31 0
CD CD 31 0
CD CD
Bit Number
ED 31 0
CD CD 7 0
C 7 0
D
XA HA HA HA+1
nWBE [1-0] /
SDQM [1-0] AA XA XA
Bit Number
XD 15 0
CD 7 0
C 7 0
D
Bit Number
Ext. Mem Data 15 0
CD 7 0
C 7 0
D
Timing Sequence 1st write 2nd write
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
Publication Release Date: July 26, 2006
- 33 - Revision A1
Table7.2.6 Half-word access read operation with Big Endian
ACCESS OPERATION READ OPERATION (CPU REGISTER Í EXTERNAL MEMORY)
XD WIDTH HALF WORD BYTE
Bit Number
CPU Reg Data 15 0
CD 15 0
DC
SA HA HA
Bit Number
SD 15 0
CD 15 0
DC
Bit Number
ED 15 0
CD 15 0
DX 15 0
DC
XA HA HA HA+1
SDQM [1-0] AA XA XA
Bit Number
XD 15 0
CD 7 0
D 7 0
C
Bit Number
Ext. Mem Data 15 0
CD 7 0
D 7 0
C
Timing Sequence 1st read 2nd read
Table 7.2.7 and Table 7.2.8
Using big-endian and byte access, Program/Data path between register and external memory.
BA = Address whose LSB is 0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,A,B,C,D,E,F
BAL = Address whose LSB is 0,2,4,6,8,A,C,E BAU = Address whose LSB is 1,3,5,7,9,B,D,F
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
- 34 -
Table7.2.7 Byte access write operation with Big Endian
ACCESS OPERATION WRITE OPERATION (CPU REGISTER Î EXTERNAL MEMORY)
XD WIDTH HALF WORD BYTE
Bit Number
CPU Reg Data 31 0
ABCD 31 0
ABCD
SA BAL BAU BA
Bit Number
SD 31 0
D D D D 31 0
D D D D 31 0
D D D D
Bit Number
ED 15 8
D 7 0
D 7 0
D
XA BAL BAL BA
nWBE [1-0] /
SDQM [1-0] AU UA XA
Bit Number
XD 15 0
D X 15 0
X D 7 0
D
Bit Number
Ext. Mem Data 15 8
D 7 0
D 7 0
D
Timing Sequence
Table7.2.8 Byte access read operation with Big Endian
ACCESS OPERATION READ OPERATION (CPU REGISTER Í EXTERNAL MEMORY)
XD WIDTH HALF WORD BYTE
Bit Number
CPU Reg Data 7 0
C 7 0
D 7 0
D
SA BAL BAU BA
Bit Number
SD 7 0
C 7 0
D 7 0
D
Bit Number
ED 7 0
C 15 8
D 7 0
D
XA BAL BAL BA
SDQM [1-0] AU UA XA
Bit Number
XD 15 0
CD 15 0
CD 7 0
D
Bit Number
Ext. Mem Data 15 0
CD 7 0
D
Timing Sequence
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
Publication Release Date: July 26, 2006
- 35 - Revision A1
Table 7.2.9 and Table 7.2.10
Using little-endian and word access, Program/Data path between register and external memory
WA = Address whose LSB is 0,4,8,C X = Don’t care
nWBE [1-0] / SDQM [1-0] = A means active and U means inactive
Table7.2.9 Word access write operation with little Endian
ACCESS OPERATION WRITE OPERATION (CPU REGISTER Î EXTERNAL MEMORY)
XD WIDTH HALF WORD BYTE
Bit Number
CPU Reg Data 31 0
ABCD 31 0
ABCD
SA WA WA
Bit Number
SD 31 0
AB CD 31 0
A B C D
Bit Number
ED 15 0
CD 15 0
AB 7 0
D 7 0
C 7 0
B 7 0
A
XA WA WA+2 WA WA+1 WA+2 WA+3
nWBE [1-0] /
SDQM [1-0] AA AA XA XA XA XA
Bit Number
XD 15 0
CD 15 0
AB 7 0
D 7 0
C 7 0
B 7 0
A
Bit Number
Ext. Mem Data 15 0
CD 15 0
AB 7 0
D 7 0
C 7 0
B 7 0
A
Timing Sequence 1st write 2nd write 1st write 2nd write 3rd write 4th write
Table7.2.10 Word access read operation with Little Endian
Access Operation Read Operation (CPU Register Í External Memory)
XD Width Half Word Byte
Bit Number
CPU Reg Data 31 0
ABCD 31 0
ABCD
SA WA WA
Bit Number
SD 31 0
AB CD 31 0
A B C D
Bit Number
ED 31 0
XX CD 31 0
AB CD 31 0
X X X D 31 0
X X C D 31 0
X B C D 31 0
A B C D
XA WA WA+2 WA WA+1 WA+2 WA+3
SDQM [1-0] AA AA XA XA XA XA
Bit Number
XD 15 0
CD 15 0
AB 7 0
D 7 0
C 7 0
B 7 0
A
Bit Number
Ext. Mem Data 15 0
CD 15 0
AB 7 0
D 7 0
C 7 0
B 7 0
A
Timing Sequence 1st write 2nd write 1st write 2nd write 3rd write 4th write
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
- 36 -
Table 7.2.11 and Table 7.2.12
Using little-endian and half-word access, Program/Data path between register and external memory.
HA = Address whose LSB is 0,2,4,6,8,A,C,E X = Don’t care
nWBE [1-0] / SDQM [1-0] = A means active and U means inactive
Table7.2.11 Half-word access write operation with little Endian
Access Operation Write Operation (CPU Register Î External Memory)
XD Width Half Word Byte
Bit Number
CPU Reg Data 31 0
ABCD 31 0
ABCD
SA HA HA
Bit Number
SD 31 0
CD CD 31 0
CD CD 31 0
CD CD
Bit Number
ED 31 0
CD CD 7 0
D 7 0
C
XA HA HA HA+1
nWBE [1-0] /
SDQM [1-0] AA XA XA
Bit Number
XD 15 0
CD 7 0
D 7 0
C
Bit Number
Ext. Mem Data 15 0
CD 7 0
D 7 0
C
Timing Sequence 1st write 2nd write
Table7.2.12 Half-word access read operation with Little Endian
Access Operation Read Operation (CPU Register Í External Memory)
XD Width Half Word Byte
Bit Number
CPU Reg Data 15 0
CD 15 0
CD
SA HA HA
Bit Number
SD 15 0
CD 15 0
CD
Bit Number
ED 15 0
CD 15 0
XD 15 0
CD
XA HA HA HA+1
SDQM [1-0] AA XA XA
Bit Number
XD 15 0
CD 7 0
D 7 0
C
Bit Number
Ext. Mem Data 15 0
CD 7 0
D 7 0
C
Timing Sequence 1st read 2nd read
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
Publication Release Date: July 26, 2006
- 37 - Revision A1
Table 7.2.13 and Table 7.2.14
Using little-endian and byte access, Program/Data path between register and external memory.
BA = Address whose LSB is 0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,A,B,C,D,E,F
BAL = Address whose LSB is 0,2,4,6,8,A,C,E BAU = Address whose LSB is 1,3,5,7,9,B,D,F
Table7.2.13 Byte access write operation with little Endian
Access Operation Write Operation (CPU Register Î External Memory)
XD Width Half Word Byte
Bit Number
CPU Reg Data 31 0
ABCD 31 0
ABCD
SA BAL BAU BA
Bit Number
SD 31 0
D D D D 31 0
D D D D 31 0
D D D D
Bit Number
ED 7 0
D 15 8
D 7 0
D
XA BAL BAL BA
nWBE [1-0] /
SDQM [1-0] UA AU XA
Bit Number
XD 15 0
X D 15 0
D X 7 0
D
Bit Number
Ext. Mem Data 7 0
D 15 8
D 7 0
D
Timing Sequence
Table7.2.14 Byte access read operation with Little Endian
Access Operation Read Operation (CPU Register Í External Memory)
XD Width Half Word Byte
Bit Number
CPU Reg Data 7 0
D 7 0
C 7 0
D
SA BAL BAU BA
Bit Number
SD 7 0
D 7 0
C 7 0
D
Bit Number
ED 7 0
D 7 0
C 7 0
D
XA BAL BAL BA
SDQM [1-0] UA AU XA
Bit Number
XD 15 0
CD 15 0
CD 7 0
D
Bit Number
Ext. Mem Data 15 0
CD 7 0
D
Timing Sequence
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
- 38 -
7.2.5 Bus Arbitration
The W90N745’s internal function blocks or external devices can request mastership of the system bus
and then hold the system bus in order to perform data transfers. Because the design of W90N745 bus
allows only one bus master at a time, a bus controller is required to arbitrate when two or more internal
units or external devices simultaneously request bus mastership. When bus mastership is granted to an
internal function block or an external device, other pending requests are not acknowledged until the
previous bus master has released the bus.
W90N745 supports two priority modes, the Fixed Priority Mode and the Rotate Priority Mode,
depends on the ARBCON register PRTMOD bit setting.
7.2.5.1. Fixed Priority Mode
In Fixed Priority Mode (PRTMOD=0, default value), to facilitate bus arbitration, priorities are assigned to
each internal W90N745 function block. The bus controller arbitration requests for the bus mastership
according to these fixed priorities. In the event of contention, mastership is granted to the function block
with the highest assigned priority. These priorities are listed in Table 7.2.15.
W90N745 allows raising ARM Core priority to second if an unmasked interrupt occurred. If IPEN bit, Bit 1
of the Arbitration Control Register (ARBCON), is set to “0”, the priority of ARM Core is fixed to lowest.
If IPEN bit is set to “1” and if no unmasked interrupt request, then the ARM Core’s priority is still lowest
and the IPACT=0, Bit 2 of the Arbitration Control Register (ARBCON) If there is an unmasked
interrupt request, then the ARM Core’s priority is raised to first and IPACT=1.
If IPEN is set, an interrupt handler will normally clear IPACT at the end of the interrupt routine to allow an
alternate bus master to regain the bus; however, if IPEN is cleared, no additional action need be taken in
the interrupt handler. The IPACT bit can be read and written. Writing with “0”, the IPACT bit is cleared,
but it will be no effect as writing with “1”.
Table 7.2.15 Bus Priorities for Arbitration in Fixed Priority Mode
BUS FUNCTION BLOCK
PRIORITY IPACT = 0 IPEN = 1 AND IPACT = 1
1 (Highest) Audio Controller (AC97 & I²S) ARM Core
2 General DMA0 Audio Controller (AC97 & I²S)
3 General DMA1 General DMA0
4 EMC DMA General DMA1
5 USB Host EMC DMA
6 USB Device USB Host
7(Lowest) ARM Core USB Device
7.2.5.2. Rotate Priority Mode
In Rotate Priority Mode (PRTMOD=1), the IPEN and IPACT bits have no function (i.e. can be ignored).
W90N745 uses a round robin arbitration scheme ensures that all bus masters have equal chance to gain
the bus and that a retracted master does not lock up the bus.
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
Publication Release Date: July 26, 2006
- 39 - Revision A1
7.2.6 Power Management
W90N745 provide three power management scenarios to reduce power consumption. The
peripherals’ clocks can be enabled / disabled individually by controlling the co-responding bit in
CLKSEL control register. Software can turn-off the unused modules’ clocks to saving the unnecessary
power consumption. It also provides idle and power-down modes to reduce power consumption.
Fig. 7.2.6 W90N745 system clock generation diagram
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
- 40 -
IDLE MODE
If the IDLE bit in Power Management Control Register (PMCON) is set, the ARM CORE clock source
will be halted, the ARM CORE will not go forward. The AHB or APB clocks still active except the clock
to cache controller and ARM are stopped. W90N745 will exit idle state when nIRQ or nFIQ from any
peripheral is revived; like keypad, timer overflow interrupts and so on. The memory controller can also
be forced to enter idle state if both MIDLE and IDLE bits are set. Software must switch SDRAM into
self-refresh mode before forcing memory to enter idle mode.
FOUT
(PLL)
HCLK
idle_state
MCLK
(ARM)
HCLK
(cache)
IDLE Period
HCLK
(memc)
Case1. IDLE=1, PD=0, MIDLE=0
Fig. 7.2.7 Clock management for system idle mode
FOUT
(PLL)
HCLK
idle_state
MCLK
(ARM)
HCLK
(cache)
IDLE Period
HCLK
(memc)
Case2. IDLE=1, PD=0, MIDLE=1
Fig. 7.2.8 Clock management for system and memory idle mode
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
Publication Release Date: July 26, 2006
- 41 - Revision A1
Power Down Mode
This mode provides the minimum power consumption. When the W90N745 system is not working or
waiting an external event, software can write PD bit “1” to turn off all the clocks includes system crystal
oscillator to let ARM CORE enter sleep mode. In this state, all peripherals are also in sleep mode
since the clock source is stopped. W90N745 will exit power down state when nIRQ/nFIQ is detected.
W90N745 provides external interrupt nIRQ[1:0], keypad, and USB device interfaces to wakeup the
system clock.
HCLK
(cache)
Case3. IDLE=0, PD=1, MIDLE=0
EXTAL
idle _state
pd_state
65536 clocks
HCLK
wake up by pheripheral's
interrupts
Fig 7.2.9 Clock management for system power down mode and wake up
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
- 42 -
7.2.7 Power-On Setting
After power on reset, there are eight Power-On setting pins to configure W90N745 system configuration.
POWER-ON SETTING PIN
Internal System Clock Select D15
Little/Big Endian Mode Select D14
Boot ROM/FLASH Data Bus Width D [13:12]
Default: Pull-Down in Normal Operation D9
Default: Pull-Up in Normal Operation D8
D15 pinInternal System Clock Select
If pin D15 is pull-down, the external clock from EXTAL pin is served as internal system clock.
If pin D15 is pull-up, the PLL output clock is used as internal system clock.
D14 pinLittle/Big Endian Mode Select
If pin D14 is pull-down, the external memory format is Big Endian mode.
If pin D14 is pull-up, the external memory format is Little Endian mode.
D [13:12] Boot ROM/FLASH Data Bus Width
D [13:12] BUS WIDTH
Pull-down Pull-down 8-bit
Pull-down Pull-up 16-bit
Pull-up Pull-down RESERVED
Pull-up Pull-up RESERVED
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
Publication Release Date: July 26, 2006
- 43 - Revision A1
7.2.8 System Manager Control Registers Map
REGISTER ADDRESS R/W DESCRIPTION RESET VALUE
PDID 0xFFF0_0000 R Product Identifier Register 0xX090_0745
ARBCON 0xFFF0_0004 R/W Arbitration Control Register 0x0000_0000
PLLCON0 0xFFF0_0008 R/W PLL Control Register 0 0x0000_2F01
CLKSEL 0xFFF0_000C R/W Clock Select Register 0x1FFF_3FX8
PLLCON1 0xFFF0_0010 R/W PLL Control Register 1 0x0001_0000
I²SCKCON 0xFFF0_0014 R/W Audio I²S Clock Control Register 0x0000_0000
IRQWAKECON 0xFFF0_0020 R/W IRQ Wakeup Control register 0x0000_0000
IRQWAKEFLAG 0xFFFF_0024 R/W IRQ wakeup Flag Register 0x0000_0000
PMCON 0xFFF0_0028 R/W Power Manager Control Register 0x0000_0000
USBTxrCON 0xFFF0_0030 R/W USB Transceiver Control Register 0x0000_0000
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
- 44 -
Product Identifier Register PDID
This register is read only and lets software can use it to recognize certain characteristics of the chip ID
and the version number.
REGISTER ADDRESS R/W DESCRIPTION RESET VALUE
PDID 0xFFF0_0000 R Product Identifier Register 0xX090_0745
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
PACKAGE VERSION
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
CHPID
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
CHPID
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
CHPID
BITS DESCRIPTION
[31:30] PACKAGE
Package Type Select
These two bits are power-on setting latched from pin D[9:8]
Package [31:30] Package Type
0 1 128-pin Package
[29:24] VERSION
Version of chip
[23:0] CHIPID
The chip identifier of W90N745 is 0x090.0745
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
Publication Release Date: July 26, 2006
- 45 - Revision A1
Arbitration Control Register (ARBCON)
REGISTER ADDRESS R/W DESCRIPTION RESET VALUE
ARBCON 0xFFF0_0004 R/W
Arbitration Control Register 0x0000_0000
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
RESERVED
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
RESERVED
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
RESERVED
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
RESERVED IPACT IPEN PRTMOD
BITS DESCRIPTION
[31:3] RESERVED -
[2] IPACT
Interrupt priority active.
When IPEN=”1”, this bit will be set when the ARM core has an
unmasked interrupt request. This bit is available only when the
PRTMOD=0.
[1] IPEN
Interrupt priority enable bit
0 = the ARM core has the lowest priority.
1 = enable to raise the ARM core priority to second
This bit is available only when the PRTMOD=0.
[0] PRTMOD
Priority mode select
0 = Fixed Priority Mode (default)
1 = Rotate Priority Mode
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
- 46 -
PLL Control Register0 PLLCON0
W90N745 provides two clock generation options – crystal and oscillator. The external clock via
EXTAL(15M) Minput pin as the reference clock input of PLL module. The external clock can bypass the
PLL and be used to the internal system clock by pull-down the data D15 pin. Using PLL’s output clock
for the internal system clock, D15 pin must be pull-up.
REGISTER ADDRESS R/W DESCRIPTION RESET VALUE
PLLCON 0xFFF0_0008 R/W
PLL Control Register 0x0000_2F01
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
RESERVED
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
RESERVED PWDEN
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
FBDV
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
FBDV OTDV INDV
BITS DESCRIPTION
[31:17] RESERVED -
[16] PWDEN
Power down mode enable
0 = PLL is in normal mode (default)
1 = PLL is in power down mode
[15:7] FBDV
PLL VCO output clock feedback divider
Feedback Divider divides the output clock from VCO of PLL.
[6:5] OTDV
PLL output clock divider
OTDV [6:5] DIVIDED BY
0 0 1
0 1 2
1 0 2
1 1 4
[4:0] INDV
PLL input clock divider
Input divider divides the input reference clock into the PLL.
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
Publication Release Date: July 26, 2006
- 47 - Revision A1
Input Divider
(NR)
PFD
Feedback
Divider
(NF)
Charge
Pump VCO Output
Divider
(NO) Clock
Divider
&
Selector
EXTAL
ECLKS
OTDV[1:0] CLKS[2:0]
1
0
PLL
Internal
System
Clock
INDV[4:0]
FBDV[8:0]
48MHz
Gen
480MHz
0
1
USBCKS
USB
Module
FIN
FOUT
GP0
Fig 7.2.8.1 System PLL block diagram
The formula of output clock of PLL is:
FOUT = FIN N
O
NR
NF 1
FOUTOutput clock of Output Divider
FINExternal clock into the Input Divider
NRInput divider value (NR = INDV + 2)
NFFeedback divider value (NF = FBDV + 2)
NOOutput divider value (NO = OTDV)
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
- 48 -
Clock Select Register (CLKSEL)
REGISTER ADDRESS R/W DESCRIPTION RESET VALUE
CLKSEL 0xFFF0_000C R/W
Clock Select Register 0x1FFF_7FX8
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
RESERVED PS2 KPI RESERVED SSP
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
UART3 UART2 UART1 I2C1 I2C0 RESERVE
D PWM AC97
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
USBCKS USBD GDMA RESERVED EMC RESERVED WDT
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
USBH TIMER UART ECLKS CLKS RESET
BITS DESCRIPTION
[31:29] RESERVED -
[28] PS2
PS2 controller clock enable bit
0 = Disable PS2 controller clock
1 = Enable PS2 controller clock
[27] KPI
Keypad controller clock enable bit
0 = Disable keypad controller clock
1 = Enable keypad controller clock
[26] RESERVED
-
[25] RESERVED
-
[24] USI
USI controller clock enable bit
0 = Disable USI controller clock
1 = Enable USI controller clock
[23] UART3
UART3 controller clock enable bit
0 = Disable UART3 controller clock
1 = Enable UART3 controller clock
[22] UART2
UART2 controller clock enable bit
0 = Disable UART2 controller clock
1 = Enable UART2 controller clock
[21] UART1
UART1 controller clock enable bit
0 = Disable UART1 controller clock
1 = Enable UART1 controller clock
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
Publication Release Date: July 26, 2006
- 49 - Revision A1
Continued.
BITS DESCRIPTION
[20] I2C1
I2C1 controller clock enable bit
0 = Disable I2C1 controller clock
1 = Enable I2C1 controller clock
[19] I2C0
I2C0 controller clock enable bit
0 = Disable I2C0 controller clock
1 = Enable I2C0 controller clock
[18] RESERVED
-
[17] PWM
PWM controller clock enable bit
0 = Disable PWM controller clock
1 = Enable PWM controller clock
[16] AC97
Audio Controller clock enable bit
0 = Disable AC97 controller clock
1 = Enable AC97 controller clock
[15] USBCKS
USB host/device 48MHz clock source Select bit
0 = USB clock 48MHz input from internal PLL (480MHz/10)
1 = USB clock 48MHz input from external GPIO0 pin, this pin
direction must set to input.
[14] USBD
USB device clock enable bit
0 = Disable USB device controller clock
1 = Enable USB device controller clock
[13] GDMA
GDMA controller clock enable bit
0 = Disable GDMA clock
1 = Enable GDMA clock
[12] RESERVED
-
[11] RESERVED
-
[10] EMC
EMC controller clock enable bit
0 = Disable EMC controller clock
1 = Enable EMC controller clock
[9] RESERVED
-
[8] WDT
WDT clock enable bit
0 = Disable WDT counting clock
1 = Enable WDT counting clock
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
- 50 -
Continued.
BITS DESCRIPTION
[7] USBH
USB host clock enable bit
0 = Disable USB host controller clock
1 = Enable USB host controller clock
[6] TIMER
Timer clock enable bit
0 = Disable timer clock
1 = Enable timer clock
[5] UART0
UART0 controller clock enable bit
0 = Disable UART0 controller clock
1 = Enable UART0 controller clock
[4] ECLKS
External clock select
0 = External clock from EXTAL pin is used as system clock
1 = PLL output clock is used as system clock
After power on reset, the content of ECLKS is the Power-On
Setting value. You can program this bit to change the system clock
source.
[3:1] CLKS
PLL output clock select
CLKS [3:1] System clock
0 0 0 58.594 KHz*
0 0 1 24 MHz
0 1 0 48 MHz
0 1 1 60 MHz
1 0 0 80 MHz
1 0 1 RESERVED
1 1 0 RESERVED
1 1 1 RESERVED
Note:
1. This values are based on PLL output(FOUT) is 480MHz.
2. When 24Mhz ~ 80MHz is selected, the ECLKS bit must be set to
1.
3. About 58.594KHz setting, two steps are needed. First, clear
ECLKS bit, and then clear CLKS.
[0] RESET
Software Reset bit
This is a software reset control bit. Set logic 1 to generate an
internal reset pulse. This bit is auto-clear to logic 0 at the end of
the reset pulse.
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
Publication Release Date: July 26, 2006
- 51 - Revision A1
PLL Control Register 1PLLCON1
W90N745 provides extra PLL to provide 12.288/16.934 MHz clock source to Audio Controller. It uses the
same 15MHz crystal clock input source with system PLL mentioned above.
REGISTER ADDRESS R/W DESCRIPTION RESET VALUE
PLLCON1 0xFFF0_0010 R/W
PLL Control Register 1 0x0001_0000
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
RESERVED
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
RESERVED PWDEN1
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
FBDV1
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
FBDV1 OTDV1 INDV1
BITS DESCRIPTION
[31:17] RESERVED -
[16] PWDEN1
PLL1 power down enable
0 = PLL1 is in normal mode
1 = PLL1 is in power down mode (default)
[15:7] FBDV1
PLL1 VCO output clock feedback divider
Feedback Divider divides the output clock from VCO of PLL1.
[6:5] OTDV1
PLL1 output clock divider
OTDV1 [6:5] Divided by
0 0 1
0 1 2
1 0 2
1 1 4
[4:0] INDV1 PLL1 input clock divider
Input divider divides the input reference clock into the PLL1.
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
- 52 -
Input Divider
(NR)
PFD
Feedback
Divider
(NF)
Charge
Pump VCO Output
Divider
(NO)
EXTAL
OTDV1[1:0]
PLL1
INDV1[4:0]
FBDV1[8:0]
480MHz
FIN
FOUT to Audio Controller
Fig 7.2.8.2 Audio PLL block diagram
The formula of output clock of PLL is:
FOUT = FIN N
O
NR
NF 1
FOUTOutput clock of Output Divider
FINExternal clock into the Input Divider
NRInput divider value (NR = INDV1 + 2)
NFFeedback divider value (NF = FBDV1 + 2)
NOOutput divider value (NO = OTDV1)
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
Publication Release Date: July 26, 2006
- 53 - Revision A1
I²S Clock Control Register (I²SCKCON)
REGISTER ADDRESS R/W DESCRIPTION RESET VALUE
I²SCKCON 0xFFF0_0014 R/W
I²S PLL clock Control Register 0x0000_0000
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
RESERVED
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
RESERVED
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
RESERVED I²SPLLEN
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
PRESCALE
BITS DESCRIPTION
[31:9] RESERVED -
[8] I²SPLLEN
I²S PLL clock source enable
Set this bit will enable PLL1 clock output to audio I²S clock input.
1 = Enable PLL1 clock source for audio I²S
0 = Disable PLL1 clock source for audio I²S
[7:0] PRESCALE
The PLL1 is used by I²S, if in use, software can using this
prescaler to generate an appropriate clock nearly 12.288M or
16.934M. The clock is generated as below, and if PRESCALE =0,
the PLL_AUDIO is the same frequency as FOUT “PLL_AUDIO =
PLL_FOUT/(PRESCALE +1)”
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
- 54 -
IRQ Wakeup Control Register (IRQWAKECON)
REGISTER ADDRESS R/W DESCRIPTION RESET VALUE
IRQWAKECON 0xFFF0_0020 R/W IRQ Wakeup Control Register 0x0000_0000
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
RESERVED
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
RESERVED
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
RESERVED
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
RESERVED IRQWAKEUPPOL RESERVED IRQWAKEUPEN
BITS DESCRIPTION
[31:6] RESERVED
[5] IRQWAKEUPPOL[1]
nIRQ1 wake up polarity
1 = nIRQ1 is high level wake up
0 = nIRQ1 is low level wake up
[4] IRQWAKEUPPOL[0]
nIRQ0 wake up polarity
1 = nIRQ0 is high level wake up
0 = nIRQ0 is low level wake up
[3:2] RESERVED
[1] IRQWAKEUPEN[1]
nIRQ1 wake up enable bit
1 = nIRQ1 wake up enable
0 = nIRQ1 wake up disable
[0] IRQWAKEUPEN[0]
nIRQ0 wake up enable bit
1 = nIRQ0 wake up enable
0 = nIRQ0 wake up disable
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
Publication Release Date: July 26, 2006
- 55 - Revision A1
IRQ Wakeup Flag Register (IRQWAKEFLAG)
REGISTER ADDRESS R/W DESCRIPTION RESET VALUE
IRQWAKEFLAG 0xFFF0_0024 R/W IRQ Wakeup Flag Register 0x0000_0000
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
RESERVED
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
RESERVED
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
RESERVED
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
RESERVED IRQWAKEFLAG
This register is used to record the wakeup event, after clock recovery, software should check these flags
to identify which nIRQ is used to wakeup the system. And clear the flags in IRQ interrupt sevice routine.
BITS DESCRIPTION
[31:2] RESERVED -
[1] IRQWAKEFLAG[1]
nIRQ1 wake up flag
1 = chip is waked up by nIRQ1
0 = no active
[0] IRQWAKEFLAG[0]
nIRQ0 wake up flag
1 = chip is waked up by nIRQ0
0 = no active
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
- 56 -
Power Management Control Register (PMCON)
REGISTER ADDRESS R/W DESCRIPTION RESET VALUE
PMCON 0xFFF0_0028 R/W
Power Management Control Register 0x0000_0000
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
RESERVED
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
RESERVED
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
RESERVED
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
RESERVED MIDLE PD IDLE
BITS DESCRIPTION
[31:3] RESERVED
[2] MIDLE
Memory controller IDLE enable
Setting both MIDLE and IDLE bits HIGH will let memory controller
enter IDLE mode, the clock source of memory controller will be halted
while ARM CORE enter IDLE mode.
1=memory controller will be forced into IDLE mode, (clock of memory
controller will be halted), when IDLE bit is set.
0 = memory controller still active when IDLE bit is set.
NOTE: Software must let SDRAM enter self-refresh mode before
enable this function because SDRAM MCLK will be stopped.
[1] PD
Power down enable
Setting this bit HIGH will let W90N745 enter power saving mode. Th
e
clock source 15M crystal oscillator and PLLs are stopped to generat
e
clock. User can use nIRQ[3:0], keypad and external RESET to wakeu
p
W90N745.
1 = Enable power down
0 = Disable
[0] IDLE
IDLE mode enable
Setting this bit HIGH will let ARM Core enter power saving mode. Th
e
peripherals can still keep working if the clock enable bit in CLKSEL i
s
set. Any nIRQ or nFIQ to ARM Core will let ARM CORE to exit IDL
E
state.
1 = IDLE mode
0 = Disable
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
Publication Release Date: July 26, 2006
- 57 - Revision A1
USB Transceiver Control Register (USBTXRCON)
REGISTER ADDRESS R/W DESCRIPTION RESET VALUE
USBTXRCO
N 0xFFF0_0030 R/W
USB Transceiver Control Register 0x0000_0000
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
RESERVED
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
RESERVED
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
RESERVED
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
RESERVED USBHnD
BITS DESCRIPTION
[31:1] RESERVED -
[0] USBHnD
USBHnD[0]: USB transceiver control
There are two USB1.1 built-in transceivers for data transmission. One
is dedicated for USB host and the other is shared with USB device.
Software can program this bit to switch the transceiver path.
1 = HOST
0 = Device
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
- 58 -
7.3 External Bus Interface
7.3.1 EBI Overview
W90N745 supports External Bus Interface (EBI), which controls the access to the external memory
(ROM/FLASH, SDRAM) and External I/O devices. The EBI has seven chip selects to select one
ROM/FLASH bank, two SDRAM banks, and four External I/O banks.The address bus is 21 bits. It
supports 8-bit, 16-bit external data bus width for each bank.
The EBI has the following functions
SDRAM controller
EBI control register
ROM/FLASH interface
External I/O interface
External bus mastership
7.3.2 SDRAM Controller
The SDRAM controller module within W90N745 contains configuration registers timing control
registerscommon control register and other logic to provide 816 bits SDRAM interface with a single
816 bits SDRAM device or two 8-bit devices wired to give a 16-bit data path. The maximum size of
each bank is 64M bytes, and maximum memory size can span up to 128MB.
The SDRAM controller has the following features
Supports up to 2 external SDRAM banks
Maximum size of each bank is 64M bytes
816-bit data interface
Programmable CAS Latency 12 and 3
Fixed Burst Length 1
Sequential burst type
Auto Refresh Mode and Self Refresh Mode
Adjustable Refresh Rate
Power up sequence
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
Publication Release Date: July 26, 2006
- 59 - Revision A1
7.3.2.1. SDRAM Components Supported
Table 7.3.2.1 SDRAM supported by W90N745
SIZE TYPE BANKS ROW ADDRESSING COLUMN ADDRESSING
2Mx8 2 RA0~RA10 CA0~CA8
16M bits 1Mx16 2 RA0~RA10 CA0~CA7
8Mx8 4 RA0~RA11 CA0~CA8
64M bits 4Mx16 4 RA0~RA11 CA0~CA7
16Mx8 4 RA0~RA11 CA0~CA9
128M bits 8Mx16 4 RA0~RA11 CA0~CA8
32Mx8 4 RA0~RA12 CA0~CA9
256M bits 16Mx16 4 RA0~RA12 CA0~CA8
AHB Bus Address Mapping to SDRAM Bus
Note: * indicates the signal is not used; ** indicates the signal is fixed at logic 0 and is not used;
The HADDR prefixes have been omitted on the following tables.
A14 ~ A0 are the Address pins of the W90N745 EBI interface;
A14 and A13 are the Bank Select Signals of SDRAM.
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
- 60 -
SDRAM Data Bus Width: 16-bit
Total Type R x C R/C A14
(BS1)
A13
(BS0) A12 A11 A10 A9 A8 A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 A0
16M 2Mx8 11x9 R ** 10 ** 10*21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11
C
** 10 ** 10*AP 24*98765 4 3 21
16M 1Mx16 11x8 R ** 9 ** 9* 10 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11
C
** 9 ** 9* AP 24*9*8765 4 3 21
64M 8Mx8 12x9 R 10 11 10*22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 23
C 10 11
10*22*AP 24*98765 4 3 21
64M 4Mx16 12x8 R 10 9 10*22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11
C 10 9
10*22*AP 24*23*8765 4 3 21
128M 16Mx8 12x10 R 10 11 10*22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 23
C 10 11
10*22*AP 24 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 21
128M 8Mx16 12x9 R 10 11 10*22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 23
C 10 11
10*22*AP 24*98765 4 3 21
256M* 32Mx8 13x10 R 10 11 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 24
C 10 11
23*22*AP 25*98765 4 3 21
256M 16Mx16 13x9 R 10 11 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 24
C 10 11
23*22*AP 25*98765 4 3 21
SDRAM Data Bus Width: 8-bit
Total Type R x C R/C A14
(BS1)
A13
(BS0) A12 A11 A10 A9 A8 A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 A0
16M 2Mx8 11x9 R ** 9 ** 9* 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10
C
** 9 ** 9* AP 23*87654 3 2 1 0
64M 8Mx8 12x9 R 9 10 9* 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 22
C 9 10
9* 21*AP 23*87654 3 2 1 1
128M 16Mx8 12x10 R 9 10 9* 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 22
C 9 10
9* 21*AP 2387654 3 2 1 0
256M 32Mx8 13x10 R 9 10 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 23
C 9 10
22*21*AP 24 87654 3 2 1 0
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
Publication Release Date: July 26, 2006
- 61 - Revision A1
7.3.2.2. SDRAM Power Up Sequence
The SDRAM must be initialized predefined manner after power on.W90N745 SDRAM Controller
automatically executes the commands needed for initialion and set the mode register of each bank to
default value. The default value is
— Burst Length = 1
— Burst Type = Sequential (fixed)
— CAS Latency = 2
— Write Burst Length = Burst (fixed)
The value of mode register can be changed after power up sequence by setting the value of
corresponding bank’s configuration register “LENGTH” and “LATENCY” bits and set the MRSET bit
enable to execute the Mode Register Set command.
7.3.2.3. SDRAM Interface
MCLK
MCKE
nSCS[1:0]
nSRAS
nSCAS
nSWE
nSDQM[1:0]
A[20:0]
D[15:0]
A[10:0]
DQ[[15:0]
DQM[1:0]
nWE
nCAS
nRAS
nCS
BS0
BS1
CLK
CKE
W90N745
A13
A14
A[10:0]
nSCS0
SDRAM
32Mb 512Kx4x16
nSDQM[1:0]
Fig 7.3.1 SDRAM Interface
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
- 62 -
7.3.3 EBI Control Registers Map
REGISTER ADDRESS R/W DESCRIPTION RESET VALUE
EBICON 0xFFF0_1000 R/W EBI control register 0x0001_0000
ROMCON 0xFFF0_1004 R/W ROM/FLASH control register 0x0000_0XFC
SDCONF0 0xFFF0_1008 R/W SDRAM bank 0 configuration register 0x0000_0800
SDCONF1 0xFFF0_100C R/W SDRAM bank 1 configuration register 0x0000_0800
SDTIME0 0xFFF0_1010 R/W SDRAM bank 0 timing control register 0x0000_0000
SDTIME1 0xFFF0_1014 R/W SDRAM bank 1 timing control register 0x0000_0000
EXT0CON 0xFFF0_1018 R/W External I/O 0 control register 0x0000_0000
EXT1CON 0xFFF0_101C R/W External I/O 1 control register 0x0000_0000
EXT2CON 0xFFF0_1020 R/W External I/O 2 control register 0x0000_0000
EXT3CON 0xFFF0_1024 R/W External I/O 3 control register 0x0000_0000
CKSKEW 0xFFF0_1F00 R/W Clock skew control register (for testing) 0xXXXX_0038
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
Publication Release Date: July 26, 2006
- 63 - Revision A1
EBI Control Register (EBICON)
REGISTER ADDRESS R/W DESCRIPTION RESET VALUE
EBICON 0xFFF0_1000 R/W EBI control register 0x0001_0000
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
RESERVED EXBE3 EXBE2 EXBE1 EXBE0
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
RESERVED REFEN REFMOD CLKEN
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
REFRAT
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
REFRAT WAITVT LITTLE
BITS DESCRIPTION
[31:27] RESERVED
[27] EXBE3
External IO bank 3 byte enable
This function is used for some devices that with high and low bytes
enable signals to control which byte will be write or mask data output
when read. For this kind device, software can set this bit HIGH to
implement this function. Detail pin interconnection is showed as Fig7.3.8.
1 = nWBE[1:0] pin is byte enable signals, nWE will be used as write
strobe signal to SRAM.
0 = nWBE[1:0] pin is byte write strobe signal.
[26] EXBE2
External IO bank 2 byte enable
The bit function description is the same as EXBE3 above.
1 = nWBE[1:0] pin is byte enable signals, nWE will be used as write
strobe signal to SRAM.
0 = nWBE[1:0] pin is byte write strobe signal.
[25] EXBE1
External IO bank 1 byte enable
The bit function description is the same as EXBE3 above.
1 = nWBE[1:0] pin is byte enable signals, nWE will be used as write
strobe signal to SRAM
0 = nWBE[1:0] pin is byte write strobe signal
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
- 64 -
Continued.
BITS DESCRIPTION
[24] EXBE0
External IO bank 0 byte enable
This bit function description is the same as EXBE3 above.
1 = nWBE[1:0] pin is byte enable signals, nWE will be used as write
strobe signal to SRAM
0 = nWBE[1:0] pin is byte write strobe signal
[23:19] RESERVED
-
[18] REFEN
Enable SDRAM refresh cycle for SDRAM bank0 & bank1
This bit set will start the auto-refresh cycle to SDRAM. The refresh rate is
according to REFRAT bits.
1 = enable refresh function
0 = disable refresh function
[17] REFMOD
Refresh mode of SDRAM for SDRAM bank
Defines the refresh mode type of external SDRAM bank
Software can write this bit “1” to force SDRAM enter self-refresh mode.
0 = Auto refresh mode
1 = Self refresh mode
NOTE: If any read/write to SDRAM occurs then this bit will be cleared to
“0” by hardware automatically and SDRAM will enters auto-refresh
mode.
[16] CLKEN
Clock enable for SDRAM
Enables the SDRAM clock enable (CKE) control signal
0 = Disable (power down mode)
1 = Enable Default
[15:3] REFRAT
Refresh count value for SDRAM
The SDRAM Controller automatically provides an auto refresh cycle for
every refresh period programmed into the REFRAT bits when the
REFEN bit of each bank is set
The refresh period is calculated as fMCLK
value
period =
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
Publication Release Date: July 26, 2006
- 65 - Revision A1
Continued.
BITS DESCRIPTION
[2:1] WAITVT
Valid time of nWAIT signal
W90N745 recognizes the nWAIT signal at the next “nth” MCLK
rising edge after the nOE or nWBE active cycle. WAITVT bits
determine the n.
WAITVT [2:1] nth MCLK
0 0 1
0 1 2
1 0 3
1 1 4
[0] LITTLE
Little Endian mode
After power on reset, the content of LITTLE is the Power-On Setting
value from D14 pin. If pin D14 is pull-down, the external memory format
is Big Endian mode. If pin D14 is pull-up, the external memory format is
Little Endian mode. For more detail, refer to Power-On Setting of System
Manager.
NOTE: This bit is read only.
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
- 66 -
ROM/Flash Control Register ROMCON
REGISTER ADDRESS R/W DESCRIPTION RESET VALUE
ROMCON 0xFFF0_1004 R/W ROM/FLASH control register 0x0000_0XFC
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
BASADDR
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
BASADDR SIZE
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
RESERVED tPA
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
tACC BTSIZE PGMODE
BITS DESCRIPTION
[31:19] BASADDR
Base address pointer of ROM/Flash bank
The start address is calculated as ROM/Flash bank base pointer << 18.
The base address pointer together with the “SIZE” bits constitutes the
whole address range of each bank.
[18:16] SIZE
The size of ROM/FLASH memory
SIZE [10:8] Byte
0 0 0 256K
0 0 1 512K
0 1 0 1M
0 1 1 2M
1 0 0 4M
1 0 1 RESERVED
1 1 0 RESERVED
1 1 1 RESERVED
[15:12] RESERVED -
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
Publication Release Date: July 26, 2006
- 67 - Revision A1
Continued.
BITS DESCRIPTION
[11:8] tPA
Page mode access cycle time
tPA[11:8] MCLK tPA[11:8] MCLK
0 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 10
0 0 0 1 2 1 0 0 1 12
0 0 1 0 3 1 0 1 0 14
0 0 1 1 4 1 0 1 1 16
0 1 0 0 5 1 1 0 0 18
0 1 0 1 6 1 1 0 1 20
0 1 1 0 7 1 1 1 0 22
0 1 1 1 8 1 1 1 1 24
[7:4] tACC
Access cycle time
tACC[11:8] MCLK tACC[11:8] MCLK
0 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 10
0 0 0 1 2 1 0 0 1 12
0 0 1 0 3 1 0 1 0 14
0 0 1 1 4 1 0 1 1 16
0 1 0 0 5 1 1 0 0 18
0 1 0 1 6 1 1 0 1 20
0 1 1 0 7 1 1 1 0 22
0 1 1 1 8 1 1 1 1 24
[3:2] BTSIZE
Boot ROM/FLASH data bus width
This ROM/Flash bank is designed for a boot ROM. BASADDR bits
determine its start address. The external data bus width is determined by
the data bus signals D [13:12] power-on setting.
BTSIZE [3:2] Bus Width D [13:12] Bus Width
0 0 8-bit Pull-down Pull-down 8-bit
0 1 16-bit Pull-down Pull-up 16-bit
1 0 RESERVED Pull-up Pull-down RESERVED
1 1 RESERVED Pull-up Pull-up RESERVED
[1:0] PGMODE
Page mode configuration
PGMODE [1:0] Mode
0 0 Normal ROM
0 1 4 word page
1 0 8 word page
1 1 16 word page
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
- 68 -
Fig7.3.2 ROM/FLASH Read Operation Timing
Fig 7.3.3 ROM/FLASH Page Read Operation Timing
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
Publication Release Date: July 26, 2006
- 69 - Revision A1
Configuration RegistersSDCONF0/1
The configuration registers enable software to set a number of operating parameters for the SDRAM
controller. There are two configuration registers SDCONF0SDCONF1 for SDRAM bank 0bank 1
respectively. Each bank can have a different configuration.
REGISTER ADDRESS R/W DESCRIPTION RESET VALUE
SDCONF0 0xFFF0_1008 R/W SDRAM bank 0 configuration register 0x0000_0800
SDCONF1 0xFFF0_100C R/W SDRAM bank 1 configuration register 0x0000_0800
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
BASADDR
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
BASADDR RESERVED
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
MRSET RESERVED AUTOPR LATENCY RESERVED
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
COMPBK DBWD COLUMN SIZE
BITS DESCRIPTION
[31:19] BASADDR
Base address pointer of SDRAM bank 0/1
The start address is calculated as SDRAM bank 0/1 base pointer
<< 18. The SDRAM base address pointer together with the “SIZE
bits constitutes the whole address range of each SDRAM bank.
[18:16] RESERVED
-
[15] MRSET
SDRAM Mode register set command for SDRAM bank 0/1
This bit set will issue a mode register set command to SDRAM.
[14] RESERVED
-
[13] AUTOPR
Auto pre-charge mode of SDRAM for SDRAM bank 0/1
Enable the auto pre-charge function of external SDRAM bank 0/1
0 = Auto pre-charge
1 = No auto pre-charge
[12:11] LATENCY
The CAS Latency of SDRAM bank 0/1
Defines the CAS latency of external SDRAM bank 0/1
LATENCY [12:11] MCLK
0 0 1
0 1 2
1 0 3
1 1 REVERSED
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
- 70 -
Continued.
BITS DESCRIPTION
[10:8] RESERVED
-
[7] COMPBK
Number of component bank in SDRAM bank 0/1
Indicates the number of component bank (2 or 4 banks) in external
SDRAM bank 0/1.
0 = 2 banks
1 = 4 banks
[6:5] DBWD
Data bus width for SDRAM bank 0/1
Indicates the external data bus width connect with SDRAM bank 0/1
If DBWD = 00, the assigned SDRAM access signal is not generated
i.e. disable.
DBWD [6:5] Bits
0 0 Bank disable
0 1 8-bit (byte)
1 0 16-bit (half-word)
1 1 REVERSED
[4:3] COLUMN
Number of column address bits in SDRAM bank 0/1
Indicates the number of column address bits in external SDRAM
bank 0/1.
COLUMN [4:3] Bits
0 0 8
0 1 9
1 0 10
1 1 REVERSED
[2:0] SIZE
Size of SDRAM bank 0/1
Indicates the memory size of external SDRAM bank 0/1
SIZE [2:0] Size of SDRAM Byte
0 0 0 Bank disable
0 0 1 2M
0 1 0 4M
0 1 1 8M
1 0 0 16M
1 0 1 32M
1 1 0 64M
1 1 1 REVERSED
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
Publication Release Date: July 26, 2006
- 71 - Revision A1
Timing Control Registers SDTIME0/1
W90N745 offers the flexible timing control registers to control the generation and processing of the
control signals and can achieve you use different speed of SDRAM
REGISTER ADDRESS R/W DESCRIPTION RESET VALUE
SDTIME0 0xFFF0_1010 R/W SDRAM bank 0 timing control register 0x0000_0000
SDTIME1 0xFFF0_1014 R/W SDRAM bank 1 timing control register 0x0000_0000
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
RESERVED
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
RESERVED
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
RESERVED tRCD
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
tRDL tRP tRAS
BITS DESCRIPTION
[31:11] RESERVED -
[10:8] tRCD
SDRAM bank 0/1, /RAS to /CAS delay
tRCD [10:8] MCLK
0 0 0 1
0 0 1 2
0 1 0 3
0 1 1 4
1 0 0 5
1 0 1 6
1 1 0 7
1 1 1 8
[7:6] tRDL
SDRAM bank 0/1, Last data in to pre-charge command
tRDL [7:6] MCLK
0 0 1
0 1 2
1 0 3
1 1 4
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
- 72 -
Continued.
BITS DESCRIPTION
[5:3] tRP
SDRAM bank 0/1, Row pre-charge time
tRP [5:3] MCLK
0 0 0 1
0 0 1 2
0 1 0 3
0 1 1 4
1 0 0 5
1 0 1 6
1 1 0 7
1 1 1 8
[2:0] tRAS
SDRAM bank 0/1, Row active time
tRAS [2:0] MCLK
0 0 0 1
0 0 1 2
0 1 0 3
0 1 1 4
1 0 0 5
1 0 1 6
1 1 0 7
1 1 1 8
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
Publication Release Date: July 26, 2006
- 73 - Revision A1
Fig 7.3.4 Access timing 1 of SDRAM
Fig 7.3.5 Access timing 2 of SDRAM
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
- 74 -
External I/O Control RegistersEXT0CON – EXT3CON
The W90N745 supports an external device control without glue logic. It is very cost effective because
address decoding and control signals timing logic are not needed. Using these control registers you can
configure special external I/O devices for providing the low cost external devices control solution.
REGISTER ADDRESS R/W DESCRIPTION RESET VALUE
EXT0CON 0xFFF0_1018 R/W External I/O 0 control register 0x0000_0000
EXT1CON 0xFFF0_101C R/W External I/O 1 control register 0x0000_0000
EXT2CON 0xFFF0_1020 R/W External I/O 2 control register 0x0000_0000
EXT3CON 0xFFF0_1024 R/W External I/O 3 control register 0x0000_0000
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
BASADDR
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
BASADDR SIZE
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
ADRS tACC tCOH
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
tACS tCOS DBWD
BITS DESCRIPTION
[31:11] BASADDR
Base address pointer of external I/O bank 0~3
The start address of each external I/O bank is calculated as “BASADDR”
base pointer << 18.
Each external I/O bank base address pointer together with the “SIZE” bits
constitutes the whole address range of each external I/O bank.
[18:16] SIZE
The size of the external I/O bank 0~3
SIZE [18:16] Byte
0 0 0 256K
0 0 1 512K
0 1 0 1M
0 1 1 2M
1 0 0 4M
1 0 1 8M
1 1 0 REVERSED
1 1 1 REVERSED
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
Publication Release Date: July 26, 2006
- 75 - Revision A1
Continued.
BITS DESCRIPTION
[15] ADRS
Address bus alignment for external I/O bank 0~3
When ADRS is set, external address (A20~A0) bus is alignment to byte
address format, that is, A0 is internal AHB address bus HADDR[0] and A1 is
AHB bus HADDR[1] and so forth. And it ignores DBWD [1:0] setting.
[14:11] tACC
Access cycles of external I/O bank 0~3
This parameter means nWE, nWBE and nOE active time clock. Detail timing
diagram please refer to Fig. 7.3.6 and 7.3.7
tACC[14:11] MCLK tACC[14:11] MCLK
0 0 0 0 Reversed 1 0 0 0 9
0 0 0 1 1 1 0 0 1 11
0 0 1 0 2 1 0 1 0 13
0 0 1 1 3 1 0 1 1 15
0 1 0 0 4 1 1 0 0 17
0 1 0 1 5 1 1 0 1 19
0 1 1 0 6 1 1 1 0 21
0 1 1 1 7 1 1 1 1 23
[10:8] tCOH
Chip selection hold time of external I/O bank 0~3
This parameters control nWBE and nOE hold time. Detail timing diagram
please refer to Fig. 7.3.6 and 7.3.7
tCOH [10:8] MCLK
0 0 0 0
0 0 1 1
0 1 0 2
0 1 1 3
1 0 0 4
1 0 1 5
1 1 0 6
1 1 1 7
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
- 76 -
Continued.
BITS DESCRIPTION
[7:5] tACS
Address set-up before nECS for external I/O bank 0~3
tACS [7:5] MCLK
0 0 0 0
0 0 1 1
0 1 0 2
0 1 1 3
1 0 0 4
1 0 1 5
1 1 0 6
1 1 1 7
[4:2] tCOS
Chip selection set-up time of external I/O bank 0~3
When ROM/Flash memory bank is configured, the access to its bank
stretches chip selection time before the nOE or new signal is activated.
tCOS [4:2] MCLK
0 0 0 0
0 0 1 1
0 1 0 2
0 1 1 3
1 0 0 4
1 0 1 5
1 1 0 6
1 1 1 7
[1:0] DBWD
Programmable data bus width for external I/O bank 0~3
DBWD [1:0] Width of Data Bus
0 0 Disable bus
0 1 8-bit
1 0 16-bit
1 1 RESERVED
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
Publication Release Date: July 26, 2006
- 77 - Revision A1
Fig 7.3.6 External I/O write operation timing
Fig 7.3.7 External I/O read operation timing
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
- 78 -
Fig. 7.3.8 External IO bank with 16-bit SRAM
Clock Skew Control Register CKSKEW
REGISTER ADDRESS R/W DESCRIPTION RESET VALUE
CKSKEW 0xFFF0_1F00 R/W Clock skew control register 0xXXXX_0018
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
DLH_CLK_REF
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
DLH_CLK_REF
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
RESVERED SWPON
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
DLH_CLK_SKEW MCLK_O_D
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
Publication Release Date: July 26, 2006
- 79 - Revision A1
BITS DESCRIPTION
[31:16] DLH_CLK_REF
Latch DLH_CLK clock tree by HCLK positive edge
The SDRAM MCLK is generated by inserting a delay (XOR2) chain in
HCLK positive or negedge edge to adjust the MCLK skew. So software
can read these bits to expore MCLK and HCLK relationship. [31:24] is
used for positive edge and [23:16] is for negedge edge.
[15:9] RESERVED -
[8] SWPON
SDRAM Initialization by Software
Set this bit “1” will issue a SDRAM power on default setting command
sequence like system power on, this bit will be auto-clear by hardware
while SDRAM initialization finish.
[7:4] DLH_CLK_SKEW
Data latch Clock Skew Adjustment
Due to PC board loading or too many devices connect to external
address and data bus, it may causes SDRAM can not work correctly at
high frequency (usually, > 80MHz) software can control
MCLK_O_D[3:0] to adjust address and data bus to adjust setup/hold
time.
DLH_CLK_SKEW[7:4] Gate
Delay DLH_CLK_SKEW[7:4] Gate
Delay
0 0 0 0 P-0 1 0 0 0 N-0
0 0 0 1 P-1 1 0 0 1 N-1
0 0 1 0 P-2 1 0 1 0 N-2
0 0 1 1 P-3 1 0 1 1 N-3
0 1 0 0 P-4 1 1 0 0 N-4
0 1 0 1 P-5 1 1 0 1 N-5
0 1 1 0 P-6 1 1 1 0 N-6
0 1 1 1 P-7 1 1 1 1 N-7
NOTE: P-x means Data latched Clock shift “X” gates delays by refer
MCLKO positive edge, N-x means Data latched Clock shift “X” gates
delays by refer MCLKO negative edge.
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
- 80 -
Continued.
BITS DESCRIPTION
[3:0] MCLK_O_D
MCLK output delay adjustment
MCLK_O_D [3:0] Gate
Dela
y
MCLK_O_D [3:0] Gate
Dela
y
0 0 0 0 P-0 1 0 0 0 N-0
0 0 0 1 P-1 1 0 0 1 N-1
0 0 1 0 P-2 1 0 1 0 N-2
0 0 1 1 P-3 1 0 1 1 N-3
0 1 0 0 P-4 1 1 0 0 N-4
0 1 0 1 P-5 1 1 0 1 N-5
0 1 1 0 P-6 1 1 1 0 N-6
0 1 1 1 P-7 1 1 1 1 N-7
NOTE: “P-x” means MCLKO shift “X” gates delay by refer HCLK
positive edge, “N-x” means MCLKO shift “X” gates delay by refer HCLK
negative edge. MCLK is the output pin of MCLKO, which is an internal
signal on chip.
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
Publication Release Date: July 26, 2006
- 81 - Revision A1
7.4 Cache Controller
The W90N745 incorporates a 4KB Instruction cache, 4KB Data cache and 8 words write buffer. The I-
Cache and D-Cache have similar organization except the cache size. To raise the cache-hit ratio, these
two caches are configured two-way set associative addressing. Each cache has four words cache line
size. When a miss occurs, four words must be fetched consecutively from external memory. The
replacement algorithm is a LRU (Least Recently Used).
If disabling the I-Cache / D-Cache, these cache memories can be treated as On-Chip RAM. The
W90N745 also provides a write buffer to improve system performance. The write buffer can buffer up to
eight words of data.
7.4.1 On-Chip RAM
If I-Cache or D-Cache is disabled, it can be served as On-Chip RAM. If D-Cache is disabled, there has
4KB On-Chip RAM, its start address is 0xFFE01000. If I-Cache is disabled, there has 4KB On-Chip RAM
and the start address of this RAM is 0xFFE00000. If both the I-Cache and D-Cache are disabled, it has
8KB On-Chip RAM starting from 0xFFE00000.
The size of On-Chip RAM is depended on the I-Cache and D-Cache enable bits ICAEN, DCAEN in
Cache Control Register (CAHCON).
Table7.4.1 The size and start address of On-Chip RAM
ON-CHIP RAM
ICAEN DCAEN SIZE START ADDRESS
0 0 8KB 0xFFE0_0000
0 1 4KB 0xFFE0_0000
1 0 4KB 0xFFE0.1000
1 1 Unavailable
7.4.2 Non-Cacheable Area
Although the cache affects the entire 2GB system memory, it is sometimes necessary to define non-
cacheable areas when the consistency of data stored in memory and the cache must be ensured. To
support this, the W90N745 provides a non-cacheable area control bit in the address field, A[31].
If A[31] in the ROM/FLASH, SDRAM, or external I/O bank’s access address is “0”, then the accessed
data is cacheable. If the A [31] value is “1”, the accessed data is non-cacheable.
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
- 82 -
7.4.3 Instruction Cache
The Instruction cache (I-cache) is a 4K bytes two-way set associative cache. The cache organization is
128 sets, two lines per set, and four words per line. Cache lines are aligned on 4-word boundaries in
memory. The cache access cycle begins with an instruction request from the instruction unit in the core.
In the case of a cache hit, the instruction is delivered to the instruction unit. In case of a cache miss, the
cache initiates a burst read cycle on the internal bus with the address of the requested instruction. The
first word received from the bus is the requested instruction. The cache forwards this instruction to the
instruction unit of the core as soon as it is received from the internal bus. A cache line is then selected to
receive the data that will be coming from the bus. A least recently used (LRU) replacement algorithm is
used to select a line when no empty lines are available. When I-Cache is disabled, the cache memory is
served as 4KB On-chip RAM. The I-Cache is always disabled on reset.
The following is a list of the instruction cache features
4K bytes instruction cache
Two-way set associative
Four words in a cache line
LRU replacement policy
Lockable on a per-line basis
Critical word first, burst access
Instruction Cache Operation
On an instruction fetch, bits 10-4 of the instruction’s address point into the cache to retrieve the tags and
data of one set. The tags from both ways are then compared against bits 30-11 of the instruction’s
address. If a match is found and the matched entry is valid, then it is a cache hit. If neither tags match nor
the matched tag is not valid, it is a cache miss.
Instruction Cache Hit
In case of a cache hit, bits 3-2 of the instruction address is used to select one word from the cache line
whose tag matches. The instruction is immediately transferred to the instruction unit of the core.
Instruction Cache Miss
On an instruction cache miss, the address of the missed instruction is driven on the internal bus with a 4-
word burst transfer read request. A cache line is then selected to receive the data that will be coming
from the bus. The selection algorithm gives first priority to invalid lines. If neither of the two lines in the
selected set is invalid, then the least recently used line is selected for replacement. Locked lines are
never replaced. The transfer begins with the word requested by the instruction unit (critical word first),
followed by the remaining words of the line, then by the word at the beginning of the lines (wraparound).
Instruction Cache Flushing
The W90N745 does not support external memory snooping. Therefore, if self-modifying code is written,
the instructions in the I-Cache may become invalid. The entire I-Cache can be flushed by software in one
operation, or can be flushed one line at a time by setting the CAHCON register bit FLHS or FLHA with
the ICAH bit is set. As flushing the cache line, the “V” bit of the line is cleared to “0”. The I-Cache is
automatically flushed during reset.
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
Publication Release Date: July 26, 2006
- 83 - Revision A1
Instruction Cache Load and Lock
The W90N745 supports a cache-locking feature that can be used to lock critical sections of code into I-
Cache to guarantee quick access. Lockdown can be performed with a granularity of one cache line. The
smallest space, which can be locked down, is 4 words. After a line is locked, it operates as a regular
instruction SRAM. Lines locked are not replaced during misses and not affected by flush per line
command.
To load and lock instruction, the following sequence should be followed:
1. Write the start address of the instructions to be locked into CAHADR register.
2. Set LDLK and ICAH bits in the CAHCON register.
3. Increased the address by 16 and written into CAHADR register.
4. Set LDLK and ICAH bits in the CAHCON register.
5. Repeat the steps 3 and 4, until the desired instructions are all locked.
When using I-Cache load and lock command, there are some notes should be cared.
The programs executing load and lock operation should be held in a non-cacheable area of memory.
The cache should be enabled and interrupts should be disabled.
Software must flush the cache before execute load and lock to ensure that the code to be locked
down is not already in the cache.
Instruction Cache Unlock
The unlock operation is used to unlock previously locked cache lines. After unlock, the “L” bit of the line
is cleared to “0”. W90N745 has two unlock command, unlock line and unlock all.
The unlock line operation is performed on a cache line granularity. In case the line is found in the cache,
it is unlocked and starts to operate as a regular valid cache line. In case the line is not found in the
cache, no operation is done and the command terminates with no exception. To unlock one line the
following unlock line sequence should be followed:
1. Write the address of the line to be unlocked into the CAHADR Register.
2. Set the ULKS and ICAH bits in the CAHCON register.
The unlock all operation is used to unlock the whole I-Cache. This operation is performed on all cache
lines. In case a line is locked, it is unlocked and starts to operate as regular valid cache line. In case a
line is not locked or if it is invalid, no operation is performed. To unlock the whole cache, set the ULKA
and ICAH bits.
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
- 84 -
7.4.4 Data Cache
The W90N745 data cache (D-Cache) is a 4KB two-way set associative cache. The cache organization is
128 sets, two lines per set, and four words per line. Cache lines are aligned on 4-word boundaries in
memory. The cache is designed for buffer write-through mode of operation and a least recently used
(LRU) replacement algorithm is used to select a line when no empty lines are available.
When D-Cache is disabled, the cache memory is served as 4KB On-chip RAM.
The D-Cache is always disabled on reset.
The following is a list of the data cache features
4K bytes data cache
Two-way set associative
Four words in a cache line
LRU replacement policy
Lockable on a per-line basis
Critical word first, burst access
Buffer Write-through mode
8 words write buffer
Drain write buffer
Data Cache Operation
On a data fetch, bits 10-4 of the data’s address point into the cache to retrieve the tags and data of one
set. The tags from both ways are then compared against bits 30-11 of the data’s address. If a match is
found and the matched entry is valid, then it is a cache hit. If neither tags match nor the matched tag is
not valid, it is a cache miss.
Data Cache Read
Read HitOn a cache hit, the requested word is immediately transferred to the core.
Read MissA line in the cache is selected to hold the data, which will be fetched from memory. The
selection algorithm gives first priority to invalid lines and if both lines are invalid the line in way zero is
selected first. If neither of the two candidate lines in the selected set is invalid, then one of the lines is
selected by the LRU algorithm to replace. The transfer begins with the aligned word containing the
missed data (critical word first), followed by the remaining word in the line, then by the word at the
beginning of the line (wraparound). As the missed word is received from the bus, it is delivered directly to
the core.
Data Cache Write
As buffer write-through mode, store operations always update memory. The buffer write-through mode is
used when external memory and internal cache images must always agree.
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
Publication Release Date: July 26, 2006
- 85 - Revision A1
Write HitData is written into both the cache and write buffer. The processor then continues to access
the cache, while the cache controller simultaneously downloads the contents of the write buffer to main
memory. This reduces the effective write memory cycle time from the time required for a main memory
cycle to the cycle time of the high-speed cache.
Write MissData is only written into write buffer, not to the cache (write no allocate).
Data Cache Flushing
The W90N745 allows flushing of the data cache under software control. The data cache may be
invalidated through writing flush line (FLHS) or flush all (FLHA) commands to the CAHCON register.
Flushing the entire D-Cache also flushed any locked down code. As flushing the data cache, the “V” bit
of the line is cleared to “0”. The D-cache is automatically flushed during reset.
Data Cache Load and Lock
The W90N745 supports a cache-locking feature that can be used to lock critical sections of data into D-
Cache to guarantee quick access. Lockdown can be performed with a granularity of one cache line. The
smallest space, which can be locked down, is 4 words. After a line is locked, it operates as a regular
instruction SRAM. The locked lines are not replaced during misses and it is not affected by flush per line
command.
To load and lock data, the following sequence should be followed:
1. Write the start address of the data to be locked into CAHADR register.
2. Set LDLK and DCAH bits in the CAHCON register.
3. Increased the address by 16 and written into CAHADR register.
4. Set LDLK and DCAH bits in the CAHCON register.
5. Repeat the steps 3 and 4, until the desired data are all locked.
When using D-Cache load and lock command, there are some notes should be cared.
The programs executing load and lock operation should be held in a non-cacheable area of memory.
The cache should be enabled and interrupts should be disabled.
Software must flush the cache before execute load and lock to ensure that the data to be locked down
is not already in the cache.
Data Cache Unlock
The unlock operation is used to unlock previously locked cache lines. After unlock, the “L” bit of the line
is cleared to “0”. W90N745 has two unlock command, unlock line and unlock all.
The unlock line operation is performed on a cache line granularity. In case the line is found in the cache,
it is unlocked and starts to operate as a regular valid cache line. In case the line is not found in the
cache, no operation is done and the command terminates with no exception. To unlock one line the
following unlock line sequence should be followed:
1. Write the address of the line to be unlocked into the CAHADR Register.
2. Set the ULKS and DCAH bits in the CAHCON register.
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
- 86 -
The unlock all operation is used to unlock the whole D-Cache. This operation is performed on all cache
lines. In case a line is locked, it is unlocked and starts to operate as regular valid cache line. In case a
line is not locked or if it is invalid, no operation is performed. To unlock the whole cache, set the ULKA
and DCAH bits.
7.4.5 Write Buffer
The W90N745 provides a write buffer to improve system performance. The write buffer can buffer up to
eight words of data. The write buffer may be enabled or be disabled via the WRBEN bit in the CAHCNF
register, and the buffer is disabled and flushed on reset.
Drain write buffer
To force data, this is in write buffer, to be written to external main memory. This operation is useful in real
time applications where the processor needs to be sure that a write to a peripheral has completed before
program execution continues.
To perform this command, you can set the DRWB and DCAH bits in CAHCON register.
7.4.6 Cache Control Registers Map
REGISTER ADDRESS R/W DESCRIPTION RESET VALUE
CAHCNF 0xFFF0_2000 R/W Cache configuration register 0x0000_0000
CAHCON 0xFFF0_2004 R/W Cache control register 0x0000_0000
CAHADR 0xFFF0_2008 R/W Cache address register 0x0000_0000
CTEST0 0xFFF6_0000 R/W Cache test register 0 0x0000_0000
CTEST1 0xFFF6_0004 R Cache test register 1 0x0000_0000
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
Publication Release Date: July 26, 2006
- 87 - Revision A1
Configuration Register (CAHCNF)
Cache controller has a configuration register to enable or disable the I-Cache, D-Cache, and Write
buffer.
REGISTER ADDRESS R/W DESCRIPTION RESET VALUE
CAHCNF 0xFFF0_2000 R/W Cache configuration register 0x0000_0000
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
RESERVED
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
RESERVED
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
RESERVED
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
RESERVED WRBEN DCAEN ICAEN
BITS DESCRIPTION
[31:3] RESERVED
-
[2] WRBEN
Write buffer enable
Write buffer is disabled after reset.
1 = enable write buffer
0 = disable write buffer
[1] DCAEN
D-Cache enable
D-Cache is disabled after reset.
1 = enable D-cache
0 = disable D-cache
[0] ICAEN
I-Cache enable
I-Cache is disabled after reset.
1 = enable I-cache
0 = disable I-cache
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
- 88 -
Control Register (CAHCON)
Cache controller supports one Control register used to control the following operations.
Flush I-Cache and D-Cache
Load and lock I-Cache and D-Cache
Unlock I-Cache and D-Cache
Drain write buffer
These command set bits in CAHCON register are auto-clear bits. As the end of execution, that command
set bit will be cleared to “0” automatically.
REGISTER ADDRESS R/W DESCRIPTION RESET VALUE
CAHCON 0xFFF0_2004 R/W Cache control register 0x0000_0000
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
RESERVED
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
RESERVED
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
RESERVED
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
DRWB ULKS ULKA LDLK FLHS FLHA DCAH ICAH
BITS DESCRIPTION
[31:8] RESERVED
-
[7] DRWB
Drain write buffer
Forces write buffer data to be written to main memory.
[6] ULKS
Unlock I-Cache/D-Cache single line
Unlocks the I-Cache/D-Cache per line. Both WAY and ADDR bits in
CAHADR register must be specified.
[5] ULKA
Unlock I-Cache/D-Cache entirely
Unlocks the entire I-Cache/D-Cache, the lock bitL” will be cleared
to 0.
[4] LDLK
Load and Lock I-Cache/D-Cache
Loads the instruction or data from external memory and locks into
cache. Both WAY and ADDR bits in CAHADR register must be
specified.
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
Publication Release Date: July 26, 2006
- 89 - Revision A1
Continued.
BITS DESCRIPTION
[3] FLHS
Flush I-Cache/D-Cache single line
Flushes the entire I-Cache/D-Cache per line. Both WAY and ADDR
bits in CAHADR register must be specified.
[2] FLHA
Flush I-Cache/D-Cache entirely
To flush the entire I-Cache/D-Cache, also flushes any locked-down
code. If the I-Cache/D-Cache contains locked down code, the
programmer must flush lines individually
[1] DCAH
D-Cache selected
When set to “1”, the command set is executed with D-Cache.
[0] ICAH
I-Cache selected
When set to “1”, the command set is executed with I-Cache.
NOTEWhen using the FLHA or ULKA command, you can set both ICAH and DCAH bits to execute
entire I-Cache and D-Cache flushing or unlocking. But, FLHS and ULKS commands can only be
executed with a cache line specified by CAHADR register in I-Cache or D-Cache at a time. If you set
both ICAH and DCAH bits, and set FLHS or ULKS command bit, it will be treated as an invalid
command and no operation is done and the command terminates with no exception.
The Drain Write Buffer operation is only for D-Cache. To perform this operation, you must set DRWB
and DCAH bits. If the ICAH bit is set when using DRWB command, it will be an invalid command and no
operation is done and the command terminates with no exception.
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
- 90 -
Address Register (CAHADR)
W90N745 Cache Controller supports one address register. This address register is used with the
command set in the control register (CAHCON) by specifying instruction/data address.
REGISTER ADDRESS R/W DESCRIPTION RESET VALUE
CAHADR 0xFFF0_2008 R/W Cache address register 0x0000_0000
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
WAY ADDR
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
ADDR
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
ADDR
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
ADDR
BITS DESCRIPTION
[31] WAY
Way selection
0 = Way0 is selected
1 = Way1 is selected
[30:0] ADDR The absolute address of instruction or data
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
Publication Release Date: July 26, 2006
- 91 - Revision A1
Cache Test Register 0 (CTEST0)
Cache test control register that configures the cache and tag ram testing enable or disable. In addition,
this register controls the built-in-self-test (BIST) function of SRAM.
REGISTER ADDRESS R/W DESCRIPTION RESET VALUE
CTEST0 0xFFF6_0000 R/W Cache test register 0 0x0000_0000
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
RESERVED
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
RESERVED
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
BISTEN RESERVED BST_GP3 BST_GP2 BST_GP1 BST_GP0
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
RESERVED CATEST
BITS DESCRIPTION
[31:16] RESERVED
-
[15] BISTEN
BIST mode enable
When set to “1”, BIST mode will be enabled, the selected memory
groups begins to be tested by BIST.
[14:12] RESERVED
-
[11] BIST_GP3
Memory group 3 is selected to test by BIST
When set to “1”, memory group 3, including data cache tag ram
way 0 and way 1, are selected to be tested by BIST.
[10] BIST_GP2
Memory group 2 is selected to test by BIST
When set to “1”, memory group 2, including program cache tag
ram way 0 and way 1, are selected to be tested by BIST.
[9] BIST_GP1
Memory group 1 is selected to test by BIST
When set to “1”, memory group 1, including data cache ram way 0
and way 1, are selected to be tested by BIST.
[8] BIST_GP0
Memory group 0 is selected to test by BIST
When set to “1”, memory group 0, including program cache ram
way 0 and way 1, are selected to be tested by BIST.
[7:0] RESERVED
-
** Note: The 4 memory groups can be selected and tested simultaneously by BIST.
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
- 92 -
Cache Test Register 1 (CTEST1)
Cache Test Register that will be read back to provide the status of cache RAM BIST. Whether the BIST
is finish and all of bank of SRAM are tested successfully will be presented in this register.
REGISTER ADDRESS R/W DESCRIPTION RESET VALUE
CTEST1 0xFFF6_0004 R Cache test register 1 0x0000_0000
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
FINISH RESERVED
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
RESERVED
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
RESERVED
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
BFAIL7 BFAIL6 BFAIL5 BFAIL4 BFAIL3 BFAIL2 BFAIL1 BFAIL0
BITS DESCRIPTION
[31] FINISH
BIST completed
This bit is “0” initially. When BIST mode enabled, this bit will be “1”
after BIST test completed. The values of BFAIL0-7 are valid only
after FINISH = 1.
[30:8] RESERVED
-
[7] BFAIL7
BIST test fail for data cache tag ram way 1
If this bit equals to “1”, it indicates the data cache tag ram for way
1 is tested fail by BIST. “0” means the test is passed.
[6] BFAIL6
BIST test fail for data cache tag ram way 0
If this bit equals to “1”, it indicates the data cache tag ram for way
0 is tested fail by BIST. “0” means the test is passed.
[5] BFAIL5
BIST test fail for instruction cache tag ram way 1
If this bit equals to “1”, it indicates the instruction cache tag ram for
way 1 is tested fail by BIST. “0” means the test is passed.
[4] BFAIL4
BIST test fail for instruction cache tag ram way 0
If this bit equals to “1”, it indicates the instruction cache tag ram for
way 0 is tested fail by BIST. “0” means the test is passed.
[3] BFAIL3
BIST test fail for data cache ram way 1
If this bit equals to “1”, it indicates the data cache ram for way 1 is
tested fail by BIST. “0” means the test is passed.
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
Publication Release Date: July 26, 2006
- 93 - Revision A1
Continued.
BITS DESCRIPTION
[2] BFAIL2
BIST test fail for data cache ram way 0
If this bit equals to “1”, it indicates the data cache ram for way 0 is
tested fail by BIST. “0” means the test is passed.
[1] BFAIL1
BIST test fail for instruction cache ram way 1
If this bit equals to “1”, it indicates the instruction cache ram for
way 1 is tested fail by BIST. “0” means the test is passed.
[0] BFAIL0
BIST test fail for instruction cache ram way 0
If this bit equals to “1”, it indicates the instruction cache ram for
way 0 is tested fail by BIST. “0” means the test is passed.
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
- 94 -
7.5 Ethernet MAC Controller
Overview
The W90N745 provides an Ethernet MAC Controller (EMC) for LAN application. This EMC has its
DMA controller, transmit FIFO, and receive FIFO.
The Ethernet MAC controller consists of IEEE 802.3/Ethernet protocol engine with internal CAM
function for Ethernet MAC address recognition, Transmit-FIFO, Receive-FIFO, TX/RX state machine
controller and status controller. The EMC only supports RMII (Reduced MII) interface to connect with
PHY operating on 50MHz REF_CLK.
Features
Supports IEEE Std. 802.3 CSMA/CD protocol.
Supports both half and full duplex for 10M/100M bps operation.
Supports RMII interface.
Supports MII Management function.
Supports pause and remote pause function for flow control.
Supports long frame (more than 1518 bytes) and short frame (less than 64 bytes) reception.
Supports 16 entries CAM function for Ethernet MAC address recognition.
Supports internal loop back mode for diagnostic.
Supports 256 bytes embedded transmit and receive FIFO.
Supports DMA function.
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
Publication Release Date: July 26, 2006
- 95 - Revision A1
7.5.1 EMC Functional Description
MII Management State Machine
The MII management function of EMC is compliant to IEEE 802.3 Std. Through the MII management
interface, software can access the control and status registers of the external PHY chip. Tow
programmable register MIID (MAC MII Management Data Register) and MIIDA (MAC MII
Management Data Control and Address Register) are for MII management function. Set the bit BUSY
of MIIDA register will trigger the MII management state machine. After the MII management cycle is
finished, the BUSY bit will be cleared automatically.
Media Access Control (MAC)
The function of W90N745 MAC fully meets the requirements defined by the IEEE802.3u specification.
The following paragraphs will describe the frame structure and the operation of the transmission and
receive.
The transmission data frame sent from the transmit DMA will be encapsulated by the MAC before
transmitting onto the MII bus. The sent data will be assembled with the preamble, the start frame
delimiter (SFD), the frame check sequence and the padding for enforcing those less than 64 bytes to
meet the minimum size frame and CRC sequence. The out going frame format will be as following
10101010 --- 10101010 10101011 d0 d1 d2
-
dn Padding CRC31 CRC30 --- CRC0
As mentioned by the above format, the preamble is a consecutive 7-byte long with the pattern
“10101010” and the SFD is a one byte 10101011 data. The padding data will be all 0 value if the sent
data frame is less than 64 bytes. The padding disable function specified in the bit P of the transmit
descriptor is used to control if the MAC needs to pad data at the end of frame data or not when the
transmitted data frame is less than 64 bytes. The padding data will not be appended if the padding
disable bit is set to be high. The bits CRC0 ... CRC31 are the 32 bits cyclic redundancy check (CRC)
sequence. The CRC encoding is defined by the following polynomial specified by the IEEE802.3. This
32 bits CRC appending function will be disabled if the Inhibit CRC of the transmission descriptor is set
to high.
The MAC also performs many other transmission functions specified by the IEEE802.3, including the
inter-frame spacing function, collision detection, collision enforcement, collision back off and
retransmission. The collision back-off timer is a function of the integer slot time, 512 bit times. The
number of slot times to delay between the current transmissions attempts to the next attempt is
determined by a uniformly distributed random integer algorithm specified by the IEEE802.3. The MAC
performs the receive functions specified by the IEEE 802.3 including the address recognition function,
the frame check sequence validation, the frame disassembly, framing and collision filtering.
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
- 96 -
EMC Descriptors
A link-list data structure named as descriptor is used to keep the control, status and data
information of each frame. Through the descriptor, CPU and EMC exchange the information for frame
reception and transmission.
Two different descriptors are defined in W90N745. One named as Rx descriptor for frame
reception and the other names as Tx descriptor for frame transmission. Each Rx descriptor consists of
four words. There is much information kept in the descriptors and details are described as below.
7.5.1.1. Rx Buffer Descriptor
3
1 3
0 2
9 1
61
5 0
O Rx Status Receive Byte Count
Receive Buffer Starting Address BO
Reserved
Next Rx Descriptor Starting Address
Rx Descriptor Word 0
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
Owner Reserved
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
Reserved RP ALIE RXGD PTLE Reserved CRCE RXINTR
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
RBC
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
RBC
Owner [31:30]: Ownership
The ownership field defines which one, the CPU or EMC, is the owner of each Rx descriptor. Only the
owner has right to modify the Rx descriptor and the others can read the Rx descriptor only.
00: The owner is CPU
01: Undefined
10: The owner is EMC
11: Undefined
If the O=2’b10 indicates the EMC RxDMA is the owner of Rx descriptor and the Rx descriptor is
available for frame reception. After the frame reception completed, if the frame needed NAT
translation, EMC RxDMA modify ownership field to 2’b11. Otherwise, the ownership field will be
modified to 2’b00.
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
Publication Release Date: July 26, 2006
- 97 - Revision A1
If the O=2’b00 indicates the CPU is the owner of Rx descriptor. After the CPU completes processing
the frame, it modifies the ownership field to 2’b10 and releases the Rx descriptor to EMC RxDMA.
Rx Status [29:16]: Receive Status
This field keeps the status for frame reception. All status bits are updated by EMC. In the receive
status, bits 29 to 23 are undefined and reserved for the future.
RP [22]: Runt Packet
The RP indicates the frame stored in the data buffer pointed by Rx descriptor is a short frame (frame
length is less than 64 bytes).
1’b0: The frame is not a short frame.
1’b1: The frame is a short frame.
ALIE [21]: Alignment Error
The ALIE indicates the frame stored in the data buffer pointed by Rx descriptor is not a multiple of
byte.
1’b0: The frame is a multiple of byte.
1’b1: The frame is not a multiple of byte.
RXGD [20]: Frame Reception Complete
The RXGD indicates the frame reception has completed and stored in the data buffer pointed by Rx
descriptor.
1’b0: The frame reception not complete yet.
1’b1: The frame reception completed.
PTLE [19]: Packet Too Long
The PTLE indicates the frame stored in the data buffer pointed by Rx descriptor is a long frame (frame
length is greater than 1518 bytes).
1’b0: The frame is not a long frame.
1’b1: The frame is a long frame.
CRCE [17]: CRC Error
The CRCE indicates the frame stored in the data buffer pointed by Rx descriptor incurred CRC error.
1’b0: The frame doesn’t incur CRC error.
1’b1: The frame incurred CRC error.
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
- 98 -
RXINTR [16]: Receive Interrupt
The RXINTR indicates the frame stored in the data buffer pointed by Rx descriptor caused an interrupt
condition.
1’b0: The frame doesn’t cause an interrupt.
1’b1: The frame caused an interrupt.
RBC [15:0]: Receive Byte Count
The RBC indicates the byte count of the frame stored in the data buffer pointed by Rx descriptor. The
four bytes CRC field is also included in the receive byte count. But if the SPCRC of register MCMDR
is enabled, the four bytes CRC field will be excluded from the receive byte count.
Rx Descriptor Word 1
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
RXBSA
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
RXBSA
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
RXBSA
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
RXBSA BO
RXBSA [31:2]: Receive Buffer Starting Address
The RXBSA indicates the starting address of the receive frame buffer. The RXBSA is used to be the
bit 31 to 2 of memory address. In other words, the starting address of the receive frame buffer always
located at word boundary.
BO [1:0]: Byte Offset
The BO indicates the byte offset from RXBSA where the received frame begins to store. If the BO is
2’b01, the starting address where the received frame begins to store is RXBSA+2’b01, and so on.
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
Publication Release Date: July 26, 2006
- 99 - Revision A1
Rx Descriptor Word 2
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
Reserved
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
Reserved
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
Reserved
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Reserved
The Rx descriptor word 2 keeps obsolete information for MAC translation. Therefore, these
information bits are undefined and should be ignored.
Rx Descriptor Word 3
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
NRXDSA
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
NRXDSA
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
NRXDSA
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
NRXDSA
NRXDSA [31:0]: Next Rx Descriptor Starting Address
The Rx descriptor is a link-list data structure. Consequently, NRXDSA is used to keep the starting
address of the next Rx descriptor. The bits [1:0] will be ignored by EMC. So, all Rx descriptor must
locate at word boundary memory address.
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
- 100 -
7.5.1.2. Tx Buffer Descriptor
3
1 3
0 1
61
5
3 2 1 0
O Reserved I C P
Transmit Buffer Starting Address BO
Tx Status Transmit Byte Count
Next Tx Descriptor Starting Address
Tx Descriptor Word 0
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
Owner Reserved
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
Reserved
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
Reserved
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Reserved IntEn CRCApp PadEn
Owner [31]: Ownership
The ownership field defines which one, the CPU or EMC, is the owner of each Tx descriptor. Only the
owner has right to modify the Tx descriptor and the other can read the Tx descriptor only.
0: The owner is CPU
1: The owner is EMC
If the O=1’b1 indicates the EMC TxDMA is the owner of Tx descriptor and the Tx descriptor is
available for frame transmission. After the frame transmission completed, EMC TxDMA modify
ownership field to 1’b0 and return the ownership of Tx descriptor to CPU.
If the O=1’b0 indicates the CPU is the owner of Tx descriptor. After the CPU prepares new frame to
wait transmission, it modifies the ownership field to 1’b1 and releases the Tx descriptor to EMC
TxDMA.
IntEn [2]: Transmit Interrupt Enable
The IntEn controls the interrupt trigger circuit after the frame transmission completed. If the IntEn is
enabled, the EMC will trigger interrupt after frame transmission completed. Otherwise, the interrupt
doesn’t be triggered.
1’b0: Frame transmission interrupt is masked.
1’b1: Frame transmission interrupt is enabled.
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
Publication Release Date: July 26, 2006
- 101 - Revision A1
CRCApp [1]: CRC Append
The CRCApp control the CRC append during frame transmission. If CRCApp is enabled, the 4-bytes
CRC checksum will be appended to frame at the end of frame transmission.
1’b0: 4-bytes CRC appending is disabled.
1’b1: 4-bytes CRC appending is enabled.
PadEN [0]: Padding Enable
The PadEN control the PAD bits appending while the length of transmission frame is less than 60
bytes. If PadEN is enabled, EMC does the padding automatically.
1’b0: PAD bits appending is disabled.
1’b1: PAD bits appending is enabled.
Tx Descriptor Word 1
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
TXBSA
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
TXBSA
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
TXBSA
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
TXBSA BO
TXBSA [31:2]: Transmit Buffer Starting Address
The TXBSA indicates the starting address of the transmit frame buffer. The TXBSA is used to be the
bit 31 to 2 of memory address. In other words, the starting address of the transmit frame buffer always
located at word boundary.
BO [1:0]: Byte Offset
The BO indicates the byte offset from TXBSA where the transmit frame begins to read. If the BO is
2’b01, the starting address where the transmit frame begins to read is TXBSA+2’b01, and so on.
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
- 102 -
Tx Descriptor Word 2
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
CCNT Reserved SQE PAU TXHA
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
LC TXABT NCS EXDEF TXCP
Reserved DEF TXINTR
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
TBC
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
TBC
CCNT [31:28]: Collision Count
The CCNT indicates the how many collision occurred consecutively during a packet transmission. If
the packet incurred 16 consecutive collisions during transmission, the CCNT will be 4’h0 and bit
TXABT will be set to 1.
SQE [26]: SQE Error
The SQE indicates the SQE error found at end of packet transmission on 10Mbps half-duplex mode.
The SQE error check will only be done while both bit EnSQE of MCMDR is enabled and EMC is
operating on 10Mbps half-duplex mode.
1’b0: No SQE error found at end of packet transmission.
1’b0: SQE error found at end of packet transmission.
PAU [25]: Transmission Paused
THE PAU INDICATES THE NEXT NORMAL PACKET transmission process will be paused temporally
because EMC received a PAUSE control frame, or S/W set bit SDPZ of MCMDR and make EMC to
transmit a PAUSE control frame out.
1’b0: Next normal packet transmission process will go on.
1’b1: Next normal packet transmission process will be paused.
TXHA [24]: Transmission Halted
The TXHA indicates the next normal packet transmission process will be halted because the bit TXON
of MCMDR is disabled be S/W.
1’b0: Next normal packet transmission process will go on.
1’b1: Next normal packet transmission process will be halted.
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
Publication Release Date: July 26, 2006
- 103 - Revision A1
LC [23]: Late Collision
The LC indicates the collision occurred in the outside of 64 bytes collision window. This means after
the 64 bytes of a frame has transmitted out to the network, the collision still occurred. The late collision
check will only be done while EMC is operating on half-duplex mode.
1’b0: No collision occurred in the outside of 64 bytes collision window.
1’b1: Collision occurred in the outside of 64 bytes collision window.
TXABT [22]: Transmission Abort
The TXABT indicates the packet incurred 16 consecutive collisions during transmission, and then the
transmission process for this packet is aborted. The transmission abort is only available while EMC is
operating on half-duplex mode.
1’b0: Packet doesn’t incur 16 consecutive collisions during transmission.
1’b1: Packet incurred 16 consecutive collisions during transmission.
NCS [21]: No Carrier Sense
The NCS indicates the MII I/F signal CRS doesn’t active at the start of or during the packet
transmission. The NCS is only available while EMC is operating on half-duplex mode.
1’b0: CRS signal actives correctly.
1’b1: CRS signal doesn’t active at the start of or during the packet transmission.
EXDEF [20]: Defer Exceed
The EXDEF indicates the frame waiting for transmission has deferred over 0.32768ms on 100Mbps
mode, or 3.2768ms on 10Mbps mode. The deferral exceed check will only be done while bit NDEF of
MCMDR is disabled, and EMC is operating on half-duplex mode.
1’b0: Frame waiting for transmission has not deferred over 0.32768ms (100Mbps) or 3.2768ms
(10Mbps).
1’b1: Frame waiting for transmission has deferred over 0.32768ms (100Mbps) or 3.2768ms (10Mbps).
TXCP [19]: Transmission Complete
The TXCP indicates the packet transmission has completed correctly.
1’b0: The packet transmission doesn’t complete.
1’b1: The packet transmission has completed.
DEF [17]: Transmission Deferred
The DEF indicates the packet transmission has deferred once. The DEF is only available while EMC
is operating on half-duplex mode.
1’b0: Packet transmission doesn’t defer.
1’b1: Packet transmission has deferred once.
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
- 104 -
TXINTR [16]: Transmit Interrupt
The TXINTR indicates the packet transmission caused an interrupt condition.
1’b0: The packet transmission doesn’t cause an interrupt.
1’b1: The packet transmission caused an interrupt.
TBC [15:0]: Transmit Byte Count
The TBC indicates the byte count of the frame stored in the data buffer pointed by Tx descriptor for
transmission.
Tx Descriptor Word 3
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
NTXDSA
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
NTXDSA
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
NTXDSA
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
NTXDSA
NTXDSA [31:0]: Next Tx Descriptor Starting Address
The Tx descriptor is a link-list data structure. Consequently, NTXDSA is used to keep the starting
address of the next Tx descriptor. The bits [1:0] will be ignored by EMC. So, all Tx descriptor must
locate at word boundary memory address.
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
Publication Release Date: July 26, 2006
- 105 - Revision A1
7.5.2 EMC Register Mapping
The EMC implements many registers and the registers are separated into three types, the control
registers, the status registers and diagnostic registers. The control registers are used by S/W to pass
control information to EMC. The status registers are used to keep EMC operation status for S/W. And,
the diagnostic registers are used for debug only.
EMC Registers
REGISTER ADDRESS R/W DESCRIPTION RESET VALUE
CONTROL REGISTERS (44)
CAMCMR 0xFFF0_3000 R/W CAM Command Register 0x0000_0000
CAMEN 0xFFF0_3004 R/W CAM Enable Register 0x0000_0000
CAM0M 0xFFF0_3008 R/W CAM0 Most Significant Word Register 0x0000_0000
CAM0L 0xFFF0_300C R/W CAM0 Least Significant Word Register 0x0000_0000
CAM1M 0xFFF0_3010 R/W CAM1 Most Significant Word Register 0x0000_0000
CAM1L 0xFFF0_3014 R/W CAM1 Least Significant Word Register 0x0000_0000
CAM2M 0xFFF0_3018 R/W CAM2 Most Significant Word Register 0x0000_0000
CAM2L 0xFFF0_301C R/W CAM2 Least Significant Word Register 0x0000_0000
CAM3M 0xFFF0_3020 R/W CAM3 Most Significant Word Register 0x0000_0000
CAM3L 0xFFF0_3024 R/W CAM3 Least Significant Word Register 0x0000_0000
CAM4M 0xFFF0_3028 R/W CAM4 Most Significant Word Register 0x0000_0000
CAM4L 0xFFF0_302C R/W CAM4 Least Significant Word Register 0x0000_0000
CAM5M 0xFFF0_3030 R/W CAM5 Most Significant Word Register 0x0000_0000
CAM5L 0xFFF0_3034 R/W CAM5 Least Significant Word Register 0x0000_0000
CAM6M 0xFFF0_3038 R/W CAM6 Most Significant Word Register 0x0000_0000
CAM6L 0xFFF0_303C R/W CAM6 Least Significant Word Register 0x0000_0000
CAM7M 0xFFF0_3040 R/W CAM7 Most Significant Word Register 0x0000_0000
CAM7L 0xFFF0_3044 R/W CAM7 Least Significant Word Register 0x0000_0000
CAM8M 0xFFF0_3048 R/W CAM8 Most Significant Word Register 0x0000_0000
CAM8L 0xFFF0_304C R/W CAM8 Least Significant Word Register 0x0000_0000
CAM9M 0xFFF0_3050 R/W CAM9 Most Significant Word Register 0x0000_0000
CAM9L 0xFFF0_3054 R/W CAM9 Least Significant Word Register 0x0000_0000
CAM10M 0xFFF0_3058 R/W CAM10 Most Significant Word Register 0x0000_0000
CAM10L 0xFFF0_305C R/W CAM10 Least Significant Word Register 0x0000_0000
CAM11M 0xFFF0_3060 R/W CAM11 Most Significant Word Register 0x0000_0000
CAM11L 0xFFF0_3064 R/W CAM11 Least Significant Word Register 0x0000_0000
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
- 106 -
Continued.
REGISTER ADDRESS R/W DESCRIPTION RESET VALUE
CONTROL REGISTERS (44)
CAM12M 0xFFF0_3068 R/W CAM12 Most Significant Word Register 0x0000_0000
CAM12L 0xFFF0_306C R/W CAM12 Least Significant Word Register 0x0000_0000
CAM13M 0xFFF0_3070 R/W CAM13 Most Significant Word Register 0x0000_0000
CAM13L 0xFFF0_3074 R/W CAM13 Least Significant Word Register 0x0000_0000
CAM14M 0xFFF0_3078 R/W CAM14 Most Significant Word Register 0x0000_0000
CAM14L 0xFFF0_307C R/W CAM14 Least Significant Word Register 0x0000_0000
CAM15M 0xFFF0_3080 R/W CAM15 Most Significant Word Register 0x0000_0000
CAM15L 0xFFF0_3084 R/W CAM15 Least Significant Word Register 0x0000_0000
TXDLSA 0xFFF0_3088 R/W Transmit Descriptor Link List Start
Address Register 0xFFFF_FFFC
RXDLSA 0xFFF0_308C R/W Receive Descriptor Link List Start
Address Register 0xFFFF_FFFC
MCMDR 0xFFF0_3090 R/W MAC Command Register 0x0000_0000
MIID 0xFFF0_3094 R/W MII Management Data Register 0x0000_0000
MIIDA 0xFFF0_3098 R/W MII Management Control and Address
Register 0x0090_0000
FFTCR 0xFFF0_309C R/W FIFO Threshold Control Register 0x0000_0101
TSDR 0xFFF0_30A0 W Transmit Start Demand Register Undefined
RSDR 0xFFF0_30A4 W Receive Start Demand Register Undefined
DMARFC 0xFFF0_30A8 R/W Maximum Receive Frame Control
Register 0x0000_0800
MIEN 0xFFF0_30AC R/W MAC Interrupt Enable Register 0x0000_0000
Status Registers (11)
MISTA 0xFFF0_30B0 R/W MAC Interrupt Status Register 0x0000_0000
MGSTA 0xFFF0_30B4 R/W MAC General Status Register 0x0000_0000
MPCNT 0xFFF0_30B8 R/W Missed Packet Count Register 0x0000_7FFF
MRPC 0xFFF0_30BC R MAC Receive Pause Count Register 0x0000_0000
MRPCC 0xFFF0_30C0 R MAC Receive Pause Current Count
Register 0x0000_0000
MREPC 0xFFF0_30C4 R MAC Remote Pause Count Register 0x0000_0000
DMARFS 0xFFF0_30C8 R/W DMA Receive Frame Status Register 0x0000_0000
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
Publication Release Date: July 26, 2006
- 107 - Revision A1
Continued.
REGISTER ADDRESS R/W DESCRIPTION RESET VALUE
Status Registers (11)
CTXDSA 0xFFF0_30CC R Current Transmit Descriptor Start
Address Register 0x0000_0000
CTXBSA 0xFFF0_30D0 R Current Transmit Buffer Start Address
Register 0x0000_0000
CRXDSA 0xFFF0_30D4 R Current Receive Descriptor Start
Address Register 0x0000_0000
CRXBSA 0xFFF0_30D8 R Current Receive Buffer Start Address
Register 0x0000_0000
Diagnostic Registers (7)
RXFSM 0xFFF0_3200 R Receive Finite State Machine Register 0x0081_1101
TXFSM 0xFFF0_3204 R Transmit Finite State Machine Register 0x0101_1101
FSM0 0xFFF0_3208 R Finite State Machine Register 0 0x0001_0101
FSM1 0xFFF0_320C R Finite State Machine Register 1 0x1100_0100
DCR 0xFFF0_3210 R/W Debug Configuration Register 0x0000_003F
DMMIR 0xFFF0_3214 R Debug Mode MAC Information Register 0x0000_0000
BISTR 0xFFF0_3300 R/W BIST Mode Register 0x0000_0000
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
- 108 -
7.5.2.1. Register Details
CAM Command Register (CAMCMR)
The EMC of W90N745 supports CAM function for destination MAC address recognition. The
CAMCMR control the CAM comparison function, and unicast, multicast, and broadcast packet
reception.
REGISTER ADDRESS R/W DESCRIPTION RESET VALUE
CAMCMR 0xFFF0_3000 R/W CAM Command Register 0x0000_0000
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
Reserved
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
Reserved
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
Reserved
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Reserved ECMP CCAM ABP AMP AUP
BITS DESCRIPTIONS
[31:5] Reserved -
[4] ECMP
The ECMP(Enable CAM Compare) controls the enable of CAM
comparison function for destination MAC address recognition.
If S/W wants to receive a packet with specific destination MAC
address, configures the MAC address into anyone of 16 CAM entries,
then enables that CAM entry and set ECMP to 1.
1’b0: Disable CAM comparison function for destination MAC address
recognition.
1’b1: Enable CAM comparison function for destination MAC address
recognition.
[3] CCAM
The CCAM(Complement CAM Compare) controls the complement of
the CAM comparison result. If the ECMP and CCAM are both enabled,
the incoming packet with specific destination MAC address configured
in CAM entry will be dropped. And the incoming packet with
destination MAC address doesn’t configured in any CAM entry will be
received.
1’b0: The CAM comparison result doesn’t be complemented.
1’b1: The CAM comparison result will be complemented.
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
Publication Release Date: July 26, 2006
- 109 - Revision A1
Continued.
BITS DESCRIPTIONS
[2] ABP
The Accept Broadcast Packet controls the broadcast packet
reception. If ABP is enabled, EMC receives all incoming packet it’s
destination MAC address is a broadcast address.
1’b0: EMC receives packet depends on the CAM comparison result.
1’b1: EMC receives all broadcast packets.
[1] AMP
The Accept Multicast Packet controls the multicast packet reception.
If AMP is enabled, EMC receives all incoming packet it’s destination
MAC address is a multicast address.
1’b0: EMC receives packet depends on the CAM comparison result.
1’b1: EMC receives all multicast packets.
[0] AUP
The Accept Unicast Packet controls the unicast packet reception. If
AUP is enabled, EMC receives all incoming packet it’s destination
MAC address is a unicast address.
1’b0: EMC receives packet depends on the CAM comparison result.
1’b1: EMC receives all unicast packets.
CAMCMR SETTING AND COMPARISON RESULT
CAMCMR Setting and Comparison Result
The following table is the address recognition result in different CAMCMR configuration. The
column Result shows the incoming packet type that can pass the address recognition in specific
CAM configuration. The C, U, M and B represents the:
C: It indicates the destination MAC address of incoming packet has been configured in CAM entry.
U: It indicates the incoming packet is a unicast packet.
M: It indicates the incoming packet is a multicast packet.
B: It indicates the incoming packet is a broadcast packet.
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
- 110 -
ECMP CCAM AUP AMP ABP RESULT
0 0 0 0 0 No Packet
0 0 0 0 1 B
0 0 0 1 0 M
0 0 0 1 1 M B
0 0 1 0 0 C U
0 0 1 0 1 C U B
0 0 1 1 0 C U M
0 0 1 1 1 C U M B
0 1 0 0 0 C U M B
0 1 0 0 1 C U M B
0 1 0 1 0 C U M B
0 1 0 1 1 C U M B
0 1 1 0 0 C U M B
0 1 1 0 1 C U M B
0 1 1 1 0 C U M B
0 1 1 1 1 C U M B
1 0 0 0 0 C
1 0 0 0 1 C B
1 0 0 1 0 C M
1 0 0 1 1 C N B
1 0 1 0 0 C U
1 0 1 0 1 C U B
1 0 1 1 0 C U M
1 0 1 1 1 C U M B
1 1 0 0 0 U M B
1 1 0 0 1 U M B
1 1 0 1 0 U M B
1 1 0 1 1 U M B
1 1 1 0 0 C U M B
1 1 1 0 1 C U M B
1 1 1 1 0 C U M B
1 1 1 1 1 C U M B
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
Publication Release Date: July 26, 2006
- 111 - Revision A1
CAM Enable Register (CAMEN)
The CAMEN controls the validation of each CAM entry. Each CAM entry must be enabled first before
it can participate in the destination MAC address recognition.
REGISTER ADDRESS R/W DESCRIPTION RESET VALUE
CAMEN 0xFFF0_3004 R/W CAM Enable Register 0x0000_0000
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
Reserved
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
Reserved
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
CAM15EN CAM14EN CAM13EN CAM12EN CAM11EN CAM10EN CAM9EN CAM8EN
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
CAM7EN CAM6EN CAM5EN CAM4EN CAM3EN CAM2EN CAM1EN CAM0EN
BITS DESCRIPTIONS
[31:16] Reserved
[15:13]
CAM15EN
CAM14EN
CAM13EN
The CAM entry 13, 14 and 15 are for PAUSE control frame
transmission. If S/W wants to transmit a PAUSE control frame out to
network, the enable bits of these three CAM entries all must be
enabled first.
[12] CAM12EN
CAM entry 12 is enabled
1’b0: CAM entry 12 disabled.
1’b1: CAM entry 12 enabled.
[11] CAM11EN
CAM entry 11 is enabled
1’b0: CAM entry 11 disabled.
1’b1: CAM entry 11 enabled.
[10] CAM10EN
CAM entry 10 is enabled
1’b0: CAM entry 10 disabled.
1’b1: CAM entry 10 enabled.
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
- 112 -
Continued.
BITS DESCRIPTIONS
[9] CAM9EN
CAM entry 9 is enabled
1’b0: CAM entry 9 disabled.
1’b1: CAM entry 9 enabled.
[8] CAM8EN
CAM entry 8 is enabled
1’b0: CAM entry 8 disabled.
1’b1: CAM entry 8 enabled.
[7] CAM7EN
CAM entry 7 is enabled
1’b0: CAM entry 7 disabled.
1’b1: CAM entry 7 enabled.
[6] CAM6EN
CAM entry 6 is enabled
1’b0: CAM entry 6 disabled.
1’b1: CAM entry 6 enabled.
[5] CAM5EN
CAM entry 5 is enabled
1’b0: CAM entry 5 disabled.
1’b1: CAM entry 5 enabled.
[4] CAM4EN
CAM entry 4 is enabled
1’b0: CAM entry 4 disabled.
1’b1: CAM entry 4 enabled.
[3] CAM3EN
CAM entry 3 is enabled
1’b0: CAM entry 3 disabled.
1’b1: CAM entry 3 enabled.
[2] CAM2EN
CAM entry 2 is enabled
1’b0: CAM entry 2 disabled.
1’b1: CAM entry 2 enabled.
[1] CAM1EN
CAM entry 1 is enabled
1’b0: CAM entry 1 disabled.
1’b1: CAM entry 1 enabled.
[0] CAM0EN
CAM entry 0 is enabled
1’b0: CAM entry 0 disabled.
1’b1: CAM entry 0 enabled.
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
Publication Release Date: July 26, 2006
- 113 - Revision A1
CAM Entry Registers (CAMxx)
REGISTER ADDRESS R/W DESCRIPTION RESET VALUE
CAM0M 0xFFF0_3008 R/W CAM0 Most Significant Word Register 0x0000_0000
CAM0L 0xFFF0_300C R/W CAM0 Least Significant Word Register 0x0000_0000
CAM1M 0xFFF0_3010 R/W CAM1 Most Significant Word Register 0x0000_0000
CAM1L 0xFFF0_3014 R/W CAM1 Least Significant Word Register 0x0000_0000
CAM2M 0xFFF0_3018 R/W CAM2 Most Significant Word Register 0x0000_0000
CAM2L 0xFFF0_301C R/W CAM2 Least Significant Word Register 0x0000_0000
CAM3M 0xFFF0_3020 R/W CAM3 Most Significant Word Register 0x0000_0000
CAM3L 0xFFF0_3024 R/W CAM3 Least Significant Word Register 0x0000_0000
CAM4M 0xFFF0_3028 R/W CAM4 Most Significant Word Register 0x0000_0000
CAM4L 0xFFF0_302C R/W CAM4 Least Significant Word Register 0x0000_0000
CAM5M 0xFFF0_3030 R/W CAM5 Most Significant Word Register 0x0000_0000
CAM5L 0xFFF0_3034 R/W CAM5 Least Significant Word Register 0x0000_0000
CAM6M 0xFFF0_3038 R/W CAM6 Most Significant Word Register 0x0000_0000
CAM6L 0xFFF0_303C R/W CAM6 Least Significant Word Register 0x0000_0000
CAM7M 0xFFF0_3040 R/W CAM7 Most Significant Word Register 0x0000_0000
CAM7L 0xFFF0_3044 R/W CAM7 Least Significant Word Register 0x0000_0000
CAM8M 0xFFF0_3048 R/W CAM8 Most Significant Word Register 0x0000_0000
CAM8L 0xFFF0_304C R/W CAM8 Least Significant Word Register 0x0000_0000
CAM9M 0xFFF0_3050 R/W CAM9 Most Significant Word Register 0x0000_0000
CAM9L 0xFFF0_3054 R/W CAM9 Least Significant Word Register 0x0000_0000
CAM10M 0xFFF0_3058 R/W CAM10 Most Significant Word Register 0x0000_0000
CAM10L 0xFFF0_305C R/W CAM10 Least Significant Word Register 0x0000_0000
CAM11M 0xFFF0_3060 R/W CAM11 Most Significant Word Register 0x0000_0000
CAM11L 0xFFF0_3064 R/W CAM11 Least Significant Word Register 0x0000_0000
CAM12M 0xFFF0_3068 R/W CAM12 Most Significant Word Register 0x0000_0000
CAM12L 0xFFF0_306C R/W CAM12 Least Significant Word Register 0x0000_0000
CAM13M 0xFFF0_3070 R/W CAM13 Most Significant Word Register 0x0000_0000
CAM13L 0xFFF0_3074 R/W CAM13 Least Significant Word Register 0x0000_0000
CAM14M 0xFFF0_3078 R/W CAM14 Most Significant Word Register 0x0000_0000
CAM14L 0xFFF0_307C R/W CAM14 Least Significant Word Register 0x0000_0000
CAM15M 0xFFF0_3080 R/W CAM15 Most Significant Word Register 0x0000_0000
CAM15L 0xFFF0_3084 R/W CAM15 Least Significant Word Register 0x0000_0000
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
- 114 -
CAMxM
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
MAC Address Byte 5 (MSB)
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
MAC Address Byte 4
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
MAC Address Byte 3
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
MAC Address Byte 2
BITS DESCRIPTIONS
[31:0] CAMxM
The CAMxM(CAMx Most Significant Word) keeps the bit 47~16 of
MAC address. The x can be the 0~14. The register pair {CAMxM,
CAMxL} represents a CAM entry and can keep a MAC address. For
example, if the MAC address 00-50-BA-33-BA-44 is kept in CAM
entry 1, the register CAM1M is 32’h0050_BA33 and CAM1L is
32’hBA44_0000.
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
Publication Release Date: July 26, 2006
- 115 - Revision A1
CAMxL
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
MAC Address Byte 1
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
MAC Address Byte 0 (LSB)
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
Reserved
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Reserved
BITS DESCRIPTIONS
[31:16] CAMxL
The CAMxL(CAMx Least Significant Word) keeps the bit 15~0 of
MAC address. The x can be the 0~14. The register pair {CAMxM,
CAMxL} represents a CAM entry and can keep a MAC address. For
example, if the MAC address 00-50-BA-33-BA-44 is kept in CAM
entry 1, the register CAM1M is 32’h0050_BA33 and CAM1L is
32’hBA44_0000.
[15:0] Reserved -
CAM15M
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
Length/Type (MSB)
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
Length/Type
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
OP-Code (MSB)
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
OP-Code
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
- 116 -
BITS DESCRIPTIONS
[31:0] Length/Type
Length/Type Field of PAUSE Control Frame
In the PAUSE control frame, a length/type field is
defined and will be 16’h8808.
[15:0] OP-Code
OP Code Field of PAUSE Control Frame
In the PAUSE control frame, an op code field is defined
and will be 16’h0001.
CAM15L
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
Operand (MSB)
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
Operand
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
Reserved
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Reserved
BITS DESCRIPTIONS
[31:16] Operand
Pause Parameter, In the PAUSE control frame, an operand field is
defined and controls how much time the destination Ethernet MAC
Controller is paused. The unit of the operand is the slot time, the 512
bits time.
[15:0] Reserved
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
Publication Release Date: July 26, 2006
- 117 - Revision A1
Transmit Descriptor Link List Start Address Register (TXDLSA)
The Tx descriptor defined in EMC is a link-list data structure. The TXDLSA keeps the starting address
of this link-list. In other words, the TXDLSA keeps the starting address of the 1st Tx descriptor. S/W
must configure TXDLSA before enable bit TXON of MCMDR register.
REGISTER ADDRESS R/W DESCRIPTION RESET VALUE
TXDLSA 0xFFF0_3088 R/W Transmit Descriptor Link List Start
Address Register 0xFFFF_FFFC
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
TXDLSA
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
TXDLSA
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
TXDLSA
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
TXDLSA
BITS DESCRIPTIONS
[31:0] TXDLSA
The TXDLSA(Transmit Descriptor Link-List Start Address) keeps
the start address of transmit descriptor link-list. If the S/W enables the
bit TXON of MCMDR register, the content of TXDLSA will be loaded
into the current transmit descriptor start address register (CTXDSA).
The TXDLSA doesn’t be updated by EMC. During the operation, EMC
will ignore the bits [1:0] of TXDLSA. This means that each Tx
descriptor always must locate at word boundary memory address.
Receive Descriptor Link List Start Address Register (RXDLSA)
The Rx descriptor defined in EMC is a link-list data structure. The RXDLSA keeps the starting address
of this link-list. In other words, the RXDLSA keeps the starting address of the 1st Rx descriptor. S/W
must configure RXDLSA before enable bit RXON of MCMDR register.
REGISTER ADDRESS R/W DESCRIPTION RESET VALUE
RXDLSA 0xFFF0_308C R/W Receive Descriptor Link List Start
Address Register 0xFFFF_FFFC
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
- 118 -
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
RXDLSA
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
RXDLSA
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
RXDLSA
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
RXDLSA
BITS DESCRIPTIONS
[31:0] RXDLSA
The RXDLSA(Receive Descriptor Link-List Start Address) keeps
the start address of receive descriptor link-list. If the S/W enables the
bit RXON of MCMDR register, the content of RXDLSA will be loaded
into the current receive descriptor start address register (CRXDSA).
The RXDLSA doesn’t be updated by EMC. During the operation,
EMC will ignore the bits [1:0] of RXDLSA. This means that each Rx
descriptor always must locate at word boundary memory address.
MAC Command Register (MCMDR)
The MCMDR provides the control information for EMC. Some command settings affect both frame
transmission and reception, such as bit FDUP, the full/half duplex mode selection, or bit OPMOD, the
100/10M bps mode selection. Some command settings control frame transmission and reception
separately, likes bit TXON and RXON.
REGISTER ADDRESS R/W DESCRIPTION RESET VALUE
MCMDR 0xFFF0_3090 R/W MAC Command Register 0x0000_0000
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
Reserved SWR
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
Reserved LBK OPMOD EnMDC FDUP EnSQE SDPZ
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
Reserved NDEF TXON
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Reserved SPCRC AEP ACP ARP ALP RXON
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
Publication Release Date: July 26, 2006
- 119 - Revision A1
BITS DESCRIPTIONS
[31:25] Reserved -
[24] SWR
The SWR (Software Reset) implements a reset function to make the
EMC return default state. The SWR is a self-clear bit. This means
after the software reset finished, the SWR will be cleared
automatically. Enable SWR can also reset all control and status
registers, except for OPMOD bit of MCMDR register.
The EMC re-initial is needed after the software reset completed.
1’b0: Software reset completed.
1’b1: Enable software reset.
[23:22] Reserved -
[21] LBK
The LBK (Internal Loop Back Select) enables the EMC operating
on internal loop-back mode. If the LBK is enabled, the packet
transmitted out will be loop-backed to Rx. If the EMC is operating on
internal loop-back mode, it also means the EMC is operating on full-
duplex mode and the value of FDUP of MCMDR register is ignored.
Beside, the LBK doesn’t be affected by SWR bit.
1’b0: The EMC operates in normal mode.
1’b1: The EMC operates in internal loop-back mode.
[20] OPMOD
The Operation Mode Select defines the EMC is operating on 10M or
100M bps mode. The OPMOD doesn’t be affected by SWR bit.
1’b0: The EMC operates on 10Mbps mode.
1’b1: The EMC operates on 100Mbps mode.
[19] EnMDC
The Enable MDC Clock Generation controls the MDC clock
generation for MII Management Interface. If the EnMDC is set to 1,
the MDC clock generation is enabled. Otherwise, the MDC clock
generation is disabled. Consequently, if S/W wants to access the
registers of external PHY through MII Management Interface, the
EnMDC must be set to high.
1’b0: Disable MDC clock generation.
1’b1: Enable MDC clock generation.
[18] FDUP
The Full Duplex Mode Select controls that EMC is operating on full
or half duplex mode.
1’b0: The EMC operates on half duplex mode.
1’b1: The EMC operates on full duplex mode.
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
- 120 -
Continued.
BITS DESCRIPTIONS
[17] EnSQE
The Enable SQE Checking controls the enable of SQE checking.
The SQE checking is only available while EMC is operating on 10M
bps and half duplex mode. In other words, the EnSQE cannot affect
EMC operation, if the EMC is operating on 100M bps or full duplex
mode.
1’b0: Disable SQE checking while EMC is operating on 10Mbps and
half duplex mode.
1’b1: Enable SQE checking while EMC is operating on 10Mbps and
half duplex mode.
[16] SDPZ
The Send PAUSE Frame controls the PAUSE control frame
transmission.
If S/W wants to send a PAUSE control frame out, the CAM entry 13,
14 and 15 must be configured first and the corresponding CAM
enable bit of CAMEN register also must be set. Then, set SDPZ to 1
enables the PAUSE control frame transmission.
The SDPZ is a self-clear bit. This means after the PAUSE control
frame transmission has completed, the SDPZ will be cleared
automatically.
It is recommended that only enables SPDZ while EMC is operating
on full duplex mode.
1’b0: The PAUSE control frame transmission has completed.
1’b1: Enable EMC to transmit a PAUSE control frame out.
[15:10] Reserved -
[9] NDEF
The No Defer controls the enable of deferral exceed counter. If
NDEF is set to high, the deferral exceed counter is disabled. The
NDEF is only useful while EMC is operating on half duplex mode.
1’b0: The deferral exceed counter is enabled.
1’b1: The deferral exceed counter is disabled.
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
Publication Release Date: July 26, 2006
- 121 - Revision A1
Continued.
BITS DESCRIPTIONS
[8] TXON
The Frame Transmission ON controls the normal packet transmission
of EMC. If the TXON is set to high, the EMC starts the packet
transmission process, including the Tx descriptor fetching, packet
transmission and Tx descriptor modification.
It is must to finish EMC initial sequence before enable TXON.
Otherwise, the EMC operation is undefined.
If the TXON is disabled during EMC is transmitting a packet out, the
EMC stops the packet transmission process after the current packet
transmission finished.
1’b0: The EMC stops packet transmission process.
1’b1: The EMC starts packet transmission process.
[7:6] Reserved -
[5] SPCRC
The Strip CRC Checksum controls if the length of incoming packet is
calculated with 4 bytes CRC checksum. If the SPCRC is set to high, 4
bytes CRC checksum is excluded from length calculation of incoming
packet.
1’b0: The 4 bytes CRC checksum is included in packet length
calculation.
1’b1: The 4 bytes CRC checksum is excluded in packet length
calculation.
[4] AEP
The Accept CRC Error Packet controls the EMC accepts or drops the
CRC error packet. If the AEP is set to high, the incoming packet with
CRC error will be received by EMC as a good packet.
1’b0: The CRC error packet will be dropped by EMC.
1’b1: The CRC error packet will be accepted by EMC.
[3] ACP
The Accept Control Packet controls the control frame reception. If the
ACP is set to high, the EMC will accept the control frame. Otherwise,
the control frame will be dropped.
It is recommended that S/W only enable AEP while EMC is operating
on full duplex mode.
1’b0: The control frame will be dropped by EMC.
1’b1: The control frame will be accepted by EMC.
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
- 122 -
Continued.
BITS DESCRIPTIONS
[2] ARP
The Accept Runt Packet controls the runt packet, which length is less
than 64 bytes, reception. If the ARP is set to high, the EMC will
accept the runt packet.
Otherwise, the runt packet will be dropped.
1’b0: The runt packet will be dropped by EMC.
1’b1: The runt packet will be accepted by EMC.
[1] ALP
The Accept Long Packet controls the long packet, which packet
length is greater than 1518 bytes, reception. If the ALP is set to high,
the EMC will accept the long packet.
Otherwise, the long packet will be dropped.
1’b0: The long packet will be dropped by EMC.
1’b1: The long packet will be accepted by EMC.
[0] RXON
The Frame Reception ON controls the normal packet reception of
EMC. If the RXON is set to high, the EMC starts the packet reception
process, including the Rx descriptor fetching, packet reception and
Rx descriptor modification.
It is must to finish EMC initial sequence before enable RXON.
Otherwise, the EMC operation is undefined.
If the RXON is disabled during EMC is receiving an incoming packet,
the EMC stops the packet reception process after the current packet
reception finished.
1’b0: The EMC stops packet reception process.
1’b1: The EMC starts packet reception process.
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
Publication Release Date: July 26, 2006
- 123 - Revision A1
MII Management Data Register (MIID)
The EMC provides MII management function to access the control and status registers of the external
PHY. The MIID register is used to store the data that will be written into the registers of external PHY
for write command or the data that is read from the registers of external PHY for read command.
REGISTER ADDRESS R/W DESCRIPTION RESET VALUE
MIID 0xFFF0_3094 R/W MII Management Data Register 0x0000_0000
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
Reserved
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
Reserved
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
MIIData
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
MIIData
BITS DESCRIPTIONS
[31:16] Reserved -
[15:0] MIIData
The MII Management Data is the 16 bits data that will be written into
the registers of external PHY for MII Management write command or
the data from the registers of external PHY for MII Management
read command.
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
- 124 -
MII Management Control and Address Register (MIIDA)
The EMC provides MII management function to access the control and status registers of the external
PHY. The MIIDA register is used to keep the MII management command information, like the register
address, external PHY address, MDC clocking rate, read/write etc.
REGISTER ADDRESS R/W DESCRIPTION RESET VALUE
MIIDA 0xFFF0_3098 R/W
MII Management Control and Address
Register 0x0090_0000
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
Reserved
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
MDCCR MDCON PreSP BUSY Write
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
Reserved PHYAD
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Reserved PHYRAD
BITS DESCRIPTIONS
[31:24] Reserved -
[23:20] MDCCR
The MDC Clock Rating controls the MDC clock rating for MII
Management I/F.
Depend on the IEEE Std. 802.3 clause 22.2.2.11, the minimum
period for MDC shall be 400ns. In other words, the maximum
frequency for MDC is 2.5MHz. The MDC is divided from the AHB bus
clock, the HCLK. Consequently, for different HCLKs the different
ratios are required to generate appropriate MDC clock.
The following table shows relationship between HCLK and MDC
clock in different MDCCR configurations. The THCLK indicates the
period of HCLK.
[19] MDC
The MDC Clock ON Always controls the MDC clock generation. If the
MDCON is set to high, the MDC clock actives always. Otherwise, the
MDC will only active while S/W issues a MII management command.
1’b0: The MDC clock will only active while S/W issues a MII
management command.
1’b1: The MDC clock actives always.
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
Publication Release Date: July 26, 2006
- 125 - Revision A1
Continued.
BITS DESCRIPTIONS
[18] PreSP
The Preamble Suppress controls the preamble field generation of
MII management frame. If the PreSP is set to high, the preamble field
generation of MII management frame is skipped.
1’b0: Preamble field generation of MII management frame is not
skipped.
1’b1: Preamble field generation of MII management frame is skipped.
[17] BUSY
The Busy Bit controls the enable of the MII management frame
generation. If S/W wants to access registers of external PHY, it set
BUSY to high and EMC generates the MII management frame to
external PHY through MII Management I/F.
The BUSY is a self-clear bit. This means the BUSY will be cleared
automatically after the MII management command finished.
1’b0: The MII management has finished.
1’b1: Enable EMC to generate a MII management command to
external PHY.
[16] Write
The Write Command defines the MII management command is a
read or write.
1’b0: The MII management command is a read command.
1’b1: The MII management command is a write command.
[15:13] Reserved
[12:8] PHYAD The PHY Address keeps the address to differentiate which external
PHY is the target of the MII management command.
[7:5] Reserved -
[4:0] PHYRAD
The PHY Register Address keeps the address to indicate which
register of external PHY is the target of the MII management
command.
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
- 126 -
MDCCR [23:20] MDC CLOCK PERIOD MDC CLOCK FREQUENCY
4’b0000 4 x THCLK HCLK/4
4’b0001 6 x THCLK HCLK/6
4’b0010 8 x THCLK HCLK/8
4’b0011 12 x THCLK HCLK/12
4’b0100 16 x THCLK HCLK/16
4’b0101 20 x THCLK HCLK/20
4’b0110 24 x THCLK HCLK/24
4’b0111 28 x THCLK HCLK/28
4’b1000 30 x THCLK HCLK/30
4’b1001 32 x THCLK HCLK/32
4’b1010 36 x THCLK HCLK/36
4’b1011 40 x THCLK HCLK/40
4’b1100 44 x THCLK HCLK/44
4’b1101 48 x THCLK HCLK/48
4’b1110 54 x THCLK HCLK/54
4’b1111 60 x THCLK HCLK/60
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
Publication Release Date: July 26, 2006
- 127 - Revision A1
MII Management Function Frame Format
In IEEE Std. 802.3 clause 22.2.4, the MII management function is defined. The MII management
function is used for the purpose of controlling the PHY and gathering status from the PHY. The MII
management frame format is shown as follow.
MANAGEMENT FRAME FIELDS
PRE ST OP PHYAD REGAD TA DATA IDLE
READ 1…1 01 10 AAAAA RRRRR Z0 DDDDDDDDDDDDDDDD Z
WRITE 1…1 01 01 AAAAA RRRRR 10 DDDDDDDDDDDDDDDD Z
MII Management Function Configure Sequence
READ WRITE
1. Set appropriate MDCCR.
2. Set PHYAD and PHYRAD.
3. Set Write to 1’b0
4. Set bit BUSY to 1’b1 to send a MII
management frame out.
5. Wait BUSY to become 1’b0.
6. Read data from MIID register.
7. Finish the read command.
1. Write data to MIID register
2. Set appropriate MDCCR.
3. Set PHYAD and PHYRAD.
4. Set Write to 1’b1
5. Set bit BUSY to 1’b1 to send a MII
management frame out.
6. Wait BUSY to become 1’b0.
7. Finish the write command.
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
- 128 -
FIFO Threshold Control Register (FFTCR)
The FFTCR defines the high and low threshold of internal FIFOs, including TxFIFO and RxFIFO. The
threshold of internal FIFOs is related to EMC request generation and when the frame transmission
starts. The FFTCR also defines the burst length of AHB bus cycle for system memory access.
REGISTER ADDRESS R/W DESCRIPTION RESET VALUE
FFTCR 0xFFF0_309C R/W
FIFO Threshold Control Register 0x0000_0101
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
Reserved
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
Reserved BLength Reserved
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
Reserved TxTHD
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Reserved RxTHD
BITS DESCRIPTIONS
[31:22] Reserved -
[21:20] Blength
The DMA Burst Length defines the burst length of AHB bus cycle
while EMC accesses system memory.
2’b00: 4 words
2’b01: 8 words
2’b10: 16 words
2’b11: 16 words
[19:10] Reserved -
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
Publication Release Date: July 26, 2006
- 129 - Revision A1
Continued.
BITS DESCRIPTIONS
[9:8] TxTHD
The TxFIFO Low Threshold controls when TxDMA requests internal
arbiter for data transfer between system memory and TxFIFO. The
TxTHD defines not only the low threshold of TxFIFO, but also the high
threshold. The high threshold is the twice of low threshold always.
During the packet transmission, if the TxFIFO reaches the high
threshold, the TxDMA stops generate request to transfer frame data
from system memory to TxFIFO. If the frame data in TxFIFO is less
than low threshold, TxDMA starts to transfer frame data from system
memory to TxFIFO.
The TxTHD also defines when the TxMAC starts to transmit frame out
to network. The TxMAC starts to transmit the frame out while the
TxFIFO first time reaches the high threshold during the transmission
of the frame. If the frame data length is less than TxFIFO high
threshold, the TxMAC starts to transmit the frame out after the frame
data are all inside the TxFIFO.
2’b00: Undefined.
2’b01: TxFIFO low threshold is 64B and high threshold is 128B.
2’b10: TxFIFO low threshold is 80B and high threshold is 160B.
2’b11: TxFIFO low threshold is 96B and high threshold is 192B.
[7:2] Reserved
[1:0] RxTHD
The RxFIFO High Threshold controls when RxDMA requests internal
arbiter for data transfer between RxFIFO and system memory. The
RxTHD defines not only the high threshold of RxFIFO, but also the low
threshold. The low threshold is the half of high threshold always.
During the packet reception, if the RxFIFO reaches the high threshold,
the RxDMA starts to transfer frame data from RxFIFO to system
memory. If the frame data in RxFIFO is less than low threshold,
RxDMA stops to transfer the frame data to system memory.
2’b00: Depend on the burst length setting. If the burst length is 8
words, high threshold is 8 words, too.
2’b01: RxFIFO high threshold is 64B and low threshold is 32B.
2’b10: RxFIFO high threshold is 128B and low threshold is 64B.
2’b11: RxFIFO high threshold is 192B and low threshold is 96B.
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
- 130 -
Transmit Start Demand Register (TSDR)
If the Tx descriptor is not available for use of TxDMA after the TXON of MCMDR register is enabled,
the FSM (Finite State Machine) of TxDMA enters the Halt state and the frame transmission is halted.
After the S/W has prepared the new Tx descriptor for frame transmission, it must issue a write
command to TSDR register to make TxDMA leave Halt state and contiguous frame transmission. The
TSDR is a write only register and read from this register is undefined. The write to TSDR register has
took effect only while TxDMA stayed at Halt state.
REGISTER ADDRESS R/W DESCRIPTION RESET VALUE
TSDR 0xFFF0_30A0 W Transmit Start Demand Register Undefined
BITS DESCRIPTIONS
[31:0] Reserved -
Receive Start Demand Register (RSDR)
If the Rx descriptor is not available for use of RxDMA after the RXON of MCMDR register is enabled,
the FSM (Finite State Machine) of RxDMA enters the Halt state and the frame reception is halted.
After the S/W has prepared the new Rx descriptor for frame reception, it must issue a write command
to RSDR register to make RxDMA leave Halt state and contiguous frame reception. The RSDR is a
write only register and read from this register is undefined. The write to RSDR register has took effect
only while RxDMA stayed at Halt state.
REGISTER ADDRESS R/W DESCRIPTION RESET VALUE
RSDR 0xFFF0_30A4 W Receive Start Demand Register Undefined
BITS DESCRIPTIONS
[31:0] Reserved --
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
Publication Release Date: July 26, 2006
- 131 - Revision A1
Maximum Receive Frame Control Register (DMARFC)
The DMARFC defines the maximum frame length for a received frame that can be stored in the
system memory. It is recommend that only use this register while S/W wants to receive a frame which
length is greater than 1518 bytes.
REGISTER ADDRESS R/W DESCRIPTION RESET VALUE
DMARFC 0xFFF0_30A8 R/W Maximum Receive Frame Control
Register 0x0000_0800
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
Reserved
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
Reserved
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
RXMS
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
RXMS
BITS DESCRIPTIONS
[31:16] Reserved -
[15:0] RXMS
The Maximum Receive Frame Length defines the
maximum frame length for received frame. If the frame
length of received frame is greater than RXMS, and bit
EnDFO of MIEN register is also enabled, the bit DFOI of
MISTA register is set and the Rx interrupt is triggered.
It is recommended that only use RXMS to qualify the length
of received frame while S/W wants to receive a frame which
length is greater than 1518 bytes.
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
- 132 -
MAC Interrupt Enable Register (MIEN)
The MIEN controls the enable of EMC interrupt status to generate interrupt. Two interrupts, RXINTR
for frame reception and TXINTR for frame transmission, are generated from EMC to CPU.
REGISTER ADDRESS R/W DESCRIPTION RESET VALUE
MIEN 0xFFF0_30AC R/W MAC Interrupt Enable Register 0x0000_0000
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
Reserved EnTxBErr
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
EnTDU EnLC EnTXABT EnNCS EnEXDEF EnTXCP EnTXEMP EnTXINTR
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
Reserved EnCFR Reserved EnRxBErr EnRDU EnDEN EnDFO
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
EnMMP EnRP EnALIE EnRXGD EnPTLE EnRXOV EnCRCE EnRXINTR
BITS DESCRIPTIONS
[31:25] Reserved -
[24] EnTxBErr
The Enable Transmit Bus Error Interrupt controls the TxBErr
interrupt generation. If TxBErr of MISTA register is set, and both
EnTxBErr and EnTXINTR are enabled, the EMC generates the Tx
interrupt to CPU. If EnTxBErr or EnTXINTR is disabled, no Tx interrupt
is generated to CPU even the TxBErr of MISTA register is set.
1’b0: TxBErr of MISTA register is masked from Tx interrupt generation.
1’b1: TxBErr of MISTA register can participate in Tx interrupt
generation.
[23] EnTDU
The Enable Transmit Descriptor Unavailable Interrupt controls the
TDU interrupt generation. If TDU of MISTA register is set, and both
EnTDU and EnTXINTR are enabled, the EMC generates the Tx
interrupt to CPU. If EnTDU or EnTXINTR is disabled, no Tx interrupt is
generated to CPU even the TDU of MISTA register is set.
1’b0: TDU of MISTA register is masked from Tx interrupt generation.
1’b1: TDU of MISTA register can participate in Tx interrupt generation.
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
Publication Release Date: July 26, 2006
- 133 - Revision A1
[22] EnLC
The Enable Late Collision Interrupt controls the LC interrupt
generation. If LC of MISTA register is set, and both EnLC and
EnTXINTR are enabled, the EMC generates the Tx interrupt to CPU. If
EnLC or EnTXINTR is disabled, no Tx interrupt is generated to CPU
even the LC of MISTA register is set.
1’b0: LC of MISTA register is masked from Tx interrupt generation.
1’b1: LC of MISTA register can participate in Tx interrupt generation.
[21] EnTXABT
The Enable Transmit Abort Interrupt controls the TXABT interrupt
generation. If TXABT of MISTA register is set, and both EnTXABT and
EnTXINTR are enabled, the EMC generates the Tx interrupt to CPU. If
EnTXABT or EnTXINTR is disabled, no Tx interrupt is generated to
CPU even the TXABT of MISTA register is set.
1’b0: TXABT of MISTA register is masked from Tx interrupt generation.
1’b1: TXABT of MISTA register can participate in Tx interrupt
generation.
[20] EnNCS
The Enable No Carrier Sense Interrupt controls the NCS interrupt
generation. If NCS of MISTA register is set, and both EnNCS and
EnTXINTR are enabled, the EMC generates the Tx interrupt to CPU. If
EnNCS or EnTXINTR is disabled, no Tx interrupt is generated to CPU
even the NCS of MISTA register is set.
1’b0: NCS of MISTA register is masked from Tx interrupt generation.
1’b1: NCS of MISTA register can participate in Tx interrupt generation.
[19] EnEXDEF
The Enable Defer Exceed Interrupt controls the EXDEF interrupt
generation. If EXDEF of MISTA register is set, and both EnEXDEF and
EnTXINTR are enabled, the EMC generates the Tx interrupt to CPU. If
EnEXDEF or EnTXINTR is disabled, no Tx interrupt is generated to
CPU even the EXDEF of MISTA register is set.
1’b0: EXDEF of MISTA register is masked from Tx interrupt generation.
1’b1: EXDEF of MISTA register can participate in Tx interrupt
generation.
[18] EnTXCP
The Enable Transmit Completion Interrupt controls the TXCP
interrupt generation. If TXCP of MISTA register is set, and both
EnTXCP and EnTXINTR are enabled, the EMC generates the Tx
interrupt to CPU. If EnTXCP or EnTXINTR is disabled, no Tx interrupt
is generated to CPU even the TXCP of MISTA register is set.
1’b0: TXCP of MISTA register is masked from Tx interrupt generation.
1’b1: TXCP of MISTA register can participate in Tx interrupt
generation.
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
- 134 -
Continued.
BITS DESCRIPTIONS
[17] EnTXEMP
The Enable Transmit FIFO Underflow Interrupt controls the TXEMP
interrupt generation. If TXEMP of MISTA register is set, and both
EnTXEMP and EnTXINTR are enabled, the EMC generates the Tx
interrupt to CPU. If EnTXEMP or EnTXINTR is disabled, no Tx interrupt
is generated to CPU even the TXEMP of MISTA register is set.
1’b0: TXEMP of MISTA register is masked from Tx interrupt
generation.
1’b1: TXEMP of MISTA register can participate in Tx interrupt
generation.
[16] EnTXINTR
The EnTXINTR controls the Tx interrupt generation.
If Enable Transmit Interrupt is enabled and TXINTR of MISTA
register is high, EMC generates the Tx interrupt to CPU. If EnTXINTR
is disabled, no Tx interrupt is generated to CPU even the status bits
17~24 of MISTA are set and the corresponding bits of MIEN are
enabled. In other words, if S/W wants to receive Tx interrupt from
EMC, this bit must be enabled. And, if S/W doesn’t want to receive any
Tx interrupt from EMC, disables this bit.
1’b0: TXINTR of MISTA register is masked and Tx interrupt generation
is disabled.
1’b1: TXINTR of MISTA register is unmasked and Tx interrupt
generation is enabled.
[15] Reserved --
[14] EnCFR
The Enable Control Frame Receive Interrupt controls the CFR
interrupt generation. If CFR of MISTA register is set, and both EnCFR
and EnTXINTR are enabled, the EMC generates the Rx interrupt to
CPU. If EnCFR or EnTXINTR is disabled, no Rx interrupt is generated
to CPU even the CFR of MISTA register is set.
1’b0: CFR of MISTA register is masked from Rx interrupt generation.
1’b1: CFR of MISTA register can participate in Rx interrupt generation.
[13:12] Reserved --
[11] EnRxBErr
The Enable Receive Bus Error Interrupt controls the RxBerr interrupt
generation. If RxBErr of MISTA register is set, and both EnRxBErr and
EnTXINTR are enabled, the EMC generates the Rx interrupt to CPU. If
EnRxBErr or EnTXINTR is disabled, no Rx interrupt is generated to
CPU even the RxBErr of MISTA register is set.
1’b0: RxBErr of MISTA register is masked from Rx interrupt generation.
1’b1: RxBErr of MISTA register can participate in Rx interrupt
generation.
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
Publication Release Date: July 26, 2006
- 135 - Revision A1
Continued.
BITS DESCRIPTIONS
[10] EnRDU
The Enable Receive Descriptor Unavailable Interrupt controls the
RDU interrupt generation. If RDU of MISTA register is set, and both
EnRDU and EnTXINTR are enabled, the EMC generates the Rx
interrupt to CPU. If EnRDU or EnTXINTR is disabled, no Rx interrupt is
generated to CPU even the RDU of MISTA register is set.
1’b0: RDU of MISTA register is masked from Rx interrupt generation.
1’b1: RDU of MISTA register can participate in Rx interrupt generation.
[9] EnDEN
The Enable DMA Early Notification Interrupt controls the DENI
interrupt generation. If DENI of MISTA register is set, and both EnDEN
and EnTXINTR are enabled, the EMC generates the Rx interrupt to
CPU. If EnDEN or EnTXINTR is disabled, no Rx interrupt is generated
to CPU even the DENI of MISTA register is set.
1’b0: DENI of MISTA register is masked from Rx interrupt generation.
1’b1: DENI of MISTA register can participate in Rx interrupt generation.
[8] EnDFO
The Enable Maximum Frame Length Interrupt controls the DFOI
interrupt generation. If DFOI of MISTA register is set, and both EnDFO
and EnTXINTR are enabled, the EMC generates the Rx interrupt to
CPU. If EnDFO or EnTXINTR is disabled, no Rx interrupt is generated
to CPU even the DFOI of MISTA register is set.
1’b0: DFOI of MISTA register is masked from Rx interrupt generation.
1’b1: DFOI of MISTA register can participate in Rx interrupt generation.
[7] EnMMP
The Enable More Missed Packet Interrupt controls the MMP interrupt
generation. If MMP of MISTA register is set, and both EnMMP and
EnTXINTR are enabled, the EMC generates the Rx interrupt to CPU. If
EnMMP or EnTXINTR is disabled, no Rx interrupt is generated to CPU
even the MMP of MISTA register is set.
1’b0: MMP of MISTA register is masked from Rx interrupt generation.
1’b1: MMP of MISTA register can participate in Rx interrupt generation.
[6] EnRP
The Enable Runt Packet Interrupt controls the RP interrupt
generation. If RP of MISTA register is set, and both EnRP and
EnTXINTR are enabled, the EMC generates the Rx interrupt to CPU. If
EnRP or EnTXINTR is disabled, no Rx interrupt is generated to CPU
even the RP of MISTA register is set.
1’b0: RP of MISTA register is masked from Rx interrupt generation.
1’b1: RP of MISTA register can participate in Rx interrupt generation.
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
- 136 -
Continued.
BITS DESCRIPTIONS
[5] EnALIE
The Enable Alignment Error Interrupt controls the ALIE interrupt
generation. If ALIE of MISTA register is set, and both EnALIE and
EnTXINTR are enabled, the EMC generates the Rx interrupt to CPU. If
EnALIE or EnTXINTR is disabled, no Rx interrupt is generated to CPU
even the ALIE of MISTA register is set.
1’b0: ALIE of MISTA register is masked from Rx interrupt generation.
1’b1: ALIE of MISTA register can participate in Rx interrupt generation.
[4] EnRXGD
The Enable Receive Good Interrupt controls the RXGD interrupt
generation. If RXGD of MISTA register is set, and both EnRXGD and
EnTXINTR are enabled, the EMC generates the Rx interrupt to CPU. If
EnRXGD or EnTXINTR is disabled, no Rx interrupt is generated to
CPU even the RXGD of MISTA register is set.
1’b0: RXGD of MISTA register is masked from Rx interrupt generation.
1’b1: RXGD of MISTA register can participate in Rx interrupt
generation.
[3] EnPTLE
The Enable Packet Too Long Interrupt controls the PTLE interrupt
generation. If PTLE of MISTA register is set, and both EnPTLE and
EnTXINTR are enabled, the EMC generates the Rx interrupt to CPU. If
EnPTLE or EnTXINTR is disabled, no Rx interrupt is generated to CPU
even the PTLE of MISTA register is set.
1’b0: PTLE of MISTA register is masked from Rx interrupt generation.
1’b1: PTLE of MISTA register can participate in Rx interrupt
generation.
[2] EnRXOV
The Enable Receive FIFO Overflow Interrupt controls the RXOV
interrupt generation. If RXOV of MISTA register is set, and both
EnRXOV and EnTXINTR are enabled, the EMC generates the Rx
interrupt to CPU. If EnRXOV or EnTXINTR is disabled, no Rx interrupt
is generated to CPU even the RXOV of MISTA register is set.
1’b0: RXOV of MISTA register is masked from Rx interrupt generation.
1’b1: RXOV of MISTA register can participate in Rx interrupt
generation.
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
Publication Release Date: July 26, 2006
- 137 - Revision A1
Continued.
BITS DESCRIPTIONS
[1] EnCRCE
The Enable CRC Error Interrupt controls the CRCE interrupt
generation. If CRCE of MISTA register is set, and both EnCRCE and
EnTXINTR are enabled, the EMC generates the Rx interrupt to CPU. If
EnCRCE or EnTXINTR is disabled, no Rx interrupt is generated to
CPU even the CRCE of MISTA register is set.
1’b0: CRCE of MISTA register is masked from Rx interrupt generation.
1’b1: CRCE of MISTA register can participate in Rx interrupt
generation.
[0] EnRXINTR
The Enable Receive Interrupt controls the Rx interrupt generation.
If EnRXINTR is enabled and RXINTR of MISTA register is high, EMC
generates the Rx interrupt to CPU. If EnRXINTR is disabled, no Rx
interrupt is generated to CPU even the status bits 1~14 of MISTA are
set and the corresponding bits of MIEN are enabled. In other words, if
S/W wants to receive Rx interrupt from EMC, this bit must be enabled.
And, if S/W doesn’t want to receive any Rx interrupt from EMC,
disables this bit.
1’b0: RXINTR of MISTA register is masked and Rx interrupt generation
is disabled.
1’b1: RXINTR of MISTA register is unmasked and Rx interrupt
generation is enabled.
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
- 138 -
MAC Interrupt Status Register (MISTA)
The MISTA keeps much EMC statuses, like frame transmission and reception status, internal FIFO
status and also NATA processing status. The statuses kept in MISTA will trigger the reception or
transmission interrupt. The MISTA is a write clear register and write 1 to corresponding bit clears the
status and also clears the interrupt.
REGISTER ADDRESS R/W DESCRIPTION RESET VALUE
MISTA 0xFFF0_30B0 R/W MAC Interrupt Status Register 0x0000_0000
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
Reserved TxBErr
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
TDU LC TXABT NCS EXDEF TXCP TXEMP TXINTR
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
Reserved CFR Reserved RxBErr RDU DENI DFOI
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
MMP RP ALIE RXGD PTLE RXOV CRCE RXINTR
BITS DESCRIPTIONS
[31:25] Reserved -
[24] TxBErr
The Transmit Bus Error Interrupt high indicates the memory
controller replies ERROR response while EMC access system
memory through TxDMA during packet transmission process. Reset
EMC is recommended while TxBErr status is high.
If the TxBErr is high and EnTxBErr of MIEN register is enabled, the
TxINTR will be high. Write 1 to this bit clears the TxBErr status.
1’b0: No ERROR response is received.
1’b1: ERROR response is received.
[23] TDU
The Transmit Descriptor Unavailable Interrupt high indicates that
there is no available Tx descriptor for packet transmission and
TxDMA will stay at Halt state. Once, the TxDMA enters the Halt
state, S/W must issues a write command to TSDR register to make
TxDMA leave Halt state while new Tx descriptor is available.
If the TDU is high and EnTDU of MIEN register is enabled, the
TxINTR will be high. Write 1 to this bit clears the TDU status.
1’b0: Tx descriptor is available.
1’b1: Tx descriptor is unavailable.
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
Publication Release Date: July 26, 2006
- 139 - Revision A1
Continued.
BITS DESCRIPTIONS
[22] LC
The Late Collision Interrupt high indicates the collision occurred in the
outside of 64 bytes collision window. This means after the 64 bytes of a
frame has transmitted out to the network, the collision still occurred.
The late collision check will only be done while EMC is operating on
half-duplex mode.
If the LC is high and EnLC of MIEN register is enabled, the TxINTR will
be high. Write 1 to this bit clears the LC status.
1’b0: No collision occurred in the outside of 64 bytes collision window.
1’b1: Collision occurred in the outside of 64 bytes collision window.
[21] TXABT
The Transmit Abort Interrupt high indicates the packet incurred 16
consecutive collisions during transmission, and then the transmission
process for this packet is aborted. The transmission abort is only
available while EMC is operating on half-duplex mode.
If the TXABT is high and EnTXABT of MIEN register is enabled, the
TxINTR will be high. Write 1 to this bit clears the TXABT status.
1’b0: Packet doesn’t incur 16 consecutive collisions during
transmission.
1’b1: Packet incurred 16 consecutive collisions during transmission.
[20] NCS
The No Carrier Sense Interrupt high indicates the MII I/F signal CRS
doesn’t active at the start of or during the packet transmission. The
NCS is only available while EMC is operating on half-duplex mode.
If the NCS is high and EnNCS of MIEN register is enabled, the TxINTR
will be high. Write 1 to this bit clears the NCS status.
1’b0: CRS signal actives correctly.
1’b1: CRS signal doesn’t active at the start of or during the packet
transmission.
[19] EXDEF
The Defer Exceed Interrupt high indicates the frame waiting for
transmission has deferred over 0.32768ms on 100Mbps mode, or
3.2768ms on 10Mbps mode. The deferral exceed check will only be
done while bit NDEF of MCMDR is disabled, and EMC is operating on
half-duplex mode.
If the EXDEF is high and EnEXDEF of MIEN register is enabled, the
TxINTR will be high. Write 1 to this bit clears the EXDEF status.
1’b0: Frame waiting for transmission has not deferred over 0.32768ms
(100Mbps) or 3.2768ms (10Mbps).
1’b1: Frame waiting for transmission has deferred over 0.32768ms
(100Mbps) or 3.2768ms (10Mbps).
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
- 140 -
Continued.
BITS DESCRIPTIONS
[18] TXCP
The Transmit Completion Interrupt indicates the packet
transmission has completed correctly.
If the TXCP is high and EnTXCP of MIEN register is enabled, the
TxINTR will be high. Write 1 to this bit clears the TXCP status.
1’b0: The packet transmission doesn’t complete.
1’b1: The packet transmission has completed.
[17] TXEMP
The Transmit FIFO Underflow Interrupt high indicates the
TxFIFO underflow occurred during packet transmission. While the
TxFIFO underflow occurred, the EMC will retransmit the packet
automatically without S/W intervention. If the TxFIFO underflow
occurred often, it is recommended that modify TxFIFO threshold
control, the TxTHD of FFTCR register, to higher level.
If the TXEMP is high and EnTXEMP of MIEN register is enabled,
the TxINTR will be high. Write 1 to this bit clears the TXEMP
status.
1’b0: No TxFIFO underflow occurred during packet transmission.
1’b0: TxFIFO underflow occurred during packet transmission.
[16] TXINTR
The Transmit Interrupt indicates the Tx interrupt status.
If TXINTR high and its corresponding enable bit, EnTXINTR of
MISTA register, is also high indicates the EMC generates Tx
interrupt to CPU. If TXINTR is high but EnTXINTR of MISTA is
disabled, no Tx interrupt is generated.
The TXINTR is logic OR result of the bits 17~24 in MISTA register
do logic AND with the corresponding bits in MIEN register. In
other words, if one of the bits 17~24 in MISTA register is high and
its corresponding enable bit in MIEN register is also enabled, the
TXINTR will be high. Because the TXINTR is a logic OR result,
clears bits 17~24 of MISTA register makes TXINTR be cleared,
too.
1’b0: No status of bits 17~24 in MISTA is set or no enable of bits
17~24 in MIEN is turned on.
1’b1: At least one status of bits 17~24 in MISTA is set and its
corresponding enable bit is turned on.
[15] Reserved
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
Publication Release Date: July 26, 2006
- 141 - Revision A1
Continued.
BITS DESCRIPTIONS
[14] CFR
The Control Frame Receive Interrupt high indicates EMC
receives a flow control frame. The CFR only available while EMC
is operating on full duplex mode.
If the CFR is high and EnCFR of MIEN register is enabled, the
RxINTR will be high. Write 1 to this bit clears the CFR status.
1’b0: The EMC doesn’t receive the flow control frame.
1’b1: The EMC receives a flow control frame.
[13:12] Reserved
[11] RxBErr
The Receive Bus Error Interrupt high indicates the memory
controller replies ERROR response while EMC access system
memory through RxDMA during packet reception process. Reset
EMC is recommended while RxBErr status is high.
If the RxBErr is high and EnRxBErr of MIEN register is enabled,
the RxINTR will be high. Write 1 to this bit clears the RxBErr
status.
1’b0: No ERROR response is received.
1’b1: ERROR response is received.
[10] RDU
The Receive Descriptor Unavailable Interrupt high indicates that
there is no available Rx descriptor for packet reception and
RxDMA will stay at Halt state. Once, the RxDMA enters the Halt
state, S/W must issues a write command to RSDR register to
make RxDMA leave Halt state while new Rx descriptor is
available.
If the RDU is high and EnRDU of MIEN register is enabled, the
RxINTR will be high. Write 1 to this bit clears the RDU status.
1’b0: Rx descriptor is available.
1’b1: Rx descriptor is unavailable.
[9] DENI
The DMA Early Notification Interrupt high indicates the EMC has
received the Length/Type field of the incoming packet.
If the DENI is high and EnDENI of MIEN register is enabled, the
RxINTR will be high. Write 1 to this bit clears the DENI status.
1’b0: The Length/Type field of incoming packet has not received
yet.
1’b1: The Length/Type field of incoming packet has received.
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
- 142 -
Continued.
BITS DESCRIPTIONS
[8] DFOI
The Maximum Frame Length Interrupt high indicates the length
of the incoming packet has exceeded the length limitation
configured in DMARFC register and the incoming packet is
dropped. If the DFOI is high and EnDFO of MIEN register is
enabled, the RxINTR will be high. Write 1 to this bit clears the
DFOI status.
1’b0: The length of the incoming packet doesn’t exceed the length
limitation configured in DMARFC.
1’b1: The length of the incoming packet has exceeded the length
limitation configured in DMARFC.
[7] MMP
The More Missed Packet Interrupt high indicates the MPCNT,
Missed Packet Count, has overflow. If the MMP is high and
EnMMP of MIEN register is enabled, the RxINTR will be high.
Write 1 to this bit clears the MMP status.
1’b0: The MPCNT has not rolled over yet.
1’b1: The MPCNT has rolled over yet.
[6] RP
Runt Packet Interrupt
The RP high indicates the length of the incoming packet is less
than 64 bytes and the packet is dropped. If the ARP of MCMDR
register is set, the short packet is regarded as a good packet and
RP will not be set.
If the RP is high and EnRP of MIEN register is enabled, the
RxINTR will be high. Write 1 to this bit clears the RP status.
1’b0: The incoming frame is not a short frame or S/W wants to
receive a short frame.
1’b1: The incoming frame is a short frame and dropped.
[5] ALIE
The Alignment Error Interrupt high indicates the length of the
incoming frame is not a multiple of byte.
If the ALIE is high and EnALIE of MIEN register is enabled, the
RxINTR will be high. Write 1 to this bit clears the ALIE status.
1’b0: The frame length is a multiple of byte.
1’b1: The frame length is not a multiple of byte.
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
Publication Release Date: July 26, 2006
- 143 - Revision A1
Continued.
BITS DESCRIPTIONS
[4] RXGD
The Receive Good Interrupt high indicates the frame reception
has completed.
If the RXGD is high and EnRXGD of MIEN register is enabled, the
RxINTR will be high. Write 1 to this bit clears the RXGD status.
1’b0: The frame reception has not complete yet.
1’b1: The frame reception has completed.
[3] PTLE
The Packet Too Long Interrupt high indicates the length of the
incoming packet is greater than 1518 bytes and the incoming
packet is dropped. If the ALP of MCMDR register is set, the long
packet will be regarded as a good packet and PTLE will not be
set.
If the PTLE is high and EnPTLE of MIEN register is enabled, the
RxINTR will be high. Write 1 to this bit clears the PTLE status.
1’b0: The incoming frame is not a long frame or S/W wants to
receive a long frame.
1’b1: The incoming frame is a long frame and dropped.
[2] RXOV
The Receive FIFO Overflow Interrupt high indicates the RxFIFO
overflow occurred during packet reception. While the RxFIFO
overflow occurred, the EMC drops the current receiving packer. If
the RxFIFO overflow occurred often, it is recommended that
modify RxFIFO threshold control, the RxTHD of FFTCR register,
to higher level.
If the RXOV is high and EnRXOV of MIEN register is enabled, the
RxINTR will be high. Write 1 to this bit clears the RXOV status.
1’b0: No RxFIFO overflow occurred during packet reception.
1’b0: RxFIFO overflow occurred during packet reception.
[1] CRCE
The CRC Error Interrupt high indicates the incoming packet
incurred the CRC error and the packet is dropped. If the AEP of
MCMDR register is set, the CRC error packet will be regarded as
a good packet and CRCE will not be set.
If the CRCE is high and EnCRCE of MIEN register is enabled, the
RxINTR will be high. Write 1 to this bit clears the CRCE status.
1’b0: The frame doesn’t incur CRC error.
1’b1: The frame incurred CRC error.
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
- 144 -
Continued.
BITS DESCRIPTIONS
[0] RXINTR
The Receive Interrupt indicates the Rx interrupt status.
If RXINTR high and its corresponding enable bit, EnRXINTR of
MISTA register, is also high indicates the EMC generates Rx
interrupt to CPU. If RXINTR is high but EnRXINTR of MISTA is
disabled, no Rx interrupt is generated.
The RXINTR is logic OR result of the bits 1~14 in MISTA register
do logic AND with the corresponding bits in MIEN register. In
other words, if one of the bits 1~14 in MISTA register is high and
its corresponding enable bit in MIEN register is also enabled, the
RXINTR will be high.
Because the RXINTR is a logic OR result, clears bits 1~14 of
MISTA register makes RXINTR be cleared, too.
1’b0: No status of bits 1~14 in MISTA is set or no enable of bits
1~14 in MIEN is turned on.
1’b1: At least one status of bits 1~14 in MISTA is set and its
corresponding enable bit is turned on.
MAC General Status Register (MGSTA)
The MGSTA also keeps the statuses of EMC. But the statuses in the MGSTA will not trigger any
interrupt. The MGSTA is a write clear register and write 1 to corresponding bit clears the status.
REGISTER ADDRESS R/W DESCRIPTION RESET VALUE
MGSTA 0xFFF0_30B4 R/W MAC General Status Register 0x0000_0000
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
Reserved
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
Reserved
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
Reserved TXHA SQE PAU DEF
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
CCNT Reserved RFFull RXHA CFR
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
Publication Release Date: July 26, 2006
- 145 - Revision A1
BITS DESCRIPTIONS
[31:12] Reserved -
[11] TXHA
The Transmission Halted high indicates the next normal packet transmission
process will be halted because the bit TXON of MCMDR is disabled be S/W.
1’b0: Next normal packet transmission process will go on.
1’b1: Next normal packet transmission process will be halted.
[10] SQE
The Signal Quality Error high indicates the SQE error found at end of packet
transmission on 10Mbps half-duplex mode. The SQE error check will only be
done while both bit EnSQE of MCMDR is enabled and EMC is operating on
10Mbps half-duplex mode.
1’b0: No SQE error found at end of packet transmission.
1’b0: SQE error found at end of packet transmission.
[9] PAU
The Transmission Paused high indicates the next normal packet
transmission process will be paused temporally because EMC received a
PAUSE control frame, or S/W set bit SDPZ of MCMDR and make EMC to
transmit a PAUSE control frame out.
1’b0: Next normal packet transmission process will go on.
1’b1: Next normal packet transmission process will be paused.
[8] DEF
The Deferred Transmission high indicates the packet transmission has
deferred once. The DEF is only available while EMC is operating on half-
duplex mode.
1’b0: Packet transmission doesn’t defer.
1’b1: Packet transmission has deferred once.
[7:4] CCNT
The Collision Count indicates the how many collision occurred consecutively
during a packet transmission. If the packet incurred 16 consecutive collisions
during transmission, the CCNT will be 4’h0 and bit TXABT will be set to 1.
[3] Reserved -
[2] RFFull
The RxFIFO Full indicates the RxFIFO is full due to four 64-byte packets are
kept in RxFIFO and the following incoming packet will be dropped.
1’b0: The RxFIFO is not full.
1’b1: The RxFIFO is full and the following incoming packet will be dropped.
[1] RXHA
The Receive Halted high indicates the next normal packet reception process
will be halted because the bit RXON of MCMDR is disabled be S/W.
1’b0: Next normal packet reception process will go on.
1’b1: Next normal packet reception process will be halted.
[0] CFR
The Control Frame Received high indicates EMC receives a flow control
frame. The CFR only available while EMC is operating on full duplex mode.
1’b0: The EMC doesn’t receive the flow control frame.
1’b1: The EMC receives a flow control frame.
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
- 146 -
Missed Packet Count Register (MPCNT)
The MPCNT keeps the number of packets that were dropped due to various types of receive errors.
The MPCNT is a read clear register. In addition, S/W also can write an initial value to MPCNT and the
missed packet counter will start counting from that initial value. If the missed packet counter is
overflow, the MMP of MISTA will be set.
REGISTER ADDRESS R/W DESCRIPTION RESET VALUE
MPCNT 0xFFF0_30B8 R/W Missed Packet Count Register 0x0000_7FFF
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
Reserved
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
Reserved
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
MPC
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
MPC
BITS DESCRIPTIONS
[31:16] Reserved -
[15:0] MPC
The Miss Packet Count indicates the number of packets that were
dropped due to various types of receive errors. The following type of
receiving error makes missed packet counter increase:
Incoming packet is incurred RxFIFO overflow.
Incoming packet is dropped due to RXON is disabled.
Incoming packet is incurred CRC error.
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
Publication Release Date: July 26, 2006
- 147 - Revision A1
MAC Receive Pause Count Register (MRPC)
The EMC of W90N745 supports the PAUSE control frame reception and recognition. If EMC received
a PAUSE control frame, the operand field of the PAUSE control frame will be extracted and stored in
the MRPC register. The MRPC register will keep the same while Tx of EMC is pausing due to the
PAUSE control frame is received. The MRPC is read only and write to this register has no effect.
REGISTER ADDRESS R/W DESCRIPTION RESET VALUE
MRPC 0xFFF0_30BC R MAC Receive Pause Count Register 0x0000_0000
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
Reserved
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
Reserved
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
MRPC
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
MRPC
BITS DESCRIPTIONS
[31:16] Reserved -
[15:0] MRPC
The MAC Receive Pause Count keeps the operand field of the
PAUSE control frame. It indicates how many slot time (512 bit time)
the Tx of EMC will be paused.
MAC Receive Pause Current Count Register (MRPCC)
The EMC of W90N745 supports the PAUSE control frame reception and recognition. If EMC received
a PAUSE control frame, the operand field of the PAUSE control frame will be extracted and stored into
a down count timer. The MRPCC shows the current value of that down count timer for S/W to know
how long the Tx of EMC will be paused. The MRPCC is read only and write to this register has no
effect.
REGISTER ADDRESS R/W DESCRIPTION RESET VALUE
MRPCC 0xFFF0_30C0 R
MAC Receive Pause Current Count
Register 0x0000_0000
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
- 148 -
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
Reserved
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
Reserved
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
MRPCC
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
MRPCC
BITS DESCRIPTIONS
[31:16] Reserved -
[15:0] MRPCC
The MAC Receive Pause Current Count shows the current value of
that down count timer. If a new PAUSE control frame is received
before the timer count down to zero, the new operand of the PAUSE
control frame will be stored into the down count timer and the timer
starts count down from the new value.
MAC Remote Pause Count Register (MREPC)
The EMC of W90N745 supports the PAUSE control frame transmission. After the PAUSE control
frame is transmitted out completely, a timer starts to count down from the value of operand of the
transmitted PAUSE control frame. The MREPC shows the current value of this down count timer. The
MREPC is read only and write to this register has no effect.
REGISTER ADDRESS R/W DESCRIPTION RESET VALUE
MREPC 0xFFF0_30C4 R MAC Remote Pause Count Register 0x0000_0000
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
Reserved
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
Reserved
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
MREPC
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
MREPC
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
Publication Release Date: July 26, 2006
- 149 - Revision A1
BITS DESCRIPTIONS
[31:16] Reserved
[15:0] MREPC The MAC Remote Pause Count shows the current value of the
down count timer that starts to count down from the value of operand
of the transmitted PAUSE control frame.
DMA Receive Frame Status Register (DMARFS)
The DMARFS is used to keep the Length/Type field of each incoming Ethernet packet. This register is
writing clear and writes 1 to corresponding bit clears the bit.
REGISTER ADDRESS R/W DESCRIPTION RESET VALUE
DMARFS 0xFFF0_30C8 R/W DMA Receive Frame Status Register 0x0000_0000
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
Reserved
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
Reserved
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
RXFLT
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
RXFLT
BITS DESCRIPTIONS
[31:16] Reserved
[15:0] RXFLT
The Receive Frame Length/Type keeps the Length/Type field of
each incoming Ethernet packet. If the bit EnDEN of MIEN is enabled
and the Length/Type field of incoming packet has received, the bit
DENI of MISTA will be set and trigger interrupt. And, the content of
Length/Type field will be stored in RXFLT.
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
- 150 -
Current Transmit Descriptor Start Address Register (CTXDSA)
The CTXDSA keeps the start address of Tx descriptor that is used by TxDMA currently. The CTXDSA
is read only and write to this register has no effect.
REGISTER ADDRESS R/W DESCRIPTION RESET VALUE
CTXDSA 0xFFF0_30CC R Current Transmit Descriptor Start
Address Register 0x0000_0000
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
CTXDSA
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
CTXDSA
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
CTXDSA
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
CTXDSA
BITS DESCRIPTIONS
[31:0] CTXDSA Current Transmit Descriptor Start Address
Current Transmit Buffer Start Address Register (CTXBSA)
The CTXDSA keeps the start address of Tx frame buffer that is used by TxDMA currently. The
CTXBSA is read only and write to this register has no effect.
REGISTER ADDRESS R/W DESCRIPTION RESET VALUE
CTXBSA 0xFFF0_30D0 R Current Transmit Buffer Start
Address Register 0x0000_0000
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
CTXBSA
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
CTXBSA
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
CTXBSA
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
CTXBSA
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
Publication Release Date: July 26, 2006
- 151 - Revision A1
BITS DESCRIPTIONS
[31:0] CTXBSA Current Transmit Buffer Start Address
Current Receive Descriptor Start Address Register (CRXDSA)
The CRXDSA keeps the start address of Rx descriptor that is used by RxDMA currently. The
CRXDSA is read only and write to this register has no effect.
REGISTER ADDRESS R/W DESCRIPTION RESET VALUE
CRXDSA 0xFFF0_30D4 R
Current Receive Descriptor Start
Address Register 0x0000_0000
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
CRXDSA
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
CRXDSA
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
CRXDSA
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
CRXDSA
BITS DESCRIPTIONS
[31:0] CRXDSA Current Receive Descriptor Start Address
Current Receive Buffer Start Address Register (CRXBSA)
The CRXBSA keeps the start address of Rx frame buffer that is used by RxDMA currently. The
CRXBSA is read only and write to this register has no effect.
REGISTER ADDRESS R/W DESCRIPTION RESET VALUE
CRXBSA 0xFFF0_30D8 R
Current Receive Buffer Start Address
Register 0x0000_0000
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
- 152 -
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
CRXBSA
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
CRXBSA
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
CRXBSA
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
CRXBSA
BITS DESCRIPTIONS
[31:0] CRXBSA Current Receive Buffer Start Address
Receive Finite State Machine Register (RXFSM)
The RXFSM shows the current value of the FSM (Finite State Machine) of RxDMA and RxFIFO
controller. The RXFSM is read only and write to it has no effect. The RXFSM is used only for debug.
REGISTER ADDRESS R/W DESCRIPTION RESET VALUE
RXFSM 0xFFF0_3200 R Receive Finite State Machine Register 0x0081_1101
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
RX_FSM
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
RX_FSM Reserved RxBuf_FSM
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
RXFetch_FSM RXClose_FSM
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
RFF_FSM
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
Publication Release Date: July 26, 2006
- 153 - Revision A1
BITS DESCRIPTIONS
[31:23] RX_FSM RxDMA FSM
[22] Reserved -
[21:16] RXBuf_FSM Receive Buffer FSM
[15:12] RXFetch_FSM Receive Descriptor Fetch FSM
[11:8] RXClose_FSM Receive Descriptor Close FSM
[7:0] RFF_FSM RxFIFO Controller FSM
Transmit Finite State Machine Register (TXFSM)
The TXFSM shows the current value of the FSM (Finite State Machine) of TxDMA and TxFIFO
controller. The TXFSM is read only and write to it has no effect. The TXFSM is used only for debug.
REGISTER ADDRESS R/W DESCRIPTION RESET VALUE
TXFSM 0xFFF0_3204 R
Transmit Finite State Machine
Register 0x0101_1101
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
TX_FSM
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
Reserved TxBuf_FSM
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
TXFetch_FSM TXClose_FSM
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Reserved TFF_FSM
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
- 154 -
BITS DESCRIPTIONS
[31:24] TX_FSM TxDMA FSM
[23:22] Reserved -
[21:16] TXBuf_FSM Transmit Buffer FSM
[15:12] TXFetch_FSM Transmit Descriptor Fetch FSM
[11:8] TXClose_FSM Transmit Descriptor Close FSM
[7:5] Reserved -
[4:0] TFF_FSM TxFIFO Controller FSM
Finite State Machine Register 0 (FSM0)
The FSM0 shows the current value of the FSM (Finite State Machine) of the function module in EMC.
The FSM0 is read only and write to it has no effect. The FSM0 is used only for debug.
REGISTER ADDRESS R/W DESCRIPTION RESET VALUE
FSM0 0xFFF0_3208 R Finite State Machine Register 0 0x0001_0101
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
Reserved TXMAC_FSM
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
TXMAC_FSM
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
Reserved TXDefer_FSM
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
STA_FSM
BITS DESCRIPTIONS
[31:26] Reserved -
[25:16] TXMAC_FSM TxMAC FSM
[15:14] Reserved -
[13:8] TXDefer_FSM Transmit Defer Process FSM
[7:0] STA_FSM MII Management I/F FSM
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
Publication Release Date: July 26, 2006
- 155 - Revision A1
Finite State Machine Register 1 (FSM1)
The FSM1 shows the current value of the FSM (Finite State Machine) of the function module in EMC.
The FSM1 is read only and write to it has no effect. The FSM1 is used only for debug.
REGISTER ADDRESS R/W DESCRIPTION RESET VALUE
FSM1 0xFFF0_320C R Finite State Machine Register 1 0x1100_0100
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
Reserved ARB_FSM TxPause_FSM
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
Reserved
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
Reserved AHB_FSM
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Reserved
BITS DESCRIPTIONS
[31] Reserved -
[30:28] ARB_FSM Internal Arbiter FSM
[27:24] TxPause_FSM Transmit PAUSE Control Frame FSM
[23:14] Reserved -
[13:8] AHB_FSM [13:8]: AHB Master FSM
[7:0] RESERVED -
Debug Configuration Register (DCR)
The DCR is for debug only to multiplex different signal group out. In FPGA emulation, the signals are
outputted to probe pins in emulation board. In real chip, the signals are outputted through the GPIO
pins.
REGISTER ADDRESS R/W DESCRIPTION RESET VALUE
DCR 0xFFF0_3210 R/W Debug Configuration Register 0x0000_003f
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
- 156 -
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
Reserved
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
Enable Reserved
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
Reserved
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Out Config
BITS DESCRIPTIONS
[31:24] Reserved
-
[23:22] Enable
The Function Enable outputs two function enable signals to
external stimulus circuit.
At this stage, only the bit 22 is used for external random collision
generator. The random collision generator used only in FPGA
emulation.
[21:8] Reserved -
[7:6] Out
The Flag Out provides two output flags to trigger Logic Analyzer for
debug. These two bits can be written at any time.
[5:0] Config
The Configuration controls which group of internal signals can be
multiplexed out for debug. Each group includes 16 signals.
CONFIG SIGNALS CONFIG SIGNALS
6’h00
OUT [6], TransDone, GrantLost,
Trans_CTR [4:0], LAST,
TransCtrExpire,
DMode_AHB_CS [5:0]
6’h01 OUT [6], DMode_TxBuf_CS [6:0]
DMode_TXFSM_CS [7:0]
6’h02 OUT [6], DMode_RXBuf_CS [5:0],
DMode_RXFSM_CS [8:0] 6’h03
OUT [6], TXFIFO_HT, TXFIFO_LT,
DMode_TFF_CS [4:0],
DMode_RFF_CS [7:0]
6’h04
TxBuf_DRDY, TFF_WPTR [5:0],
TX_START,
TXSTART, READ, TFF_RPTR [5:0]
6’h05
WRITE, RFF_WPTR [5:0],
RXFIFO_HT,
RXFIFO_LT, RxBuf_ACK, RFF_RPTR
[5:0]
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
Publication Release Date: July 26, 2006
- 157 - Revision A1
Continued.
CONFIG SIGNALS CONFIG SIGNALS
6’h06 R0_PTLE, RxStart, SFD, WasSFD,
RxFrame, WrByte, Rx_OvFlow, 1’b0,
R0_RBC [7:0]
6’h07
R0_CRCE, RX_DV_In, SynStart,
R0_DB,
Rx_OvFlow, WRITECTR [2:0],
RxByte [7:0]
6’h08 Reserved 6’h09 Reserved
6’h0A
OUT [7:6], RegMISTA_Rx_W,
RXERR_sync, R0_CRCE,
R0_PTLE, R0_RP,
RegMISTA_Tx_W, T0_EXDEF,
T0_TXABT,
T0_CCNT [3:0], 2’b00
6’h0B
OUT [7:6], MCMDR_SDPZ_Clr,
RegMCMDR_SDPZ_Clr,
DMode_Pause_CS [3:0], MacCtlFra,
PauseFra, PauseTx,
MacCtlFra_sync, PauseFra_sync,
PAUSE,
Pause_en, FDUP
6’h0C
OUT [7:6], FrameWPtr [1:0],
FrameRPtr [1:0], RFF_One,
FrameWPtr_Inc, FrameRPtr_Inc,
Rounding, NexPktStartPtr [5:0]
6’h0D
OUT [7:6], ARB_REQ_Set,
ARB_REQ_Clr,
DMode_ARB_CS [2:0], TransDone,
GrantLost, TransCtrExpire,
Trans_CTR [4:0], BURST
6’h0E
R0_CRCE, Rx_OvFlow, R0_MRE,
CRCERR,
DAMATCH, RxFrame, SFD,
RxMIIErr,
SynStart, Hi_Lo_Syn,
New_DataValid,
L_RxFrame, RxStart, DataValid,
Hi_Lo,
RX_DV_In
6’h0F OUT [6], WRITE, RFF_WPTR [5:0],
RxReuse, RxBuf_ACK, RFF_RPTR
[5:0]
6’h10 WRITE, RFF_CS [7:1], RFF_WPTR
[5:0],
RXERR_sync, RxReuse 6’h11
OUT [6], TX_CLK, TX_EN, TXD [3:0],
RX_CLK, RX_DV, RX_ER, RXD [3:0],
CRS,
COL
6’h12
OUT [6], TXSTART, TX_START,
DMode_TFF_CS [4:0],
TXSTART_Set,
TXSTART_Clr, TXSTART_Re_Set,
FrameWaiting, Deferring, COL,
TXCOL,
TXCOL_sync
6’h13 OUT [6], DMode_TxBuf_CS[6:0],
DMode_TFF_CS[4:0], TXFIFO_UF,
TXFIFO_HT, TXOK_sync
6’h14
OUT [6], READ, READ_sync,
READ_Mask,
ReadMask_sync, TFF_RPTR [5:0],
DMode_TFF_CS [4:0]
6’h15
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
- 158 -
Debug Mode MAC Information Register (DMMIR)
The DMMIR keeps the information of MAC module for debug.
REGISTER ADDRESS R/W DESCRIPTION RESET VALUE
DMMIR 0xFFF0_3214 R Debug Mode MAC Information Register 0x0000_0000
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
Reserved
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
Reserved
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
RBC
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
RBC
BITS DESCRIPTIONS
[31:16] Reserved -
[15:0] RBC Receive Byte Count
BIST Mode Register (BISTR)
The BISTR controls the BIST (Built In Self Test) for embedded SRAM, 256B for RxFIFO and 256B for
TxFIFO.
REGISTER ADDRESS R/W DESCRIPTION RESET VALUE
BISTR 0xFFF0_3300 R/W BIST Mode Register 0x0000_0000
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
Reserved
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
Reserved
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
Reserved
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Reserved BistFail Finish BMEn
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
Publication Release Date: July 26, 2006
- 159 - Revision A1
BITS DESCRIPTIONS
[31:5] Reserved -
[3:2] BistFail
The BIST Fail indicates if the BIST test fails or succeeds. If the
BistFail is low at the end, the embedded SRAM pass the BIST test,
otherwise, it is faulty. The BistFail will be high once the BIST
detects the error and remains high during the BIST operation. If
BistFail[2] high indicates the embedded SRAM for TxFIFO BIST
test failed. If BistFail[3] high indicates the embedded SRAM for
RxFIFO BIST test failed.
The BistFail is a write clear field. Write 1 to this field clears the
content and write 0 has no effect.
[1] Finish
The BIST Operation Finish indicates the end of the BIST
operation. When BIST controller finishes all operations, this bit will
be high.
The Finish is a write clear field. Write 1 to this field clears the
content and write 0 has no effect.
[0] BMEn
The BIST Mode Enable is used to enable the BIST operation. If
high enables the BIST controller to do embedded SRAM test. This
bit is also used to do the reset for BIST circuit. It is necessary to
reset the BIST circuit one clock cycle at least in order to initialize
the BIST properly.
The BMEn can be disabled by write 0.
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
- 160 -
7.6 GDMA Controller
The W90N745 has a two-channel general DMA controller, called the GDMA. The two-channel GDMA
performs the following data transfers without the CPU intervention:
Memory-to-memory (memory to/from memory)
Memory –to – IO
IO- to -memory
The on-chip GDMA can be started by the software or external DMA request nXDREQ. Software can also
be used to restart the GDMA operation after it has been stopped. The CPU can recognize the completion
of a GDMA operation by software polling or when it receives an internal GDMA interrupt. The W90N745
GDMA controller can increment source or destination address, decrement them as well, and conduct 8-
bit (byte), 16-bit (half-word), or 32-bit (word) data transfers.
The GDMA includes the following features
AMBA AHB compliant
Supports 4-data burst mode to boost performance
Provides support for external GDMA device
Demand mode speeds up external GDMA operations
7.6.1 GDMA Functional Description
The GDMA directly transfers data between source and destination. The GDMA starts to transfer data
after it receives service requests from nXDREQ signal or software. When the entire data have been
transferred completely, the GDMA becomes idle. Nevertheless, if another transfer is needed, then the
GDMA must be programmed again. There are three transfer modes:
Single Mode
Single mode requires a GDMA request for each data transfer. A GDMA request (nXDREQ or
software) causes one byte, one half-word, or one word to transfer if the 4-data burst mode is
disabled, or four times of transfer width is the 4-data burst mode is enabled.
Block Mode
The assertion of a single GDMA request causes all of the data to be transferred in a single
operation. The GDMA transfer is completed when the current transfer count register reaches zero.
Demand Mode
The GDMA continues transferring data until the GDMA request input nXDREQ becomes inactive.
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
Publication Release Date: July 26, 2006
- 161 - Revision A1
7.6.2 GDMA Register Map
R: read only, W: write only, R/W: both read and write, C: Only value 0 can be written
REGISTER ADDRESS R/W DESCRIPTION RESET VALUE
Channel 0
GDMA_CTL0 0xFFF0_4000 R/W Channel 0 Control Register 0x0000_0000
GDMA_SRCB0 0xFFF0_4004 R/W Channel 0 Source Base Address Register 0x0000_0000
GDMA_DSTB0 0xFFF0_4008 R/W Channel 0 Destination Base Address Register 0x0000_0000
GDMA_TCNT0 0xFFF0_400C R/W Channel 0 Transfer Count Register 0x0000_0000
GDMA_CSRC0 0xFFF0_4010 R
Channel 0 Current Source Address Register 0x0000_0000
GDMA_CDST0 0xFFF0_4014 R
Channel 0 Current Destination Address
Register 0x0000_0000
GDMA_CTCNT0 0xFFF0_4018 R Channel 0 Current Transfer Count Register 0x0000_0000
Channel 1
GDMA_CTL1 0xFFF0_4020 R/W Channel 1 Control Register 0x0000_0000
GDMA_SRCB1 0xFFF0_4024 R/W Channel 1 Source Base Address Register 0x0000_0000
GDMA_DSTB1 0xFFF0_4028 R/W
Channel 1 Destination Base Address Register 0x0000_0000
GDMA_TCNT1 0xFFF0_402C R/W Channel 1 Transfer Count Register 0x0000_0000
GDMA_CSRC1 0xFFF0_4030 R
Channel 1 Current Source Address Register 0x0000_0000
GDMA_CDST1 0xFFF0_4034 R
Channel 1 Current Destination Address
Register 0x0000_0000
GDMA_CTCNT1 0xFFF0_4038 R Channel 1 Current Transfer Count Register 0x0000_0000
Channel 0/1 Control Register (GDMA_CTL0, GDMA_CTL1)
REGISTER ADDRESS R/W DESCRIPTION RESET VALUE
GDMA_CTL0 0xFFF0_4000 R/W Channel 0 Control Register 0x0000_0000
GDMA_CTL1 0xFFF0_4020 R/W Channel 1 Control Register 0x0000_0000
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
RESERVED TC_WIDTH REQ_SEL REQ_ATV ACK_ATV
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
RW_TC SABNDERR DABNDERR GDMAERR AUTOIEN TC BLOCK SOFTREQ
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
DM RESERVED TWS SBMS
R
ESERVE
D
BME SIEN
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
SAFIX DAFIX SADIR DADIR GDMAMS
RESERVED GDMAEN
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
- 162 -
BITS DESCRIPTIONS
[31] RESERVED -
[30:28] TC_WIDTH nRTC/nWTC active width selection, from 1 to 7 HCLK cycles.
[27:26] REQ_SEL
External request pin selection, if GDMAMS [3:2]=00, REQ_SEL will
be don’t care.
If REQ_SEL [27:26]=00, external request don’t use.
If REQ_SEL [27:26]=01, use nXDREQ.
If REQ_SEL [27:26]=10, external request don’t use.
If REQ_SEL [27:26]=11, external request don’t use.
[25] REQ_ATV
nXDREQ High/Low active selection
1’b0 = nXDREQ is LOW active.
1’b1 = nXDREQ is HIGH active.
[24] ACK_ATV
nXDACK High/Low active selection
1’b0 = nXDACK is LOW active.
1’b1 = nXDACK is HIGH active.
[23] RW_TC
Read/Write terminal count output selection.
1’b0 = output to nRTC.
1’b1 = output to nWTC.
[22] SABNDERR
Source address Boundary alignment Error flag
If TWS [13:12]=10, GDMA_SRCB [1:0] should be 00
If TWS [13:12]=01, GDMA_SRCB [0] should be 0
The address boundary alignment should be depended on TWS [13:12].
1’b0 = the GDMA_SRCB is on the boundary alignment.
1’b1 = the GDMA_SRCB not on the boundary alignment
The SABNDERR register bits just can be read only.
[21] DABNDERR
Destination address Boundary alignment Error flag
If TWS [13:12]=10, GDMA_DSTB [1:0] should be 00
If TWS [13:12]=01, GDMA_DSTB [0] should be 0
The address boundary alignment should be depended on TWS [13:12].
1’b0 = the GDMA_DSTB is on the boundary alignment.
1’b1 = the GDMA_DSTB not on the boundary alignment
The DABNDERR register bits just can be read only.
[20] GDMATERR
GDMA Transfer Error
1’b0 = No error occurs
1’b1 = Hardware sets this bit on a GDMA transfer failure
Transfer error will generate GDMA interrupt
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
Publication Release Date: July 26, 2006
- 163 - Revision A1
Continued
BITS DESCRIPTIONS
[19] AUTOIEN
Auto initialization Enable
1’b0 = Disables auto initialization
1’b1 = Enables auto initialization, the GDMA_CSRC0/1,
GDMA_CDST0/1,and GDMA_CTCNT0/1 registers are updated by the
GDMA_SRC0/1,GDMA_DST0/1,and GDMA_TCNT0/1 registers
automatically when transfer is complete.
[18] TC
Terminal Count
1’b0 = Channel does not expire
1’b1 = Channel expires; this bit is set only by GDMA hardware, and clear
by software to write logic 0.
TC [18] is the GDMA interrupt flag. TC [18] or GDMATERR[20] will
generate interrupt
[17] BLOCK
Bus Lock
1’b0 = Unlocks the bus during the period of transfer
1’b1 = Locks the bus during the period of transfer
[16] SOFTREQ
Software Triggered GDMA Request
Software can request the GDMA transfer service by setting this bit to 1.
This bit is automatically cleared by hardware when the transfer is
completed. This bit is available only while GDMAMS [3:2] register bits are
set on software mode (memory to memory).
[15] DM
Demand Mode
1’b0 = Normal external GDMA mode
1’b1 = When this bit is set to 1, the external GDMA operation is speeded
up. When external GDMA device is operating in the demand mode, the
GDMA transfers data as long as the external GDMA request signal
nXDREQ is active. The amount of data transferred depends on how long
the nXDREQ is active. When the nXDREQ is active and GDMA gets the
bus in Demand mode, DMA holds the system bus until the nXDREQ
signal becomes non-active. Therefore, the period of the active nXDREQ
signal should be carefully tuned such that the entire operation does not
exceed an acceptable interval (for example, in a DRAM refresh
operation).
[14] Reserved
-
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
- 164 -
Continued
BITS DESCRIPTIONS
[13:12] TWS
Transfer Width Select
00 = One byte (8 bits) is transferred for every GDMA operation
01 = One half-word (16 bits) is transferred for every GDMA operation
10 = One word (32 bits) is transferred for every GDMA operation
11 = Reserved
The GDMA_SCRB and GDMA_DSTB should be alignment under the
TWS selection
[11] SBMS
Single/Block Mode Select
1’b0 = Selects single mode. It requires an external GDMA request for
every incurring GDMA operation.
1’b1 = Selects block mode. It requires a single external GDMA request
during the atomic GDMA operation. An atomic GDMA operation is defined
as the sequence of GDMA operations until the transfer count register
reaches zero.
[10] Reserved
-
[9] BME
Burst Mode Enable
1’b0 = Disables the 4-data burst mode
1’b1 = Enables the 4-data burst mode
FF there are 16 words to be transferred, and BME [9]=1, the
GDMA_TCNT should be 0x04;
However, if BME [9]=0, the GDMA_TCNT should be 0x10.
[8] SIEN
Stop Interrupt Enable
1’b0 = Do not generate an interrupt when the GDMA operation is
stopped
1’b1 = Interrupt is generated when the GDMA operation is stopped
[7] SAFIX
Source Address Fixed
1’b0 = Source address is changed during the GDMA operation
1’b1 = Do not change the destination address during the GDMA
operation. This feature can be used when data were transferred from a
single source to multiple destinations.
[6] DAFIX
Destination Address Fixed
1’b0 = Destination address is changed during the GDMA operation
1’b1 = Do not change the destination address during the GDMA
operation. This feature can be used when data were transferred from
multiple sources to a single destination.
[5] SADIR
Source Address Direction
1’b0 = Source address is incremented successively
1’b1 = Source address is decremented successively
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
Publication Release Date: July 26, 2006
- 165 - Revision A1
Continued
BITS DESCRIPTIONS
[4] DADIR
Destination Address Direction
1’b0 = Destination address is incremented successively
1’b1 = Destination address is decremented successively
[3:2] GDMAMS
GDMA Mode Select
00 = Software mode (memory-to-memory)
01 = External nXDREQ mode for external device
10 = Reserved
11 = Reserved
[1] Reserved
-
[0] GDMAEN
GDMA Enable
1’b0 = Disables the GDMA operation
1’b1 = Enables the GDMA operation; this bit will be clear automatically
when the transfer is complete on AUTOIEN [19] register bit is on Disable
mode.
Channel 0/1 Source Base Address Register (GDMA_SRCB0, GDMA_SRCB1)
The GDMA channel starts reading its data from the source address as defined in this source base
address register.
REGISTER ADDRESS R/W DESCRIPTION RESET VALUE
GDMA_SRCB0 0xFFF0_4004 R/W Channel 0 Source Base Address Register 0x0000_0000
GDMA_SRCB1 0xFFF0_4024 R/W Channel 1 Source Base Address Register 0x0000_0000
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
SRC_BASE_ADDR [31:24]
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
SRC_BASE_ADDR [23:16]
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
SRC_BASE_ADDR [15:8]
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
SRC_BASE_ADDR [7:0]
BITS DESCRIPTIONS
[31:0] SRC_BASE_ADDR 32-bit Source Base Address
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
- 166 -
Channel 0/1 Destination Base Address Register (GDMA_DSTB0, DMA_DSTB1)
Channel 0/1 Destination Base Address Register (GDMA_DSTB0, GDMA_DSTB1)
The GDMA channel starts writing its data to the destination address as defined in this destination base
address register. During a block transfer, the GDMA determines successive destination addresses by
adding to or subtracting from the destination base address.
REGISTER ADDRESS R/W DESCRIPTION RESET VALUE
GDMA_DSTB0 0xFFF0_4008 R/W Channel 0 Destination Base Address
Register 0x0000_0000
GDMA_DSTB1 0xFFF0_4028 R/W Channel 1 Destination Base Address
Register 0x0000_0000
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
DST_BASE_ADDR [31:24]
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
DST_BASE_ADDR [23:16]
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
DST_BASE_ADDR [15:8]
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
DST_BASE_ADDR [7:0]
BITS DESCRIPTIONS
[31:0] DST_BASE_ADDR 32-bit Destination Base Address
Channel 0/1 Transfer Count Register (GDMA_TCNT0, GDMA_TCNT1)
REGISTER ADDRESS R/W DESCRIPTION RESET VALUE
GDMA_TCNT0 0xFFF0_400C R/W Channel 0 Transfer Count Register 0x0000_0000
GDMA_TCNT1 0xFFF0_402C R/W Channel 1 Transfer Count Register 0x0000_0000
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
Reserved
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
TFR_CNT [23:16]
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
TFR_CNT [15:8]
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
TFR_CNT [7:0]
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
Publication Release Date: July 26, 2006
- 167 - Revision A1
BITS DESCRIPTIONS
[31:24] Reserved -
[23:0] TFR_CNT The TFR_CNT represents the required number of GDMA
transfers. The maximum transfer count is 16M –1.
Channel 0/1 Current Source Register (GDMA_CSRC0, GDMA_CSRC1)
REGISTER ADDRESS R/W DESCRIPTION RESET VALUE
GDMA_CSRC0 0xFFF0_4010 R Channel 0 Current Source Address
Register 0x0000_0000
GDMA_CSRC1 0xFFF0_4030 R Channel 1 Current Source Address
Register 0x0000_0000
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
CURRENT_SRC_ADDR [31:24]
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
CURRENT_SRC_ADDR [23:16]
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
CURRENT_SRC_ADDR [15:8]
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
CURRENT_SRC_ADDR [7:0]
BITS DESCRIPTIONS
[31:0] CURRENT_SRC_ADDR
The 32-bit Current Source Address indicates the source
address where the GDMA transfer is just occurring.
During a block transfer, the GDMA determines the
successive source addresses by adding to or subtracting
from the source base address. Depending on the settings
you make to the control register, the current source
address will remain the same or will be incremented or
decremented.
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
- 168 -
Channel 0/1 Current Destination Register (GDMA_CDST0, GDMA_CDST1)
REGISTER ADDRESS R/W DESCRIPTION RESET VALUE
GDMA_CDST0 0xFFF0_4014 R Channel 0 Current Destination Address
Register 0x0000_0000
GDMA_CDST1 0xFFF0_4034 R Channel 1 Current Destination Address
Register 0x0000_0000
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
CURRENT_DST_ADDR [31:24]
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
CURRENT_DST_ADDR [23:16]
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
CURRENT_DST_ADDR [15:8]
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
CURRENT_DST_ADDR [7:0]
BITS DESCRIPTIONS
[31:0] CURRENT_DST_ADDR
The 32-bit Current Destination Address indicates the
destination address where the GDMA transfer is just
occurring. During a block transfer, the GDMA determines
the successive destination addresses by adding to or
subtracting from the destination base address. Depending
on the settings you make to the control register, the current
destination address will remain the same or will be
incremented or decremented.
Channel 0/1 Current Transfer Count Register (GDMA_CTCNT0,
GDMA_CTCNT1)
The Current transfer count register indicates the number of transfer being performed.
REGISTER ADDRESS R/W DESCRIPTION RESET
VALUE
GDMA_CTCNT0 0xFFF0_4018 R
Channel 0 Current Transfer Count Register 0x0000_0000
GDMA_CTCNT1 0xFFF0_4038 R
Channel 1 Current Transfer Count Register 0x0000_0000
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
Publication Release Date: July 26, 2006
- 169 - Revision A1
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
Reserved
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
CURENT_TFR_CNT [23:16]
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
CURRENT_TFR_CNT [15:8]
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
CURRENT_TFR_CNT [7:0]
BITS DESCRIPTIONS
[31:24] Reserved -
[23:0] CURRENT_TFR_CNT
Current Transfer Count register
The current transfer count register indicates the number of
transfer being performed
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
- 170 -
7.7 USB Host Controller
The Universal Serial Bus (USB) is a low-cost, low-to-mid-speed peripheral interface standard
intended for modem, scanners, PDAs, keyboards, mice, and other devices that do not require a high-
bandwidth parallel interface. The USB is a 4-wire serial cable bus that supports serial data exchange
between a Host Controller and a network of peripheral devices. The attached peripherals share USB
bandwidth through a host-scheduled, token-based protocol. Peripherals may be attached, configured,
used, and detached, while the host and other peripherals continue operation (i.e. hot plug and unplug
is supported).
A major design goal of the USB standard was to allow flexible, plug-and-play networks of USB
devices. In any USB network, there will be only one host, but there can be many devices and hubs.
The USB Host Controller has the following features:
Open Host Controller Interface (OHCI) Revision 1.1 compatible.
USB Revision 1.1 compatible
Supports both low-speed (1.5 Mbps) and full-speed (12Mbps) USB devices.
Handles all the USB protocol.
Built-in DMA for real-time data transfer
Multiple low power modes for efficient power management
7.7.1 USB Host Functional Description
7.7.1.1. AHB Interface
The OpenHCI Host Controller is connected to the system by the AHB bus. The design requires both
master and slave bus operations. As a master, the Host Controller is responsible for running cycles
on the AHB bus to access EDs and TDs as well as transferring data between memory and the local
data buffer. As a slave, the Host Controller monitors the cycles on the AHB bus and determines when
to respond to these cycles. Configuration and non-real-time control access to the Host Controller
operational registers are through the AHB bus slave interface.
7.7.1.2. Host Controller
List Processing
The List Processor manages the data structures from the Host Controller Driver and coordinates all
activity within the Host Controller.
Frame Management
Frame Management is responsible for managing the frame specific tasks required by the USB
specification and the OpenHCI specification. These tasks are:
1) Management of the OpenHCI frame specific Operational Registers
2) Operation of the Largest Data Packet Counter.
3) Performing frame qualifications on USB Transaction requests to the SIE.
4) Generate SOF token requests to the SIE.
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
Publication Release Date: July 26, 2006
- 171 - Revision A1
Interrupt Processing
Interrupts are the communication method for HC-initiated communication with the Host Controller
Driver. There are several events that may trigger an interrupt from the Host Controller. Each specific
event sets a specific bit in the HcInterruptStatus register.
Host Controller Bus Master
The Host Controller Bus Master is the central block in the data path. The Host Controller Bus Master
coordinates all access to the AHB Interface. There are two sources of bus mastering within Host
Controller: the List Processor and the Data Buffer Engine.
Data Buffer
The Data Buffer serves as the data interface between the Bus Master and the SIE. It is a combination
of a 64-byte latched based bi-directional asynchronous FIFO and a single Dword AHB Holding
Register.
7.7.1.3. USB Interface
The USB interface includes the integrated Root Hub with two external ports, Port 1 and Port 2 as well
as the Serial Interface Engine (SIE) and USB clock generator. The interface combines responsibility
for executing bus transactions requested by the HC as well as the hub and port management
specified by USB.
7.7.2 USB Host Controller Registers Map
REGISTER ADDRESS R/W DESCRIPTION RESET VALUE
OpenHCI Registers
HcRevision 0xFFF0_5000
R Host Controller Revision Register 0x0000_0010
HcControl 0xFFF0_5004
R/W Host Controller Control Register 0x0000_0000
HcCommandStatus 0xFFF0_5008
R/W Host Controller Command Status Register 0x0000_0000
HcInterruptStatus 0xFFF0_500C
R/W Host Controller Interrupt Status Register 0x0000_0000
HcInterruptEnbale 0xFFF0_5010
R/W Host Controller Interrupt Enable Register 0x0000_0000
HcInterruptDisbale 0xFFF0_5014
R/W Host Controller Interrupt Disable Register 0x0000_0000
HcHCCA 0xFFF0_5018
R/W Host Controller Communication Area
Register 0x0000_0000
HcPeriodCurrentED 0xFFF0_501C
R/W Host Controller Period Current ED
Register 0x0000_0000
HcControlHeadED 0xFFF0_5020
R/W Host Controller Control Head ED Register 0x0000_0000
HcControlCurrentED 0xFFF0_5024
R/W Host Controller Control Current ED
Register 0x0000_0000
HcBulkHeadEd 0xFFF0_5028
R/W Host Controller Bulk Head ED Register 0x0000_0000
HcBulkCurrentED 0xFFF0_502C
R/W Host Controller Bulk Current ED Register 0x0000_0000
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
- 172 -
Continued.
REGISTER ADDRESS R/W DESCRIPTION RESET VALUE
OpenHCI Registers
HcDoneHeadED 0xFFF0_5030 R/W Host Controller Done Head Register 0x0000_0000
HcFmInterval 0xFFF0_5034 R/W Host Controller Frame Interval Register 0x0000_2EDF
HcFrameRemaining 0xFFF0_5038 R
Host Controller Frame Remaining
Register 0x0000_0000
HcFmNumber 0xFFF0_503C R
Host Controller Frame Number
Register 0x0000_0000
HcPeriodicStart 0xFFF0_5040 R/W Host Controller Periodic Start Register 0x0000_0000
HcLSThreshold 0xFFF0_5044 R/W Host Controller Low Speed Threshold
Register 0x0000_0628
HcRhDescriptorA 0xFFF0_5048 R/W Host Controller Root Hub Descriptor A
Register 0x0100_0002
HcRhDescriptorB 0xFFF0_504C R/W Host Controller Root Hub Descriptor B
Register 0x0000_0000
HcRhStatus 0xFFF0_5050 R/W Host Controller Root Hub Status
Register 0x0000_0000
HcRhPortStatus [1] 0xFFF0_5054 R/W Host Controller Root Hub Port Status
[1] 0x0000_0000
HcRhPortStatus [2] 0xFFF0_5058 R/W Host Controller Root Hub Port Status
[2] 0x0000_0000
USB Configuration Registers
TestModeEnable 0xFFF0_5200 R/W USB Test Mode Enable Register 0x0XXX_XXXX
OperationalModeEnabl
e 0xFFF0_5204 R/W USB Operational Mode Enable
Register 0x0000_0000
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
Publication Release Date: July 26, 2006
- 173 - Revision A1
Host Controller Revision Register
REGISTER OFFSET
ADDRESS R/W DESCRIPTION RESET VALUE
HcRevision 0xFFF0_5000
R Host Controller Revision Register 0x0000_0010
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
Reserved
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
Reserved
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
Reserved
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Revision
BITS DESCRIPTION
[31:8] Reserved
Reserved. Read/Write 0's
[7:0] Revision
Indicates the Open HCI Specification revision number implemented
by the Hardware. Host Controller supports 1.0 specification.
(X.Y = XYh)
Host Controller Control Register
REGISTER ADDRESS R/W DESCRIPTION RESET VALUE
HcControl 0xFFF0_5004
R/W Host Controller Control Register 0x0000_0000
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
Reserved
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
Reserved
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
Reserved RWCE RWC IR
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
HCFS BLE CLE ISE PLE CBR
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
- 174 -
BITS DESCRIPTION
[31:11] Reserved
Reserved. Read/Write 0's
[10] RWCE
RemoteWakeupConnectedEnable
If a remote wakeup signal is supported, this bit enables that operation.
Since there is no remote wakeup signal supported, this bit is ignored.
[9] RWC
RemoteWakeupConnected
This bit indicated whether the HC supports a remote wakeup signal. This
implementation does not support any such signal. The bit is hard-coded to
‘0.’
[8] INR
InterruptRouting
This bit is used for interrupt routing:
0: Interrupts routed to normal interrupt mechanism (INT).
1: Interrupts routed to SMI.
[7:6] HCFS
HostControllerFunctionalState
This field sets the Host Controller state. The Controller may force a state
change from USB SUSPEND to USB RESUME after detecting resume
signaling from a downstream port. States are:
00: USB RESET
01: USBRESUME
10: USBOPERATIONAL
11: USBSUSPEND
[5] BLE
BulkListEnable
When set this bit enables processing of the Bulk list.
[4] CLE
Control Listenable
When set this bit enables processing of the Control list.
[3] ISE
Isochronous Enable
When clear, this bit disables the Isochronous List when the Periodic List is
enabled (so Interrupt EDs may be serviced). While processing the
Periodic List, the Host Controller will check this bit when it finds an
isochronous ED.
[2] PLE
Periodic Listenable
When set, this bit enables processing of the Periodic (interrupt and
isochronous) list. The Host Controller checks this bit prior to attempting
any periodic transfers in a frame.
[1:0] CBR
ControlBulkServiceRatio
Specifies the number of Control Endpoints serviced for every Bulk
Endpoint. Encoding is N-1 where N is the number of Control Endpoints
(i.e. ‘00’ = 1 Control Endpoint; ‘11’ = 3 Control Endpoints)
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
Publication Release Date: July 26, 2006
- 175 - Revision A1
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
- 176 -
Host Controller Command Status Register
REGISTER ADDRESS R/W DESCRIPTION RESET
VALUE
HcCommandStatus 0xFFF0_5008 R/W Host Controller Command Status Register 0x0000_0000
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
Reserved
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
Reserved
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
Reserved
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Reserved OCR BLF CLF HCR
BITS DESCRIPTION
[31:18] Reserved
Reserved
[17:16] SOC
ScheduleOverrunCount
This field is increment every time the SchedulingOverrun bit in
HcInterruptStatus is set. The count wraps from ‘11’ to ‘00.’
[15:4] Reserved
Reserved. Read/Write 0's
[3] OCR
OwnershipChangeRequest
When set by software, this bit sets the OwnershipChange field in
HcInterruptStatus. The bit is cleared by software.
[2] BLF
BulkListFilled
Set to indicate there is an active ED on the Bulk List. The bit may be
set by either software or the Host Controller and cleared by the Host
Controller each time it begins processing the head of the Bulk List.
[1] CLF
ControlListFilled
Set to indicate there is an active ED on the Control List. It may be set
by either software or the Host Controller and cleared by the Host
Controller each time it begins processing the head of the Control List.
[0] HCR
HostControllerReset
This bit is set to initiate the software reset. This bit is cleared by the
Host Controller, upon completed of the reset operation.
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
Publication Release Date: July 26, 2006
- 177 - Revision A1
Host Controller Interrupt Status Register
All bits are set by hardware and cleared by software.
REGISTER ADDRESS R/W DESCRIPTION RESET VALUE
HcInterruptStatus 0xFFF0_500C R/W Host Controller Interrupt Status Register 0x0000_0000
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
Reserved OCH Reserved
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
Reserved
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
Reserved
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Reserved RHSC FNO URE RDT SOF WDH SCO
BITS DESCRIPTION
[31] Reserved
Reserved
[30] OCH
OwnershipChange
This bit is set when the OwnershipChangeRequest bit of
HcCommandStatus is set.
[29:7] Reserved
[6] RHSC
RootHubStatusChange
This bit is set when the content of HcRhStatus or the content of any
HcRhPortStatus register has changed.
[5] FNO
FrameNumberOverflow
Set when bit 15 of FrameNumber changes value.
[4] URE
UnrecoverableError
This event is not implemented and is hard-coded to ‘0.’ Writes are
ignored.
[3] RDT
ResumeDetected
Set when Host Controller detects resume signaling on a downstream
port.
[2] SOF
StartOfFrame
Set when the Frame Management block signals a ‘Start of Frame’
event.
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
- 178 -
Continued.
BITS DESCRIPTION
[1] WDH
WritebackDoneHead
Set after the Host Controller has written HcDoneHead to
HccaDoneHead.
[0] SCHO
SchedulingOverrun
Set when the List Processor determines a Schedule Overrun has
occurred.
Host Controller Interrupt Enable Register
Writing a ‘1’ to a bit in this register sets the corresponding bit, while writing a ‘0’ leaves the bit
unchanged.
REGISTER ADDRESS R/W DESCRIPTION RESET VALUE
HcInterruptEnable 0xFFF0_5010
R/W Host Controller Interrupt Enable Register 0x0000_0000
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
MIE OCE Reserved
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
Reserved
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
Reserved
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Reserved RHCE FNOE UREE RDTE SOFE WDHE SCHOE
BITS DESCRIPTION
[31] MIE
MasterInterruptEnable
This bit is a global interrupt enable. A write of ‘1’ allows interrupts to
be enabled via the specific enable bits listed above.
[30] OCE
OwnershipChangeEnable
0: Ignore
1: Enable interrupt generation due to Ownership Change.
[29:7] Reserved
Reserved. Read/Write 0's
[6] RHSCE
RootHubStatusChangeEnable
0: Ignore
1: Enable interrupt generation due to Root Hub Status Change.
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
Publication Release Date: July 26, 2006
- 179 - Revision A1
Continued.
BITS DESCRIPTION
[5] FNOE
FrameNumberOverflowEnable
0: Ignore
1: Enable interrupt generation due to Frame Number Overflow.
[4] UREE
UnrecoverableErrorEnable
This event is not implemented. All writes to this bit are ignored.
[3] RDTE
ResumeDetectedEnable
0: Ignore
1: Enable interrupt generation due to Resume Detected.
[2] SOFE
StartOfFrameEnable
0: Ignore
1: Enable interrupt generation due to Start of Frame.
[1] WDHE
WritebackDoneHeadEnable
0: Ignore
1: Enable interrupt generation due to Write-back Done Head.
[0] SCHOE
SchedulingOverrunEnable
0: Ignore
1: Enable interrupt generation due to Scheduling Overrun.
Host Controller Interrupt Disable Register
Writing a ‘1’ to a bit in this register clears the corresponding bit, while writing a ‘0’ to a bit leaves the bit
unchanged.
REGISTER ADDRESS R/W DESCRIPTION RESET VALUE
HcInterruptEnable 0xFFF0_5014
R/W Host Controller Interrupt Disable Register 0x0000_0000
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
MIE OCE Reserved
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
Reserved
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
Reserved
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Reserved RHSCE FNOE UREE RDTE SOFE WDHE SCHOE
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
- 180 -
BITS DESCRIPTION
[31] MIE
MasterInterruptEnable
Global interrupt disable. A write of ‘1’ disables all interrupts.
[30] OCE
OwnershipChangeEnable
0: Ignore
1: Disable interrupt generation due to Ownership Change.
[29:7] Reserved
Reserved. Read/Write 0's
[6] RHSCE
RootHubStatusChangeEnable
0: Ignore
1: Disable interrupt generation due to Root Hub Status Change.
[5] FNOE
FrameNumberOverflowEnable
0: Ignore
1: Disable interrupt generation due to Frame Number Overflow.
[4] UREE
UnrecoverableErrorEnable
This event is not implemented. All writes to this bit will be ignored.
[3] RDTE
ResumeDetectedEnable
0: Ignore
1: Disable interrupt generation due to Resume Detected.
[2] SOFE
StartOfFrameEnable
0: Ignore
1: Disable interrupt generation due to Start of Frame.
[1] WDHE
WritebackDoneHeadEnable
0: Ignore
1: Disable interrupt generation due to Write-back Done Head.
[0] SCHOE
SchedulingOverrunEnable
0: Ignore
1: Disable interrupt generation due to Scheduling Overrun.
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
Publication Release Date: July 26, 2006
- 181 - Revision A1
Host Controller Communication Area Register
REGISTER ADDRESS R/W DESCRIPTION RESET VALUE
HcHCCA 0xFFF0_5018
R/W Host Controller Communication Area
Register 0x0000_0000
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
HCCA
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
HCCA
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
HCCA
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Reserved
BITS DESCRIPTION
[31:8] HCCA
HCCA
Pointer to HCCA base address.
[7:0] Reserved
Reserved
Host Controller Period Current ED Register
REGISTER ADDRESS R/W DESCRIPTION RESET VALUE
HcPeriodCurretED 0xFFF0_501C
R/W Host Controller Period Current ED Register 0x0000_0000
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
PCED
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
PCED
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
PCED
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
PCED
BITS DESCRIPTION
[31:4] PCED
PeriodCurrentED. Pointer to the current Periodic List ED.
[3:0] Reserved
Reserved. Read/Write 0's
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
- 182 -
Host Controller Control Head ED Register
REGISTER ADDRESS R/W DESCRIPTION RESET VALUE
HcControlHeadED 0xFFF0_5020
R/W Host Controller Control Head ED Register 0x0000_0000
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
CHED
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
CHED
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
CHED
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
CHED Reserved
BITS DESCRIPTION
[31:4] CHED
ControlHeadED
Pointer to the Control List Head ED.
[3:0] Reserved
Reserved
Host Controller Control Current ED Register
REGISTER OFFSET
ADDRESS R/W DESCRIPTION RESET
VALUE
HcControlCurrentED 0xFFF0_5024 R/W Host Controller Control Current ED Register 0x0000_0000
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
CCED
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
CCED
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
CCED
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
CCED Reserved
BITS DESCRIPTION
[31:4] CCED
ControlCurrentED
Pointer to the current Control List ED.
[3:0] Reserved
Reserved. Read/Write 0's
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
Publication Release Date: July 26, 2006
- 183 - Revision A1
Host Controller Bulk Head ED Register
REGISTER OFFSET ADDRESS R/W DESCRIPTION RESET VALUE
HcBulkHEADED 0xFFF0_5028 R/W Host Controller Bulk Head ED Register 0x0000_0000
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
BHED
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
BHED
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
BHED
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
BHED Reserved
BITS DESCRIPTION
[31:4] BHED
BulkHeadED. Pointer to the Bulk List Head ED.
[3:0] Reserved
Reserved. Read/Write 0's
Host Controller Bulk Current ED Register
REGISTER OFFSET ADDRESS R/W DESCRIPTION RESET VALUE
HcBulkCurrentED 0xFFF0_502C R/W Host Controller Bulk Current ED Register 0x0000_0000
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
BCED
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
BCED
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
BCED
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
BCED Reserved
BITS DESCRIPTION
[31:4] BCED
BulkCurrentED. Pointer to the current Bulk List ED.
[3:0] Reserved
Reserved. Read/Write 0's
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
- 184 -
Host Controller Done Head Register
REGISTER ADDRESS R/W DESCRIPTION RESET VALUE
HcDoneHead 0xFFF0_5030
R/W Host Controller Done Head Register 0x0000_0000
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
DOHD
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
DOHD
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
DOHD
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
DOHD Reserved
BITS DESCRIPTION
[31:4] DOHD
DoneHead. Pointer to the current Done List Head ED.
[3:0] Reserved
Reserved. Read/Write 0's
Host Controller Frame Interval Register
REGISTER ADDRESS R/W DESCRIPTION RESET VALUE
HcFmInterval 0xFFF0_5034
R/W Host Controller Frame Interval Register 0x0000_2EDF
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
FINTVT FSLDP
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
FSLDP
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
Reserved FINTV
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
FINTV
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
Publication Release Date: July 26, 2006
- 185 - Revision A1
BITS DESCRIPTION
31 FINTVT
FrameIntervalToggle
This bit is toggled by HCD when it loads a new value into Frame Interval.
[30:16] FSLDP
FSLargestDataPacket
This field specifies a value that is loaded into the Largest Data Packet
Counter at the beginning of each frame.
[15:14] Reserved
Reserved. Read/Write 0's
[13:0] FINTV
Frame Interval
This field specifies the length of a frame as (bit times - 1). For 12,000 bit
times in a frame, a value of 11,999 is stored here.
Host Controller Frame Remaining Register
REGISTER ADDRESS R/W DESCRIPTION RESET VALUE
HcFmInterval 0xFFF0_5038
R Host Controller Frame Remaining Register 0x0000_0000
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
FRMT Reserved
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
Reserved
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
Reserved FRM
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
FRM
BITS DESCRIPTION
[31] FRMT
FrameRemainingToggle
Loaded with FrameIntervalToggle when Frame Remaining is loaded.
[30:14] Reserved
Reserved. Read/Write 0's
[13:0] FRM
Frame Remaining
When the Host Controller is in the USBOPERATIONAL state, this 14-bit field
decrements each 12 MHz clock period. When the count reaches 0, (end of
frame) the counter reloads with Frame Interval. In addition, the counter
loads when the Host Controller transitions into USBOPERATIONAL.
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
- 186 -
Host Controller Frame Number Register
REGISTER ADDRESS R/W DESCRIPTION RESET VALUE
HcFmNumber 0xFFF0_503C R Host Controller Frame Number Register 0x0000_0000
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
Reserved
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
Reserved
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
FRMN
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
FRMN
BITS DESCRIPTION
[31:16] Reserved
Reserved. Read/Write 0's
[15:0] FRMN
FrameNumber
This 16-bit incrementing counter field is incremented coincident with the
loading of FrameRemaining. The count rolls over from ‘000Fh’ to ‘0h.’
Host Controller Periodic Start Register
REGISTER ADDRESS R/W DESCRIPTION RESET VALUE
HcPeriodicStart 0xFFF0_5040
R/W Host Controller Periodic Start Register 0x0000_0000
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
Reserved
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
Reserved
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
PERST
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
PERST
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
Publication Release Date: July 26, 2006
- 187 - Revision A1
BITS DESCRIPTION
[31:14] Reserved
Reserved. Read/Write 0's
[13:0] PERST
PeriodicStart
This field contains a value used by the List Processor to determine where in a
frame the Periodic List processing must begin.
Host Controller Low Speed Threshold Register
REGISTER ADDRESS R/W DESCRIPTION RESET VALUE
HcLSThreshold 0xFFF0_5044
R/W Host Controller Low Speed Threshold
Register 0x0000_0628
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
Reserved
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
Reserved
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
Reserved LsThreshold
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
LsTreshold
BITS DESCRIPTION
[31:12] Reserved Rsvd. Read/Write 0's
[11:0] LsTreshold
LSThreshold
This field contains a value used by the Frame Management block to determine
whether or not a low speed transaction can be started in the current frame.
Host Controller Root Hub Descriptor A Register
This register is only reset by a power-on reset. It is written during system initialization to configure the
Root Hub. This bit should not be written during normal operation.
REGISTER ADDRESS R/W DESCRIPTION RESET
VALUE
HcRhDescriptorA 0xFFF0_5048 R/W Host Controller Root Hub Descriptor A
Register 0x0100.0002
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
- 188 -
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
POTPGT
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
Reserved
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
Reserved OCPM OCPM DEVT NPSW PSWM
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
NDSP
BITS DESCRIPTION
[31:24]
POTPGT
PowerOnToPowerGoodTime
This field value is represented as the number of 2 ms intervals, which ensuring
that the power switching is effective within 2 ms. Only bits [25:24] is implemented
as R/W. The remaining bits are read only as ‘0’. It is not expected that these bits
be written to anything other than 1h, but limited adjustment is provided. This field
should be written to support system implementation. This field should always be
written to a non-zero value.
[23:13] Reserved Reserved. Read/Write 0's
[12] NOCP
NoOverCurrentProtection
Global over-current reporting implemented in HYDRA-2. This bit should be written
to support the external system port over-current implementation.
0 = Over-current status is reported
1 = Over-current status is not reported
[11] OCPM
OverCurrentProtectionMode
Global over-current reporting implemented in HYDRA-2. This bit should be written
0 and is only valid when NoOverCurrentProtection is cleared.
0 = Global Over-Current
1 = Individual Over-Current
[10] DEVT DeviceType
table of none-4is not a compound device.
[9] NPSW
NoPowerSwitching
Global power switching implemented in HYDRA-2. This bit should be written to
support the external system port power switching implementation.
0 = Ports are power switched.
1 = Ports are always powered on.
[8] PSWM
PowerSwitchingMode
Global power switching mode implemented in HYDRA-2. This bit is only valid
when NoPowerSwitching is cleared. This bit should be written '0'.
0 = Global Switching
1 = Individual Switching
[7:0] NDSP NumberDownstreamPorts
table of none-4 supports two downstream ports.
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
Publication Release Date: July 26, 2006
- 189 - Revision A1
Host Controller Root Hub Descriptor B Register
This register is only reset by a power-on reset. It is written during system initialization to configure the
Root Hub. These bits should not be written during normal operation.
REGISTER ADDRESS R/W DESCRIPTION RESET
VALUE
HcRhDescriptorB 0xFFF0_504C R/W Host Controller Root Hub Descriptor B Register 0x0000_0000
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
PPCM
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
PPCM
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
DEVRM
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
DEVRM
BITS DESCRIPTION
[31:16] PPCM
PortPowerControlMask
Global-power switching. This field is only valid if NoPowerSwitching is
cleared and PowerSwitchingMode is set (individual port switching). When
set, the port only responds to individual port power switching commands
(Set/ClearPortPower). When cleared, the port only responds to global power
switching commands (Set/ClearGlobalPower).
0 = Device not removable
1 = Global-power mask
Port Bit relationship - Unimplemented ports are reserved, read/write '0'.
0 : Reserved
1 : Port 1
2 : Port 2
...
15 : Port 15
[15:0] DEVRM
DeviceRemoveable
table of none-4 ports default to removable devices.
0 = Device not removable
1 = Device removable
Port Bit relationship
0 : Reserved
1 : Port 1
2 : Port 2
...
15 : Port 15
Unimplemented ports are reserved, read/write '0'.
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
- 190 -
Host Controller Root Hub Status Register
This register is reset by the USBRESET state.
REGISTER OFFSET
ADDRESS R/W DESCRIPTION RESET
VALUE
HcRhStstus 0xFFF0_5050
R/W Host Controller Root Hub Status Register 0x0000_0000
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
Reserved
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
Reserved OVIC LPSC
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
DRWE Reserved
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Reserved OVRCI LOPS
BITS DESCRIPTION
[31] CRWE
(Write) ClearRemoteWakeupEnable
Writing a '1' to this bit clears DeviceRemoteWakeupEnable. Writing
a '1' has no effect.
[30:18] Reserved Reserved. Read/Write 0's
[17] OVIC
OverCurrentIndicatorChange
This bit is set when OverCurrentIndicator changes. Writing a '1'
clears this bit. Writing a '0' has no effect.
[16] LPSC
(Read) LocalPowerStatusChange
Not supported. Always read '0'.
(Write) SetGlobalPower
Write a '1' issues a SetGlobalPower command to the ports. Writing a
'0' has no effect.
[15] DRWE
(Read) DeviceRemoteWakeupEnable
This bit enables ports' ConnectStatusChange as a remote wakeup
event.
0 = disabled
1 = enabled
(Write) SetRemoteWakeupEnable
Writing a '1' sets DeviceRemoteWakeupEnable. Writing a '0' has no
effect.
[14:2] Reserved
Reserved. Read/Write 0's
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
Publication Release Date: July 26, 2006
- 191 - Revision A1
Continued.
BITS DESCRIPTION
[1] OVRCI
OverCurrentIndicator
This bit reflects the state of the OVRCUR pin. This field is only valid
if NoOverCurrentProtection and OverCurrentProtectionMode are
cleared.
0 = No over-current condition
1 = Over-current condition
[0] LOPS
(Read) LocalPowerStatus
Not Supported. Always read '0'.
(Write) ClearGlobalPower
Writing a '1' issues a ClearGlobalPower command to the ports.
Writing a '0' has no effect.
Host Controller Root Hub Port Status [1][2]
This register is reset by the USBRESET state.
REGISTER ADDRESS R/W DESCRIPTION RESET
VALUE
HcRhPortStatus [1] 0xFFF0_5054 R/W Host Controller Root Hub Port Status [1] 0x0000_0000
HcRhPortStatus [2] 0xFFF0_5058 R/W Host Controller Root Hub Port Status [2] 0x0000_0000
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
Reserved
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
Reserved PRSC POCIC PSSC PESC CSC
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
Reserved LSDA PPS
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Reserved SPR CPS SPS SPE DRM
BITS DESCRIPTION
[31:21] Reserved
Reserved. Read/Write 0's
[20] PRSC
PortResetStatusChange
This bit indicates that the port reset signal has completed.
0 = Port reset is not complete.
1 = Port reset is complete.
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
- 192 -
Continued.
BITS DESCRIPTION
[19] POCIC
PortOverCurrentIndicatorChange
This bit is set when OverCurrentIndicator changes. Writing a '1' clears this bit.
Writing a '0' has no effect.
[18] PSSC
PortSuspendStatusChange
This bit indicates the completion of the selective resume sequence for the port.
0 = Port is not resumed.
1 = Port resume is complete.
[17] PESC
PortEnableStatusChange
This bit indicates that the port has been disabled due to a hardware event
(cleared PortEnableStatus).
0 = Port has not been disabled.
1 = PortEnableStatus has been cleared.
[16] CSC
ConnectStatusChange
This bit indicates a connect or disconnect event has been detected. Writing a '1'
clears this bit. Writing a '0' has no effect.
0 = No connect/disconnect event.
1 = Hardware detection of connect/disconnect event.
Note: If DeviceRemoveable is set, this bit resets to '1'.
[15:10] Reserved
Reserved. Read/Write 0's
[9] LSDA
(Read) LowSpeedDeviceAttached
This bit defines the speed (and bud idle) of the attached device. It is only valid
when CurrentConnectStatus is set.
0 = Full Speed device
1 = Low Speed device
(Write) ClearPortPower
Writing a '1' clears PortPowerStatus. Writing a '0' has no effect
[8] PPS
(Read) PortPowerStatus
This bit reflects the power state of the port regardless of the power switching
mode.
0 = Port power is off.
1 = Port power is on.
Note: If NoPowerSwitching is set, this bit is always read as '1'.
(Write) SetPortPower
Writing a '1' sets PortPowerStatus. Writing a '0' has no effect.
[7:5] Reserved
Reserved. Read/Write 0's
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
Publication Release Date: July 26, 2006
- 193 - Revision A1
Continued.
BITS DESCRIPTION
[4] SPR
(Read) PortResetStatus
0 = Port reset signal is not active.
1 = Port reset signal is active.
(Write) SetPortReset
Writing a '1' sets PortResetStatus. Writing a '0' has no effect.
[3] CPS
(Read) PortOverCurrentIndicator
table of none-2 supports global over-current reporting. This bit reflects the state
of the OVRCUR pin dedicated to this port. This field is only valid if
NoOverCurrentProtection is cleared and OverCurrentProtectionMode is set.
0 = No over-current condition
1 = Over-current condition
(Write) ClearPortSuspend
Writing a '1' initiates the selective resume sequence for the port. Writing a '0'
has no effect.
[2] SPS
(Read) PortSuspendStatus
0 = Port is not suspended
1 = Port is selectively suspended
(Write) SetPortSuspend
Writing a '1' sets PortSuspendStatus. Writing a '0' has no effect.
[1] SPE
(Read) PortEnableStatus
0 = Port disabled.
1 = Port enabled.
(Write) SetPortEnable
Writing a '1' sets PortEnableStatus. Writing a '0' has no effect.
[0] DRM
(Read) CurrentConnectStatus
0 = No device connected.
1 = Device connected.
NOTE: If DeviceRemoveable is set (not removable) this bit is always '1'.
(Write) ClearPortEnable
Writing '1' a clears PortEnableStatus. Writing a '0' has no effect.
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
- 194 -
USB Operational Mode Enable Register
This register selects which operational mode is enabled. Bits defined as write-only are read as 0's.
REGISTER ADDRESS R/W DESCRIPTION RESET
VALUE
OperationalModeEnable 0xFFF0_5204 R/W USB Operational Mode Enable Register 0x0000_000
0
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
Reserved
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
Reserved
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
Reserved SIEPD
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Reserved OVRCUR Reserved DBREG
BITS BIT DESCRIPTION
[31:9] Reserved Reserved. Read/write 0
[8] SIEPD
SIE Pipeline Disable
When set, waits for all USB bus activity to complete prior to
returning completion status to the List Processor. This is a failsafe
mechanism to avoid potential problems with the clk_dr transition
between 1.5 MHz and 12 MHz.
[7:4] Reserved Reserved. Read/write 0
[3] OVRCURP
OVRCURP (over current indicator polarity)
When the OVRCURP bit is clear, the OVRCUR non-inverted to
input into USB host controller. In contrast, when the OVRCURP bit
is set, the OVRCUR inverted to input into USB host controller.
[2:1] Reserved Reserved. Read/write 0
[0] DBREG
Data Buffer Region 16
When set, the size of the data buffer region is 16 bytes. Otherwise, the
size is 32 bytes.
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
Publication Release Date: July 26, 2006
- 195 - Revision A1
7.8 USB Device Controller
The USB controller interfaces the AHB bus and the USB bus. The USB controller contains both the
AHB master interface and AHB slave interface. CPU programs the USB controller through the AHB
slave interface. For IN or OUT transfer, the USB controller needs to write data to memory or read data
from memory through the AHB master interface. The USB controller also contains the USB
transceiver to interface the USB.
7.8.1 USB Endpoints
It consists of four endpoints, designated EP0, EPA, EPB and EPC. Each is intended for a particular
use as described below:
EP0: the default endpoint uses control transfer (In/Out) to handle configuration and control functions
required by the USB specification. Maximum packed size is 16 bytes.
EPA: designed as a general endpoint. This endpoint could be programmed to be an Interrupt IN
endpoint or an Isochronous IN endpoint or a Bulk In endpoint or Bulk OUT endpoint.
EPB: designed as a general endpoint. This endpoint could be programmed to be an Interrupt IN
endpoint or an Isochronous IN endpoint or a Bulk In endpoint or Bulk OUT endpoint.
EPC: designed as a general endpoint. This endpoint could be programmed to be an Interrupt IN
endpoint or an Isochronous IN endpoint or a Bulk In endpoint or Bulk OUT endpoint.
7.8.2 Standard Device Request
The USB controller has built-in hard-wired state machine to automatically respond to USB standard
device request. It also supports to detect the class and vendor requests. For Get Descriptor request
and Class or Vendor command, the firmware will control these procedures.
7.8.3 USB Device Register Description
USB Control Register (USB_CTL)
REGISTER ADDRESS R/W DESCRIPTION RESET VALUE
USB_CTL 0xFFF0_6000 R/W USB control register 0x0000_0000
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
Reserved
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
Reserved
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
Reserved
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
- 196 -
CCMD VCMD SIE_RCV SUS_TST RWU_EN SUSP USB_RST USB_EN
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
Publication Release Date: July 26, 2006
- 197 - Revision A1
BITS DESCRIPTIONS
[31:8] Reserved
[7] CCMD
USB Class Command Decode Control Enable
0: Disable, the H/W circuit doesn’t need to decode USB class command.
It will return a stall status when it received a USB Class Command.
1: Enable, the H/W circuit decodes USB class command. It will assert
an interrupt event when it received a USB Class Command.
[6] VCMD
USB Vendor Command Decode Enable
0: Disable, the H/W circuit doesn’t need to decode USB vendor
command. It will return a stall status when it received a USB Vendor
Command.
1: Enable, the H/W circuit decodes USB vendor command. It will assert
an interrupt event when it received a USB Vendor Command.
[5] SIE_RCV
USB SIE Differential RCV Source
0: RCV generated by the SIE
1: RCV generated by the USB transceiver
[4] SUS_TST
USB Suspend Accelerate Test
0: Normal Operation
1: USB Suspend Accelerate Test (Only for Test)
[3] RWU_EN
USB Remote Wake-up Enable
0: Disable USB Remote Wake-Up Detect
1: Enable USB Remote Wake-Up Detect
[2] SUSP
USB Suspend Detect Enable
0: Disable USB Suspend Detect
1: Enable USB Suspend Detect
[1] USB_RST
USB Engine Reset
0: Normal operation
1: Reset USB Engine
[0] USB_EN
USB Engine Enable
0: disable USB Engine
1: enable USB Engine
Note: set this bit to “0”, the device is absent from host. After set
this bit to “1”, the host will detect a device attached.
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
- 198 -
USB Class or Vendor command Register (USB_CVCMD)
REGISTER ADDRESS R/W DESCRIPTION RESET VALUE
USB_CVCMD 0xFFF0_600
4 R/W USB class or vendor command
register 0x0000_0000
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
Reserved
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
Reserved
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
Reserved
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Reserved CVI_LG
BITS DESCRIPTIONS
[31:5] Reserved
[4:0] CVI_LG Byte Length for Class and Vendor Command and Get Descriptor Return
Data Packet
USB Interrupt Enable Register (USB_IE)
REGISTER ADDRESS R/W DESCRIPTION RESET VALUE
USB_IE 0xFFF0_6008 R/W USB interrupt enable register 0x0000_0000
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
Reserved
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
Reserved
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
RUM_CLKI RST_ENDI USB_CGI USB_BTI CVSI CDII CDOI VENI
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
CLAI GSTRI GCFGI GDEVI ERRI RUMI SUSI RSTI
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
Publication Release Date: July 26, 2006
- 199 - Revision A1
BITS DESCRIPTIONS
[31:16] Reserved
[15] RUM_CLKI
Interrupt enable for RESUME (for clock is stopped)
0: Disable
1: Enable
[14] RST_ENDI
Interrupt enable for USB reset end
0: Disable
1: Enable
[13] USB_CGI
Interrupt Enable for Device Configured
0: Disable
1: Enable
Note: the interrupt occurs when device configured or dis-configured.
[12] USB_BTI
Interrupt Enable for USB Bus Transition
0: Disable
1: Enable
[11] CVSI
Interrupt Enable Control for Status Phase of Class or Vendor Command
0: Disable
1: Enable
[10] CDII
Interrupt Enable Control for Data-In of Class or Vendor Command
0: Disable
1: Enable
[9] CDOI
Interrupt Enable Control for Data-Out of Class or Vendor Command
0: Disable
1: Enable
[8] VENI
Interrupt Enable Control for USB Vendor Command
0: Disable
1: Enable
[7] CLAI
Interrupt Enable Control for USB Class Command
0: Disable
1: Enable
[6] GSTRI
Interrupt Enable Control for USB Get_String_Descriptor Command
0: Disable
1: Enable
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
- 200 -
[5] GCFGI
Interrupt Enable Control for USB Get_Configuration_Descriptor Command
0: Disable
1: Enable
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
Publication Release Date: July 26, 2006
- 201 - Revision A1
Continued.
BITS DESCRIPTIONS
[4] GDEVI
Interrupt Enable Control for USB Get_Device_Descriptor Command
0: Disable
1: Enable
[3] ERRI
Interrupt Enable Control for USB Error Detect
0: Disable
1: Enable
[2] RUMI
Interrupt Enable Control for USB Resume Detect
0: Disable
1: Enable
[1] SUSI
Interrupt Enable Control for USB Suspend Detect
0: Disable
1: Enable
[0] RSTI
Interrupt Enable Control for USB Reset Command Detect
0: Disable
1: Enable
USB Interrupt status Register (USB_IS)
REGISTER ADDRESS R/W DESCRIPTION RESET VALUE
USB_IS 0xFFF6_000C R USB interrupt status register 0x0000_0000
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
Reserved
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
Reserved
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
RUM_CLK
S RSTENDS USB_CGS USB_BTS CVSS CDIS CDOS VENS
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
CLAS GSTRS GCFGS GDEVS ERRS RUMS SUSS RSTS
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
- 202 -
BITS DESCRIPTIONS
[31:16] Reserved
[15] RUM_CLKS
Interrupt status for RESUME (for clock is stopped)
0: No Interrupt Generated
1: Interrupt Generated
[14] RSTENDS
Interrupt status for USB reset end
0: No Interrupt Generated
1: Interrupt Generated
[13] USB_CGS
Interrupt Status for USB Device Configured
0: No Interrupt Generated
1: Interrupt Generated(configured and dis-configured)
[12] USB_BTS
Interrupt Status for USB Bus Transition
0: No Interrupt Generated
1: Interrupt Generated
[11] CVSS
Interrupt Status for Status Phase of Class or Vendor Command
0: No Interrupt Generated
1: Interrupt Generated
[10] CDIS
Interrupt Status for Data-In of Class or Vendor Command
0: No Interrupt Generated
1: Interrupt Generated
[9] CDOS
Interrupt Status for Data-Out of Class or Vendor Command
0: No Interrupt Generated
1: Interrupt Generated
[8] VENS
Interrupt Status for USB Vendor Command
0: No Interrupt Generated
1: Interrupt Generated
[7] CLAS
Interrupt Status for USB Class Command
0: No Interrupt Generated
1: Interrupt Generated
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
Publication Release Date: July 26, 2006
- 203 - Revision A1
Continued.
BITS DESCRIPTIONS
[6] GSTRS
Interrupt Status for USB Get_String_Descriptor Command
0: No Interrupt Generated
1: Interrupt Generated
[5] GCFGS
Interrupt Status for USB Get_Configuration_Descriptor Command
0: No Interrupt Generated
1: Interrupt Generated
[4] GDEVS
Interrupt Status for USB Get_Device_Descriptor Command
0: No Interrupt Generated
1: Interrupt Generated
[3] ERRS
Interrupt Status for USB Error Detect
0: No Interrupt Generated
1: Interrupt Generated
[2] RUMS
Interrupt Status for USB Resume Detect
0: No Interrupt Generated
1: Interrupt Generated
[1] SUSS
Interrupt Status for USB Suspend Detect
0: No Interrupt Generated
1: Interrupt Generated
[0] RSTS
Interrupt Status for USB Reset Command Detect
0: No Interrupt Generated
1: Interrupt Generated
USB Interrupt Status Clear (USB_IC)
REGISTER ADDRESS R/W DESCRIPTION RESET VALUE
USB_IC 0xFFF6_0010 R/W USB interrupt status clear register 0x0000_0000
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
- 204 -
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
Reserved
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
Reserved
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
RUM_CLK
C RSTENDC USB_CGC USB_BTC CVSC CDIC CDOC VENC
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
CLAC GSTRC GCFGC GDEVC ERRC RUMC SUSC RSTC
BITS DESCRIPTIONS
[31:16] Reserved
[15] RUM_CLKC
Interrupt status clear for RESUME (for clock is stopped)
0: NO Operation
1: Clear Interrupt Status
[14] RSTENDC
Interrupt status clear for USB reset end
0: NO Operation
1: Clear Interrupt Status
[13] USB_CGC
Interrupt Status Clear for USB Device Configured
0: NO Operation
1: Clear Interrupt Status
[12] USB_BTC
Interrupt Status Clear for USB Bus Transition
0: NO Operation
1: Clear Interrupt Status
[11] CVSC
Interrupt Status Clear for Status Phase of Class or Vendor Command
0: NO Operation
1: Clear Interrupt Status
[10] CDIC
Interrupt Status Clear for Data-In of Class or Vendor Command
0: NO Operation
1: Clear Interrupt Status
[9] CDOC
Interrupt Status Clear for Data-Out of Class or Vendor Command
0: NO Operation
1: Clear Interrupt Status
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
Publication Release Date: July 26, 2006
- 205 - Revision A1
Continued.
BITS DESCRIPTIONS
[8] VENC
Interrupt Status Clear for USB Vendor Command
0: NO Operation
1: Clear Interrupt Status
[7] CLAC
Interrupt Status Clear for USB Class Command
0: NO Operation
1: Clear Interrupt Status
[6] GSTRC
Interrupt Status Clear for USB Get_String_Descriptor Command
0: NO Operation
1: Clear Interrupt Status
[5] GCFGC
Interrupt Status Clear for USB Get_Configuration_Descriptor Command
0: NO Operation
1: Clear Interrupt Status
[4] GDEVC
Interrupt Status Clear for USB Get_Device_Descriptor Command
0: NO Operation
1: Clear Interrupt Status
[3] ERRC
Interrupt Status Clear for USB Error Detect
0: NO Operation
1: Clear Interrupt Status
[2] RUMC
Interrupt Status Clear for USB Resume Detect
0: NO Operation
1: Clear Interrupt Status
[1] SUSC
Interrupt Status Clear for USB Suspend Detect
0: NO Operation
1: Clear Interrupt Status
[0] RSTC
Interrupt Status Clear for USB Reset Command Detect
0: NO Operation
1: Clear Interrupt Status
USB Interface and String Register (USB_IFSTR)
REGISTER ADDRESS R/W DESCRIPTION RESET VALUE
USB_IFSTR 0xFFF06014 R/W USB interface and string register 0x0000_0000
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
- 206 -
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
Reserved
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
Reserved
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
Reserved STR6_EN STR5_EN
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
STR4_EN STR3_EN STR2_EN STR1_EN INF4_EN INF3_EN INF2_EN INF1_EN
BITS DESCRIPTIONS
[31:10] Reserved
[9] STR6_EN
USB String Descriptor-6 Control
0: Disable
1: Enable
[8] STR5_EN
USB String Descriptor-5 Control
0: Disable
1: Enable
[7] STR4_EN
USB String Descriptor-4 Control
0: Disable
1: Enable
[6] STR3_EN
USB String Descriptor-3 Control
0: Disable
1: Enable
[5] STR2_EN
USB String Descriptor-2 Control
0: Disable
1: Enable
[4] STR1_EN
USB String Descriptor-1 Control
0: Disable
1: Enable
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
Publication Release Date: July 26, 2006
- 207 - Revision A1
Continued.
BITS DESCRIPTIONS
[3] INF4_EN
USB Interface-4 Control
0: Disable
1: Enable
[2] INF3_EN
USB Interface-3 Control
0: Disable
1: Enable
[1] INF2_EN
USB Interface-2 Control
0: Disable
1: Enable
[0] INF1_EN
USB Interface-1 Control
0: Disable
1: Enable
USB Control transfer-out port 0 (USB_ODATA0)
REGISTER ADDRESS R/W DESCRIPTION RESET VALUE
USB_ODATA0 0xFFF06018 R USB control transfer-out port 0 register 0x0000_0000
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
ODATA0
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
ODATA0
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
ODATA0
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
ODATA0
BITS DESCRIPTIONS
[31:0] ODATA0 Control Transfer-out data 0
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
- 208 -
USB Control transfer-out port 1 (USB_ODATA1)
REGISTER ADDRESS R/W DESCRIPTION RESET VALUE
USB_ODATA1 0xFFF0601C R USB control transfer-out port 1 register 0x0000_0000
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
ODATA1
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
ODATA1
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
ODATA1
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
ODATA1
BITS DESCRIPTIONS
[31:0] ODATA1 Control Transfer-out data 1
USB Control transfer-out port 2 (USB_ODATA2)
REGISTER ADDRESS R/W DESCRIPTION RESET VALUE
USB_ODATA2 0xFFF06020 R USB control transfer-out port 2
register 0x0000_0000
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
ODATA2
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
ODATA2
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
ODATA2
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
ODATA2
BITS DESCRIPTIONS
[31:0] ODATA2 Control Transfer-out data 2
USB Control transfer-out port 3 (USB_ODATA3)
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
Publication Release Date: July 26, 2006
- 209 - Revision A1
REGISTER ADDRESS R/W DESCRIPTION RESET VALUE
USB_ODATA3 0xFFF06024 R USB control transfer-out port 3 register 0x0000_0000
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
ODATA3
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
ODATA3
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
ODATA3
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
ODATA3
BITS DESCRIPTIONS
[31:0] ODATA3 Control Transfer-out data 3
USB Control transfer-in data port0 Register (USB_IDATA0)
REGISTER ADDRESS R/W DESCRIPTION RESET VALUE
USB_IDATA0 0xFFF06028 R/W USB transfer-in data port0 register 0x0000_0000
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
IDATA0
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
IDATA0
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
IDATA0
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
IDATA0
BITS DESCRIPTIONS
[31:6] IDATA0 Control transfer-in data0
USB Control transfer-in data port 1 Register (USB_IDATA1)
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
- 210 -
REGISTER ADDRESS R/W DESCRIPTION RESET VALUE
USB_IDATA1 0xFFF0602C R/W USB control transfer-in data port 1 0x0000_0000
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
IDATA1
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
IDATA1
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
IDATA1
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
IDATA1
BITS DESCRIPTIONS
[31:6] IDATA1 Control transfer-in data1
USB Control transfer-in data port 2 Register (USB_IDATA2)
REGISTER ADDRESS R/W DESCRIPTION RESET VALUE
USB_IDATA2 0xFFF06030 R/W USB control transfer-in data port 2 0x0000_0000
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
IDATA2
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
IDATA2
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
IDATA2
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
IDATA2
BITS DESCRIPTIONS
[31:6] IDATA2 Control transfer-in data2
USB Control transfer-in data port 3 Register (USB_IDATA3)
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
Publication Release Date: July 26, 2006
- 211 - Revision A1
REGISTER ADDRESS R/W DESCRIPTION RESET VALUE
USB_IDATA3 0xFFF06034 R/W USB control transfer-in data port 3 0x0000_0000
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
IDATA3
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
IDATA3
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
IDATA3
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
IDATA3
BITS DESCRIPTIONS
[31:6] IDATA3 Control transfer-in data3
USB SIE Status Register (USB_SIE)
REGISTER ADDRESS R/W DESCRIPTION RESET VALUE
USB_SIE 0xFFF06038 R USB SIE status Register 0x0000_0000
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
Reserved
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
Reserved
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
Reserved
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Reserved USB_DPS USB_DMS
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
- 212 -
BITS DESCRIPTIONS
[31:2] Reserved
[1] USB_DPS
USB Bus D+ Signal Status
0: USB Bus D+ Signal is low
1: USB Bus D+ Signal is high
[0] USB_DMS
USB Bus D- Signal Status
0: USB Bus D- Signal is low
1: USB Bus D- Signal is high
USB Engine Register (USB_ENG)
REGISTER ADDRESS R/W DESCRIPTION RESET VALUE
USB_ENG 0xFFF0603C R/W USB Engine Register 0x0000_0000
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
Reserved
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
Reserved
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
Reserved
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Reserved SDO_RD CV_LDA CV_STL CV_DAT
BITS DESCRIPTIONS
[31:4] Reserved
[3] SDO_RD
Setup or Bulk-Out Data Read Control
0: NO Operation
1: Read Setup or Bulk-Out Data from USB Host
NOTE: this bit will auto clear after 32 HCLK
[2] CV_LDA
USB Class and Vendor Command Last Data Packet Control
0: NO Operation
1: Last Data Packet for Data Input of Class and Vendor Command
NOTE: this bit will auto clear after 32 HCLK
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
Publication Release Date: July 26, 2006
- 213 - Revision A1
Continued.
BITS DESCRIPTIONS
[1] CV_STL
USB Class and Vendor Command Stall Control
0: NO Operation
1: Return Stall for Class and Vendor Command
NOTE: this bit will auto clear after 32 HCLK
[0] CV_DAT
USB Class and Vendor Command return data control
0: NO Operation
1: The Data Packet for Data Input of Class and Vendor Command or
Get Descriptor command is ready.
NOTE: this bit will auto clear after 32 HCLK
USB Control Register (USB_CTLS)
REGISTER ADDRESS R/W DESCRIPTION RESET VALUE
USB_CTLS 0xFFF06040 R USB control transfer status register 0x0000_0000
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
Reserved
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
Reserved
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
CONF
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Reserved CTLRPS
ITS DESCRIPTIONS
[31:16] Reserved
[15:8] CONF USB configured value
[7:5] Reserved
[4:0] CTLRPS Control transfer received packet size
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
- 214 -
USB Configured Value Register (USB_CONFD)
REGISTER ADDRESS R/W DESCRIPTION RESET VALUE
USB_CONFD 0xFFF06044 R/W USB Configured Value register 0x0000_0000
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
Reserved
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
Reserved
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
Reserved
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
CONFD
BITS DESCRIPTIONS
[31:8] Reserved
[7:0] CONFD Software configured value
USB Endpoint A Information Register (EPA_INFO)
REGISTER ADDRESS R/W DESCRIPTION RESET VALUE
EPA_INFO 0xFFF06048 R/W USB endpoint A information register 0x0000_0000
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
Reserved EPA_TYPE EPA_DIR Reserved EPA_MPS
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
EPA_MPS
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
EPA_ALT EPA_INF
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
EPA_CFG EPA_NUM
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
Publication Release Date: July 26, 2006
- 215 - Revision A1
BITS DESCRIPTIONS
[31] Reserved
[30:29] EPA_TYPE
Endpoint A type
00: reserved
01: bulk
10: interrupt
11: isochronous
[28] EPA_DIR
Endpoint A direction
0: OUT
1: IN
[27:26] Reserved
[25:16] EPA_MPS Endpoint A max. packet size
[15:12] EPA_ALT Endpoint A alternative setting (READ ONLY)
[11:8] EPA_INF Endpoint A interface
[7:4] EPA_CFG Endpoint A configuration
[3:0] EPA_NUM Endpoint A number
USB Endpoint A Control Register (EPA_CTL)
REGISTER ADDRESS R/W DESCRIPTION RESET VALUE
EPA_CTL 0xFFF0604C R/W USB endpoint A control register 0x0000_0000
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
Reserved
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
Reserved
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
Reserved
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Reserved EPA_ZERO EPA_STL_CLR EPA_THRE EPA_STL EPA_RDY EPA_RST EPA_EN
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
- 216 -
BITS DESCRIPTIONS
[31:6] Reserved
[6] EPA_ZERO Send zero length packet to HOST
[5] EPA_STL_CLR CLEAR the Endpoint A stall(WRITE ONLY)
[4] EPA_THRE
Endpoint A threshold (only for ISO)
1: once available space in FIFO over 16 bytes, DMA accesses
memory
0: once available space in FIFO over 32 bytes, DMA accesses
memory
[3] EPA_STL Set the Endpoint A stall
[2] EPA_RDY The memory is ready for Endpoint A to access
[1] EPA_RST Endpoint A reset
[0] EPA_EN Endpoint A enable
USB Endpoint A interrupt enable Register (EPA_IE)
REGISTER ADDRESS R/W DESCRIPTION RESET VALUE
EPA_IE 0xFFF06050 R/W
USB endpoint A Interrupt Enable
register 0x0000_0000
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
Reserved
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
Reserved
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
Reserved
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Reserved EPA_CF_IE
EPA_BUS_ERR_I
E EPA_DMA_IE EPA_ALT_IE EPA_TK_IE EPA_STL_IE
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
Publication Release Date: July 26, 2006
- 217 - Revision A1
BITS DESCRIPTIONS
[31:6] Reserved
[5] EPA_CF_IE Endpoint A clear feature interrupt enable
[4] EPA_BUS_ERR_IE Endpoint A system bus error interrupt enable
[3] EPA_DMA_IE Endpoint A DMA transfer complete interrupt enable
[2] EPA_ALT_IE Endpoint A alternate setting interrupt enable
[1] EPA_TK_IE Endpoint A token input interrupt enable
[0] EPA_STL_IE Endpoint A stall interrupt enable
USB Endpoint A Interrupt Clear Register (EPA_IC)
REGISTER ADDRESS R/W DESCRIPTION RESET VALUE
EPA_IC 0xFFF06054 W
USB endpoint A interrupt clear
register 0x0000_0000
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
Reserved
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
Reserved
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
Reserved
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Reserved EPA_CF_IC
EPA_BUS_ERR_I
C EPA_DMA_IC EPA_ALT_IC EPA_TK_IC EPA_STL_IC
BITS DESCRIPTIONS
[31:6] Reserved
[5] EPA_CF_INT_IC Endpoint A clear feature interrupt clear
[4] EPA_BUS_ERR_IC Endpoint A system bus error interrupt clear
[3] EPA_DMA_IC Endpoint A DMA transfer complete interrupt clear
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
- 218 -
Continued.
BITS DESCRIPTIONS
[2] EPA_ALT_IC Endpoint A alternate setting interrupt clear
[1] EPA_TK_IC Endpoint A token input interrupt clear
[0] EPA_STL_IC Endpoint A stall interrupt clear
USB Endpoint A Interrupt Status Register (EPA_IS)
REGISTER ADDRESS R/W DESCRIPTION RESET VALUE
EPA_IS 0xFFF06058 R
USB endpoint A interrupt status
register 0x0000_0000
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
Reserved
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
Reserved
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
Reserved
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Reserved EPA_CF_IS
EPA_BUS_ERR_IS EPA_DMA_IS EPA_ALT_IS EPA_TK_IS EPA_STL_IS
BITS DESCRIPTIONS
[31:6] Reserved
[5] EPA_CF_IS Endpoint A clear feature interrupt status
[4] EPA_BUS_ERR_IS Endpoint A system bus error interrupt status
[3] EPA_DMA_IS Endpoint A DMA transfer complete interrupt status
[2] EPA_ALT_IS Endpoint A alternative setting interrupt status
[1] EPA_TK_IS Endpoint A token interrupt status
[0] EPA_STL_IS Endpoint A stall interrupt status
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
Publication Release Date: July 26, 2006
- 219 - Revision A1
USB Endpoint A Address Register (EPA_ADDR)
REGISTER ADDRESS R/W DESCRIPTION RESET VALUE
EPA_ADDR 0xFFF0605C R/W USB endpoint A address register 0x0000_0000
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
EPA_ADDR
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
EPA_ADDR
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
EPA_ADDR
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
EPA_ADDR
BITS DESCRIPTIONS
[31:0] EPA_ADDR Endpoint A transfer address
USB Endpoint A transfer length Register (EPA_LENTH)
REGISTER ADDRESS R/W DESCRIPTION RESET VALUE
EPA_LENTH 0xFFF06060 R/W USB endpoint A transfer length
register 0x0000_0000
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
Reserved
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
Reserved EPA_LENTH
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
EPA_LENTH
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
EPA_LENTH
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
- 220 -
BITS DESCRIPTIONS
[31:20] Reserved
[19:0] EPA_LENTH Endpoint A transfer length
USB Endpoint B Information Register (EPB_INFO)
REGISTER ADDRESS R/W DESCRIPTION RESET VALUE
EPB_INFO 0xFFF06064 R/W USB endpoint B information register 0x0000_0000
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
Reserved EPB_TYPE EPB_DIR Reserved EPB_MPS
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
EPB_MPS
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
EPB_ALT EPB_INF
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
EPB_CFG EPB_NUM
BITS DESCRIPTIONS
[31] Reserved
[30:29] EPB_TYPE
Endpoint B type
00: reserved
01: bulk
10: interrupt
11: isochronous
[28] EPB_DIR
Endpoint B direction
0: OUT
1: IN
[27:26] Reserved
[25:16] EPB_MPS Endpoint B max. packet size
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
Publication Release Date: July 26, 2006
- 221 - Revision A1
Continued.
BITS DESCRIPTIONS
[15:12] EPB_ALT Endpoint B alternative setting (READ ONLY)
[11:8] EPB_INF Endpoint B interface
[7:4] EPB_CFG Endpoint B configuration
[3:0] EPB_NUM Endpoint B number
USB Endpoint B Control Register (EPB_CTL)
REGISTER ADDRESS R/W DESCRIPTION RESET VALUE
EPB_CTL 0xFFF06068 R/W USB endpoint B control register 0x0000_0000
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
Reserved
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
Reserved
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
Reserved
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Reserved EPB_ZERO EPB_STL_CLR EPB_THRE EPB_STL EPB_RDY EPB_RST EPB_EN
BITS DESCRIPTIONS
[31:7] Reserved
[6] EPB_ZERO Send zero length packet back to HOST
[5] EPB_STL_CLR Clear the Endpoint B stall(WRITE ONLY)
[4] EPB_THRE
Endpoint B threshold (only for ISO)
1: once available space in FIFO over 16 bytes, DMA
accesses memory
0: once available space in FIFO over 32 bytes, DMA
accesses memory
[3] EPB_STL Set the Endpoint B stall
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
- 222 -
Continued.
BITS DESCRIPTIONS
[2] EPB_RDY The memory is ready for Endpoint B to access
[1] EPB_RST Endpoint B reset
[0] EPB_EN Endpoint B enable
USB Endpoint B interrupt enable Register (EPB_IE)
REGISTER ADDRESS R/W DESCRIPTION RESET VALUE
EPB_IE 0xFFF0606C R/W USB endpoint B Interrupt Enable register 0x0000_0000
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
Reserved
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
Reserved
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
Reserved
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Reserved EPB_CF_IE EPB_BUS_ERR_IE EPB_DMA_IE EPB_ALT_IE EPB_TK_IE EPB_STL_I
E
BITS DESCRIPTIONS
[31:6] Reserved
[5] EPB_CF_IE Endpoint B clear feature interrupt enable
[4] EPB_BUS_ERR_IE Endpoint B system bus error interrupt enable
[3] EPB_DMA_IE Endpoint B DMA transfer complete interrupt enable
[2] EPB_ALT_IE Endpoint B alternate setting interrupt enable
[1] EPB_TK_IE Endpoint B token input interrupt enable
[0] EPB_STL_IE Endpoint B stall interrupt enable
USB Endpoint B Interrupt Clear Register (EPB_IC)
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
Publication Release Date: July 26, 2006
- 223 - Revision A1
REGISTER ADDRESS R/W DESCRIPTION RESET VALUE
EPB_IC 0xFFF06070 W
USB endpoint B interrupt clear
register 0x0000_0000
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
Reserved
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
Reserved
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
Reserved
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Reserved EPB_CF_IC EPB_BUS_ERR_IC EPB_DMA_IC EPB_ALT_IC EPB_TK_IC EPB_STL_IC
BITS DESCRIPTIONS
[31:6] Reserved
[5] EPB_CF_IC Endpoint B clear feature interrupt clear
[4] EPB_BUS_ERR_IC Endpoint B system bus error interrupt clear
[3] EPB_DMA_IC Endpoint B DMA transfer complete interrupt clear
[2] EPB_ALT_IC Endpoint B alternate setting interrupt clear
[1] EPB_TK_IC Endpoint B token input interrupt clear
[0] EPB_STL_IC Endpoint B stall interrupt clear
USB Endpoint B Interrupt Status Register (EPB_IS)
REGISTER ADDRESS R/W DESCRIPTION RESET VALUE
EPB_IS 0xFFF06074 R
USB endpoint B interrupt status
register 0x0000_0000
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
- 224 -
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
Reserved
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
Reserved
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
Reserved
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Reserved EPB_CF_IS EPB_BUS_ERR_IS EPB_DMA_IS EPB_ALT_IS EPB_TK_IS EPB_STL_IS
BITS DESCRIPTIONS
[31:6] Reserved
[5] EPB_CF_IS Endpoint B clear feature interrupt status
[4] EPB_DMA_IS Endpoint B system bus error interrupt status
[3] EPB_DMA_IS Endpoint B DMA transfer complete interrupt status
[2] EPB_ALT_IS Endpoint B alternative setting interrupt status
[1] EPB_TK_IS Endpoint B token interrupt status
[0] EPB_STL_IS Endpoint B stall interrupt status
USB Endpoint B Address Register (EPB_ADDR)
REGISTER ADDRESS R/W DESCRIPTION RESET VALUE
EPB_ADDR 0xFFF06078 R/W USB endpoint B address register 0x0000_0000
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
EPB_ADDR
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
EPB_ADDR
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
EPB_ADDR
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
EPB_ADDR
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
Publication Release Date: July 26, 2006
- 225 - Revision A1
BITS DESCRIPTIONS
[31:0] EPB_ADDR Endpoint B transfer address
USB Endpoint B transfer length Register (EPB_LENTH)
REGISTER ADDRESS R/W DESCRIPTION RESET VALUE
EPB_LENTH 0xFFF0607C R/W USB endpoint B transfer length
register 0x0000_0000
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
Reserved
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
Reserved EPB_LENTH
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
EPB_LENTH
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
EPB_LENTH
BITS DESCRIPTIONS
[31:20] Reserved
[19:0] EPB_LENTH Endpoint B transfer length
USB Endpoint C Information Register (EPC_INFO)
REGISTER ADDRESS R/W DESCRIPTION RESET VALUE
EPC_INFO 0xFFF06080 R/W USB endpoint C information register 0x0000_0000
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
- 226 -
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
Reserved EPC_TYPE EPC_DIR Reserved EPC_MPS
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
EPC_MPS
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
EPC_ALT EPC_INF
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
EPC_CFG EPC_NUM
BITS DESCRIPTIONS
[31] Reserved
[30:29] EPC_TYPE
Endpoint C type
00: reserved
01: bulk
10: interrupt
11: isochronous
[28] EPC_DIR
Endpoint C direction
0: OUT
1: IN
[27:26] Reserved
[25:16] EPC_MPS Endpoint C max. packet size
[15:12] EPC_ALT Endpoint C alternative setting (READ ONLY)
[11:8] EPC_INF Endpoint C interface
[7:4] EPC_CFG Endpoint C configuration
[3:0] EPC_NUM Endpoint C number
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
Publication Release Date: July 26, 2006
- 227 - Revision A1
USB Endpoint C Control Register (EPC_CTL)
REGISTER ADDRESS R/W DESCRIPTION RESET VALUE
EPC_CTL 0xFFF06084 R/W USB endpoint C control register 0x0000_0000
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
Reserved
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
Reserved
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
Reserved
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Reserved EPC_ZERO EPC_STL_CLR EPC_THRE EPC_STL EPC_RDY EPC_RST EPC_EN
BITS DESCRIPTIONS
[31:7] Reserved
[6] EPC_ZERO Send zero length packet back to HOST
[5] EPC_STL_CLR Clear the Endpoint C stall(WRITE ONLY)
[4] EPC_THRE
Endpoint C threshold (only for ISO)
1: once available space in FIFO over 16 bytes, DMA accesses
memory
0: once available space in FIFO over 32 bytes, DMA accesses
memory
[3] EPC_STL Set the Endpoint C stall
[2] EPC_RDY The memory is ready for Endpoint C to access
[1] EPC_RST Endpoint C reset
[0] EPC_EN Endpoint C enable
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
- 228 -
USB Endpoint C interrupt enable Register (EPC_IE)
REGISTER ADDRESS R/W DESCRIPTION RESET VALUE
EPC_IE 0xFFF0608
8 R/W USB endpoint C Interrupt Enable register 0x0000_0000
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
Reserved
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
Reserved
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
Reserved
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Reserved EPC_CF_IE EPC_BUS_ERR_IE EPC_DMA_IE EPC_ALT_IE EPC_TK_IE EPC_STL_IE
BITS DESCRIPTIONS
[31:6] Reserved
[5] EPC_CF_IE Endpoint C clear feature interrupt enable
[4] EPC_DMA_IE Endpoint C system bus error interrupt enable
[3] EPC_DMA_IE Endpoint C DMA transfer complete interrupt enable
[2] EPC_ALT_IE Endpoint C alternate setting interrupt enable
[1] EPC_TK_IE Endpoint C token input interrupt enable
[0] EPC_STL_IE Endpoint C stall interrupt enable
USB Endpoint C Interrupt Clear Register (EPC_IC)
REGISTER ADDRESS R/W DESCRIPTION RESET VALUE
EPC_IC 0xFFF0608C W USB endpoint C interrupt clear register 0x0000_0000
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
Publication Release Date: July 26, 2006
- 229 - Revision A1
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
Reserved
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
Reserved
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
Reserved
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Reserved EPC_CF_IC EPC_BUS_ERR
_IC EPC_DMA_IC EPC_ALT_IC EPC_TK_IC EPC_STL_IC
BITS DESCRIPTIONS
[31:6] Reserved
[5] EPC_CF_IC Endpoint C clear feature interrupt clear
[4] EPC_DMA_IC Endpoint C system bus error interrupt clear
[3] EPC_DMA_IC Endpoint C DMA transfer complete interrupt clear
[2] EPC_ALT_IC Endpoint C alternate setting interrupt clear
[1] EPC_TK_IC Endpoint C token input interrupt clear
[0] EPC_STL_IC Endpoint C stall interrupt clear
USB Endpoint C Interrupt Status Register (EPC_IS)
REGISTER ADDRESS R/W DESCRIPTION RESET VALUE
EPC_IS 0xFFF06090 R
USB endpoint C interrupt status
register 0x0000_0000
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
- 230 -
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
Reserved
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
Reserved
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
Reserved
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Reserved EPC_CF_IS EPC_BUS_ERR_IS EPC_DMA_IS EPC_ALT_IS EPC_TK_IS EPC_STL_IS
BITS DESCRIPTIONS
[31:6] Reserved
[5] EPC_CF_IS Endpoint C clear feature interrupt status
[4] EPC_BUS_ERR_IS Endpoint A system bus error interrupt status
[3] EPC_DMA_IS Endpoint A DMA transfer complete interrupt status
[2] EPC_ALT_IS Endpoint A alternative setting interrupt status
[1] EPC_TK_IS Endpoint A token interrupt status
[0] EPC_STL_IS Endpoint A stall status
USB Endpoint C Address Register (EPC_ADDR)
REGISTER ADDRESS R/W DESCRIPTION RESET VALUE
EPC_ADDR 0xFFF0_6094 R/W USB endpoint C address register 0x0000_0000
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
EPC_ADDR
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
EPC_ADDR
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
EPC_ADDR
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
EPC_ADDR
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
Publication Release Date: July 26, 2006
- 231 - Revision A1
BITS DESCRIPTIONS
[31:0] EPC_ADDR Endpoint C transfer address
USB Endpoint C transfer length Register (EPC_LENTH)
REGISTER ADDRESS R/W DESCRIPTION RESET VALUE
EPC_LENTH 0xFFF0_6098 R/W
USB endpoint C transfer length
register 0x0000_0000
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
Reserved
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
Reserved EPC_LENTH
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
EPC_LENTH
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
EPC_LENTH
BITS DESCRIPTIONS
[31:20] Reserved
[19:0] EPC_LENTH Endpoint C transfer length
USB Endpoint A Remain transfer length Register (EPA_XFER)
REGISTER ADDRESS R/W DESCRIPTION RESET VALUE
EPA_XFER 0xFFF0_609C R/W USB endpoint A remain transfer length
register 0x0000_0000
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
- 232 -
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
Reserved
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
Reserved EPA_XFER
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
EPA_XFER
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
EPA_XFER
BITS DESCRIPTIONS
[31:20] Reserved
[19:0] EPA_XFER Endpoint A remain transfer length
USB Endpoint A Remain packet length Register (EPA_PKT)
REGISTER ADDRESS R/W DESCRIPTION RESET
VALUE
EPA_PKT 0xFFF0_60A0 R/W USB endpoint A remain packet length register 0x0000_0000
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
Reserved
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
Reserved
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
Reserved EPA_PKT
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
EPA_PKT
BITS Descriptions
[31:10] Reserved
[9:0] EPA_PKT Endpoint A remain packet length
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
Publication Release Date: July 26, 2006
- 233 - Revision A1
USB Endpoint B Remain transfer length Register (EPB_XFER)
REGISTER ADDRESS R/W DESCRIPTION RESET VALUE
EPB_XFER 0xFFF0_60A4 R/W USB endpoint B remain transfer length
register 0x0000_0000
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
Reserved
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
Reserved EPB_XFER
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
EPB_XFER
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
EPB_XFER
BITS DESCRIPTIONS
[31:20] Reserved
[19:0] EPB_XFER Endpoint B remain transfer length
USB Endpoint B Remain packet length Register (EPB_PKT)
REGISTER ADDRESS R/W DESCRIPTION RESET VALUE
EPB_PKT 0xFFF0_60A8 R/W USB endpoint B remain packet length
register 0x0000_0000
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
Reserved
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
Reserved
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
Reserved EPB_PKT
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
EPB_PKT
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
- 234 -
BITS DESCRIPTIONS
[31:10] Reserved
[9:0] EPB_PKT Endpoint B remain packet length
USB Endpoint C Remain transfer length Register (EPC_XFER)
REGISTER ADDRESS R/W DESCRIPTION RESET VALUE
EPC_XFER 0xFFF0_60AC R/W USB endpoint C remain transfer
length register 0x0000_0000
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
Reserved
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
Reserved EPC_XFER
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
EPC_XFER
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
EPC_XFER
BITS DESCRIPTIONS
[31:20] Reserved
[19:0] EPC_XFER Endpoint C remain transfer length
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
Publication Release Date: July 26, 2006
- 235 - Revision A1
USB Endpoint C Remain packet length Register (EPC_PKT)
REGISTER ADDRESS R/W DESCRIPTION RESET VALUE
EPC_PKT 0xFFF0_60B0 R/W USB endpoint C remain packet
length register 0x0000_0000
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
Reserved
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
Reserved
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
Reserved EPC_PKT
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
EPC_PKT
BITS DESCRIPTIONS
[31:10] Reserved
[9:0] EPC_PKT Endpoint C remain packet length
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
- 236 -
7.9 Audio Controller
The audio controller consists of I²S/AC-link protocol to interface with external audio CODEC.
One 8-level deep FIFO for read path and write path and each level has 32-bit width (16 bits for right
channel and 16 bits for left channel). One DMA controller handles the data movement between FIFO
and memory.
The following are the property of the DMA.
Always 8-beat incrementing burst
Always bus lock when 8-beat incrementing burst
When reach middle and end address of destination address, a DMA_IRQ is requested to CPU
automatically
An AHB master port and an AHB slave port are offered in audio controller.
7.9.1 I²S Interface
The I²S interface signals are shown as figure 7.9.2.1
Figure 7.9.2.1 The interface signal of I²S
The 16 bits I²S and MSB-justified format are support, the timing diagram is shown as Figure 7.9.2.2
Audio
Controller
Audio
Codec
MCLK
BCLK
LRCLK
DOUT
DIN
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
Publication Release Date: July 26, 2006
- 237 - Revision A1
LRCLK
BCK
DATA
Left Right
123
MSB B2
12
LSB MSB
I2S bus
LRCLK
BCK
DATA
Left Right
123
B2 B3
12
MSB B2
M SBJustified form at
MSB LSB
Figure 7.9.2.2 The format of I²S
The sampling rate, bit shift clock frequency could be set by the control register ACTL_I²SCON.
7.9.2 AC97 Interface
The AC97 interface, called AC-link is supported. For input and output direction, each frame contains a
Tag slot and 12 data slots. However, in the 12 data slots, only 4 slots are used in W90N745, other 8
slots are not supported, and the control data and audio data are transferred in the 4 valid slots. Each
slot contains 20 bits data.
The interface signals are shown as Figure 7.9.2.1
Figure 7.9.2.1 The interface signal of AC-link
The signal format is shown as Figure 7.9.2.2
Audio
Controller
Audio
Codec
SYNC
BCLK
DIN
DOUT
RESETB
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
- 238 -
Figure 7.9.2.2 The signal format of AC-link
The structure of output frame is shown as below:
SLOT # 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
CONTENT Tag CMD
ADDR
CMD
DATA
PCM
LEFT
PCM
RIGHT Unused
BITS 15-0 19-0 19-0 19-0 19-0 159 - 0
PHASE Tag
phase Data phase
The output frame data format is shown as following:
SLOT # BIT DESCRIPTION
15 Frame validity bit, 1 is valid, 0 is invalid.
14 - 3
Slot validity, but in W90N745, only bits 6-3 are used, bits 14-7 are
unused. Bit 3 is corresponding to slot 1, bit 4 is corresponding to slot
2, etc.. 1 is valid, 0 is invalid. The unused bits 14-7 should be cleared
to 0.
Tag
(slot 0)
2 - 0 This field should be cleared to 0.
19 Read/write control, 1 for read and 0 for write
18-12 Control register address
CMD ADDR
(slot 1) 11 - 0 This field should be cleared to 0
... . .
......
.
......
SYN
BCL
DIN
DOU
Tag phase Data phase
S
lot
0
Slot 1 Slot 2 Slot 3 Slot 4 Slot 5 –12
Frame (48 KHz)
12.2
88
MHz
B255
B0 B1 B15 B16 B35
MS LS
B36 B55 B56 B75 B76 B95 B96 B255
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
Publication Release Date: July 26, 2006
- 239 - Revision A1
Continued.
SLOT # BIT DESCRIPTION
19 - 4 Control register write data. It should be cleared to 0 if current
operation is read.
CMD DATA
(slot 2) 3 - 0 This field should be cleared to 0
19 - 4 PCM playback data for left channel
PCM LEFT
(slot 3) 3 - 0 This field should be cleared to 0
19 - 4 PCM playback data for right channel
PCM RIGHT
(slot 4) 3 - 0 This field should be cleared to 0
The structure of input frame is shown as below:
Slot # 0 1 2 3 4 56789 10 11 12
Content Tag status
ADDR
status
DATA
PCM
LEFT
PCM
RIGHT Unused
Bits 0-15 19-0 19-0 19-0 19-0 159 - 0
The input frame data format is shown as following:
SLOT # BIT DESCRIPTION
15 Frame validity bit, 1 is valid, 0 is invalid.
14 - 3
Slot validity, but in W90N745, only bits 6-3 are used, bits 14-7 are
unused. Bit 3 is corresponding to slot 1, bit 4 is corresponding to slot
2, etc.. 1 is valid, 0 is invalid. The unused bits 14-7 should be cleared
to 0.
Tag
(slot 0)
2 - 0 This field should be cleared to 0.
19 This bit should be cleared to 0
18-12 Control register address echo which previous frame requested
11 PCM data for left channel request, it should be always 0 when
VRA=0 (VRA: Variable Rate Audio mode).
10 PCM data for right channel request (Same as Bit 11).
Status ADDR
(slot 1)
9 - 0 This field should be cleared to 0
19 - 4 Control register read data which previous frame requested. It should
be cleared to 0 if this slot is invalid.
Status DATA
(slot 2) 3 - 0 This field should be cleared to 0
19 - 4 PCM record data for left channel
PCM LEFT
(slot 3) 3 - 0 This field should be cleared to 0
19 - 4 PCM record data for right channel
PCM RIGHT
(slot 4) 3 -0 This field should be cleared to 0
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
- 240 -
7.9.3 Audio Controller Register Map
R: read only, W: write only, R/W: both read and write, C: Only value 0 can be written
REGISTER ADDRESS R/W DESCRIPTION RESET VALUE
ACTL_CON 0xFFF0_9000 R/W Audio controller control register 0x0000_0000
ACTL_RESET 0xFFF0_9004 R/W Sub block reset control register 0x0000_0000
ACTL_RDSTB 0xFFF0_9008 R/W DMA destination base address register
for record 0x0000_0000
ACTL_RDST_LENGT
H 0xFFF0_900C R/W DMA destination length register for
record 0x0000_0000
ACTL_RDSTC 0xFFF0_9010 R DMA destination current address
register for record 0x0000_0000
ACTL_RSR 0xFFF0_9014 R/W Record status register 0x0000_0000
ACTL_PDSTB 0xFFF0_9018 R/W DMA destination base address register
for play 0x0000_0000
ACTL_PDST_LENGTH 0xFFF0_901C R/W DMA destination length register for
play 0x0000_0000
ACTL_PDSTC 0xFFF0_9020 R DMA destination current address
register for play 0x0000_0000
ACTL_PSR 0xFFF0_9024 R/W Play status register 0x0000_0004
ACTL_I²SCON 0xFFF0_9028 R/W I²S control register 0x0000_0000
ACTL_ACCON 0xFFF0_902C R/W AC-link control register 0x0000_0000
ACTL_ACOS0 0xFFF0_9030 R/W AC-link out slot 0 0x0000_0000
ACTL_ACOS1 0xFFF0_9034 R/W AC-link out slot 1 0x0000_0080
ACTL_ACOS2 0xFFF0_9038 R/W AC-link out slot 2 0x0000_0000
ACTL_ACIS0 0xFFF0_903C R AC-link in slot 0 0x0000_0000
ACTL_ACIS1 0xFFF0_9040 R AC-link in slot 1 0x0000_0000
ACTL_ACIS2 0xFFF0_9044 R AC-link in slot 2 0x0000_0000
Audio controller control registers (ACTL_CON)
REGISTER ADDRESS R/W DESCRIPTION RESET VALUE
ACTL_CON 0xFFF0_9000 R/W Audio controller control register 0x0000_0000
The ACTL_CON register control the basic operation of audio controller.
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
Publication Release Date: July 26, 2006
- 241 - Revision A1
BITS DESCRIPTIONS
[15] Reserved -
[14] Reserved -
[13] Reserved -
[12] R_DMA_IRQ
When recording, when the DMA destination current address reach the DMA
destination end address or middle address, the R_DMA_IRQ bit will be set to
1 automatically, and this bit could be cleared to 0 by CPU. The bit is
hardwired to ARM as interrupt request signal with an inverter.
The R_DMA_IRQ bit is read/write (write 1 to clear)
[11] T_DMA_IRQ
Transmit DMA interrupt request bit. When DMA current address reach the
middle address (((ACTL_DESE – ACTL_DESB)-1)/2 + ACTL_DESB) or
reach the end address ACTL_DESB, the bit T_DMA_IRQ will be set to 1, and
this bit could be clear to 0 by write “1” by CPU. And the bit is hardwired to
ARM as interrupt request signal with an inverter.
The T_DMA_IRQ bit is read/write (write 1 to clear).
[8] I²S_AC_PIN_SEL
I²S or AC-link pin selection
If I²S_AC_PIN_SEL = 0, the pins select I²S
If I²S_AC_PIN_SEL = 1, the pins select AC-link
The I²S_AC_PIN_SEL bis is read/write
[7] FIFO_TH
FIFO threshold control bit
If FIFO_TH=0, the FIFO threshold is 8 level
If FIFO_TH=1, the FIFO threshold is 4 level
The FIFO_TH bit is read/write
[6] Reserved
[2:1] BLOCK_EN[1:0]
Audio interface type selection
If BLOCK_EN[0]=0/1, I²S interface is disable/enable
If BLOCK_EN[1]=0/1, AC-link interface is disable/enable
The BLOCK_EN[1:0] bits are read/write
[0] Reserved
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
Reserved Reserved Reserved R_DMA_IRQ T_DMA_IRQ Reserved I²S_AC_PIN_SEL
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
FIFO_TH Reserved Reserved BLOCK_EN[1:0]
Reserved
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
- 242 -
Sub-block reset control register (ACTL_RESET)
REGISTER ADDRESS R/W DESCRIPTION RESET VALUE
ACTL_RESET 0xFFF0_9004 R/W Sub block reset control 0x0000_0000
The value in ACTL_RESET register control the reset operation in each sub block.
BITS DESCRIPTIONS
[31:17] Reserved -
[16] ACTL_RESET
Audio controller reset control bit
1 = the whole audio controller is reset
0 = the audio controller is normal operation
The ACTL_RESET bit is read/write
[15:14] RECORD_SINGLE
[1:0]
record single/dual channel select bits
2’b11= the record is dual channel
2’b01= the record only select left channel
2’b10= the record only select right channel
2’b00 is reserved
Note that, when ADC is selected as record path, it only
support left channel record.
The PLAY_SINGLE[1:0] bits are read/write
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
ACTL_RESET
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
RECORD_SINGLE[1:0] PLAY_SINGLE[1:0] Reserved AC_RECOR
D
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
AC_PLAY I²S_RECORD I²S_PLAY Reserved AC_RESET
I²S_RESET
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
Publication Release Date: July 26, 2006
- 243 - Revision A1
Continued.
BITS DESCRIPTIONS
[13:12] PLAY_SINGLE
[1:0]
Playback single/dual channel select bits
PLAY_SINGLE[1:0]=11, the playback is in stereo mode
PLAY_SINGLE[1:0]=10, the playback is in mono mode
PLAY_SINGLE[1:0]= 00 & 01 is reserved
The PLAY_SINGLE[1:0] bits are read/write
[8] AC_RECORD
AC link record control bit
AC_RECORD=0, the record path of AC link is disable
AC_RECORD=1, the record path of AC link is enable
The AC_RECORD bit is read/write
[7] AC_PLAY
AC link playback control bit
AC_PLAY=0, the playback path of AC link is disable
AC_PLAY=1, the playback path of AC link is enable
The AC_PLAY bit is read/write
[6] I²S_RECORD
I²S record control bit
I²S_RECORD=0, the record path of I²S is disable
I²S_RECORD=1, the record path of I²S is enable
The I²S_RECORD bit is read/write
[5] I²S_PLAY
I²S playback control bit
I²S_PLAY=0, the playback path of I²S is disable
I²S_PLAY=1, the playback path of I²S is enable
The I²S_PLAY bit is read/write
[1] AC_RESET
AC link sub block RESET control bit
AC_RESET=0, release the AC link function block from reset
mode
AC_RESET=1, force the AC link function block to reset mode
The AC_RESET bit is read/write
[0] I²S_RESET
I²S sub block RESET control bit
I²S_RESET=0, release the I²S function block from reset
mode
I²S_RESET=1, force the I²S function block to reset mode
The I²S_RESET bit is read/write
DMA record destination base address (ACTL_RDSTB)
REGISTER ADDRESS R/W DESCRIPTION RESET VALUE
ACTL_RDSTB 0xFFF0_9008 R/W DMA record destination base address 0x0000_0000
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
- 244 -
The value in ACTL_RDSTB register is the record destination base address of DMA, and only could be
changed by CPU.
BITS DESCRIPTIONS
[31:0] AUDIO_RDSTB[31:0] 32-bit record destination base address
The AUDIO_RDSTB[31:0] bits is read/write.
DMA destination end address (ACTL_RDST_LENGTH)
REGISTER ADDRESS R/W DESCRIPTION RESET VALUE
ACTL_RDST_LENGTH 0xFFF0_900
C R/W DMA record destination address
length 0x0000_0000
The value in ACTL_RDST_LENGTH register is the record destination address length of DMA, and the
register could only be changed by CPU.
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
AUDIO_RDSTB[31:24]
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
AUDIO_RDSTB[23:16]
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
AUDIO_RDSTB[15:8]
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
AUDIO_RDSTB[7:0]
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
AUDIO_RDST_L[31:24]
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
AUDIO_RDST_L[23:16]
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
AUDIO_RDST_L[15:8]
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
AUDIO_RDST_L[7:0]
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
Publication Release Date: July 26, 2006
- 245 - Revision A1
BITS DESCRIPTIONS
[31:0] AUDIO_RDST_L[31:0] 32-bit record destination address length
The AUDIO_RDST_L[31:0] bits is read/write.
DMA destination current address (ACTL_RDSTC)
REGISTER ADDRESS R/W DESCRIPTION RESET VALUE
ACTL_RDSTC 0xFFF0_9010 RO DMA record destination current address 0x0000_0000
The value in ACTL_RDSTC is the DMA record destination current address, this register could only be
read by CPU.
BITS DESCRIPTIONS
[31:0] AUDIO_RDSTC[31:0] 32-bit record destination current address
The AUDIO_RDSTC[31:0] bits is read only.
Audio controller record status register (ACTL_RSR)
REGISTER ADDRESS R/W DESCRIPTION RESET VALUE
ACTL_RSR 0xFFF0_9014 R/W Audio controller FIFO and DMA status
register for record 0x0000_0000
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
AUDIO_RDSTC[31:24]
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
AUDIO_RDSTC[23:16]
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
AUDIO_RDSTC[15:8]
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
AUDIO_RDSTC[7:0]
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
- 246 -
BITS DESCRIPTIONS
[31:3] Reserved
-
[2] R_FIFO_FULL
Record FIFO full indicator bit
R_FIFO_FULL=0, the record FIFO not full
R_FIFO_FULL=1, the record FIFO is full
The R_FIFO_READY bit is read only
[1] R_DMA_END_IRQ
DMA end address interrupt request bit for record
R_DMA_END_IRQ=0, means record DMA address does not
reach the end address
R_DMA_END_IRQ=1, means record DMA address reach the end
address
The R_DMA_END_IRQ bit is readable, and only can be clear by
write “1” to this bit
[0] R_DMA_MIDDLE
_IRQ
DMA address interrupt request bit for record
R_DMA_MIDDLE_IRQ=0, means record DMA address does not
reach the middle address
R_DMA_MIDDLE_IRQ=1, means record DMA address reach the
middle address
The R_DMA_MIDDLE_IRQ bit is readable, and only can be clear
by write “1” to this bit
DMA play destination base address (ACTL_PDSTB)
REGISTER ADDRESS R/W DESCRIPTION RESET VALUE
ACTL_PDSTB 0xFFF0_9018 R/W DMA play destination base address 0x0000_0000
The value in ACTL_PDSTB register is the play destination base address of DMA, and only could be
changed by CPU.
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
Reserved
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
Reserved
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
Reserved
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Reserved R_FIFO_FULL R_DMA_END_IRQ R_DMA_MIDDLE_IRQ
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
Publication Release Date: July 26, 2006
- 247 - Revision A1
BITS DESCRIPTIONS
[31:0] AUDIO_PDSTB[31:0] 32-bit play destination base address
The AUDIO_PDSTB[31:0] bits is read/write.
DMA destination end address (ACTL_PDST_LENGTH)
REGISTER ADDRESS R/W DESCRIPTION RESET VALUE
ACTL_PDST_LENGTH 0xFFF0_901
C R/W DMA play destination address length 0x0000_0000
The value in ACTL_PDST_LENGTH register is the play destination address length of DMA, and the
register could only be changed by CPU.
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
AUDIO_PDSTB[31:24]
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
AUDIO_PDSTB[23:16]
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
AUDIO_PDSTB[15:8]
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
AUDIO_PDSTB[7:0]
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
AUDIO_PDST_L[31:24]
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
AUDIO_PDST_L[23:16]
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
AUDIO_PDST_L[15:8]
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
AUDIO_PDST_L[7:0]
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
- 248 -
BITS DESCRIPTIONS
[31:0] AUDIO_PDST_L[31:0] 32-bit play destination address length
The AUDIO_PDST_L[31:0] bits is read/write.
DMA destination current address (ACTL_PDSTC)
REGISTER ADDRESS R/W DESCRIPTION RESET VALUE
ACTL_PDSTC 0xFFF0_9020 RO DMA play destination current address 0x0000_0000
The value in ACTL_PDSTC is the DMA play destination current address, this register could only be
read by CPU.
BITS DESCRIPTIONS
[31:0] AUDIO_PDSTC[31:0] 32-bit play destination current address
The AUDIO_PDSTC[31:0] bits is read/write.
Audio controller playback status register (ACTL_PSR)
REGISTER ADDRESS R/W DESCRIPTION RESET VALUE
ACTL_PSR 0xFFF0_9024 R/W Audio controller FIFO and DMA
status register for playback 0x0000_0004
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
AUDIO_PDSTC[31:24]
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
AUDIO_PDSTC[23:16]
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
AUDIO_PDSTC[15:8]
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
AUDIO_PDSTC[7:0]
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
Publication Release Date: July 26, 2006
- 249 - Revision A1
BITS DESCRIPTIONS
[31:3] Reserved -
[2] P_FIFO_EMPTY
Playback FIFO empty indicator bit
P_FIFO_EMPTY=0, the playback FIFO is not empty
P_FIFO_EMPTY=1, the playback FIFO is empty
The P_FIFO_EMPTY bit is read only
[1] P_DMA_END_IRQ
DMA end address interrupt request bit for playback
P_DMA_END_IRQ=0, means playback DMA address does not
reach the end address
P_DMA_END_IRQ=1, means playback DMA address reach the
end address
The P_DMA_END_IRQ bit is readable, and only can be clear
by write “1” to this bit
[0] P_DMA_MIDDLE
_IRQ
DMA address interrupt request bit for playback
P_DMA_MIDDLE_IRQ=0, means playback DMA address does
not reach the middle address
P_DMA_MIDDLE_IRQ=1, means playback DMA address reach
the middle address
The P_DMA_MIDDLE_IRQ bit is readable, and only can be
clear by write “1” to this bit
I²S control register (ACTL_I²SCON)
REGISTER ADDRESS R/W DESCRIPTION RESET VALUE
ACTL_I²SCON 0xFFF0_9028 R/W I²S control register 0x0000_0000
The ACTL_I²SCON is the I²S basic operation control register.
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
Reserved
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
Reserved
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
Reserved
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Reserved P_FIFO_EMPTY P_DMA_END_IRQ P_DMA_MIDDL
E_IRQ
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
- 250 -
BITS DESCRIPTIONS
[31:20] Reserved -
[19:16] PRS[3:0]
I²S frequency pre-scaler selection bits. (FPLL is the input PLL
frequency, MCLK is the output main clock)
PSR[3:0]=0000, MCLK=FPLL/1
PSR[3:0]=0001, MCLK=FPLL/2
PSR[3:0]=0010, MCLK=FPLL/3
PSR[3:0]=0011, MCLK=FPLL/4
PSR[3:0]=0100, MCLK=FPLL/5
PSR[3:0]=0101, MCLK=FPLL/6
PSR[3:0]=0110, MCLK=FPLL/7
PSR[3:0]=0111, MCLK=FPLL/8
PSR[3:0]=1000, reserved
PSR[3:0]=1001, MCLK=FPLL/10
PSR[3:0]=1010, reserved
PSR[3:0]=1011, MCLK=FPLL/12
PSR[3:0]=1100, reserved
PSR[3:0]=1101, MCLK=FPLL/14
PSR[3:0]=1110, reserved
PSR[3:0]=1111, MCLK=FPLL/16
(when the division factor is 3/5/7, the duty cycle of MCLK is not
50%, the high duration is 0.5*FPLL)
The PSR[3:0] bits are read/write
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
Reserved
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
Reserved PRS[3:0]
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
Reserved
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
BCLK_SEL[1:0] FS_SEL MCLK_SEL FORMAT Reserved
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
Publication Release Date: July 26, 2006
- 251 - Revision A1
Continued
BITS DESCRIPTIONS
[7:6] BCLK_SEL
[1:0]
I²S serial data clock frequency selection bit
BCLK_SEL[1:0]=00, 32fs is selected (fs is sampling rate), when
FS_SEL=0, the frequency of bit clock is MCLK/8, when
FS_SEL=1, the frequency of bit clock is MCLK/12.
BCLK_SEL[1:0]=01, 48fs is selected (only when FS_SEL=1, this
term could be selection), when FS_SEL=1, the frequency of bit
clock is MCLK/8.
The BCLK_SEL[1:0] bits are read/write
[5] FS_SEL
I²S sampling frequency selection bit
FS_SEL=0, FMCLK/256 is selected (FMCLK is the frequency of
signal MCLK)
FS_SEL=1, FMCLK/384 is selected
The FS_SEL bit is read/write
[4] MCLK_SEL
I²S MCLK output selection bit
MCLK_SEL=0, I²S MCLK output will follow the PRS[3:0] setting.
MCLK_SEL=1, I²S MCLK output will be the same with FPLL.
The MCLK_SEL bit is read/write
[3] FORMAT
I²S format selection bits
FORMAT=0, I²S compatible format is selected
FORMAT=1, MSB-justified format is selected
The FORMAT bit is read/write
[2:0] Reserved -
AC-link Control Register (ACTL_ACCON)
REGISTER ADDRESS R/W DESCRIPTION RESET VALUE
ACTL_ACCON 0xFFF0_902
C R/W AC-link control register 0x0000_0000
The ACTL_ACCON register is the AC-link basic operation control register.
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
- 252 -
BITS DESCRIPTIONS
[6] Reserved -
[5] AC_BCLK_PU_EN
This bit controls the AC_BCLK pin pull-high resister.
AC_BCLK_PU_EN=0, the AC_BCLK pin pull-high resister will be
disabled
AC_BCLK_PU_EN=1, the AC_BCLK pin pull-high resister will be
enabled
The AC_BCLK_PU_EN bit is read/write.
[4] AC_R_FINISH
AC-link read data ready bit. When read data indexed by previous
frame is shifted into ACTL_ACIS2, the AC_R_FINISH bit will be
set to 1 automatically. After CPU read out the read data,
AC_R_FINISH bit will be cleared to 0.
AC_R_FINISH=0, read data buffer has been read by CPU
AC_R_FINISH=1, read data buffer is ready for CPU read
The AC_R_FINISH bit is read only
[3] AC_W_FINISH
AC-link write frame finish bit. When writing data to register
ACTL_ACOS0, the AC_W_FINISH bit will be set to 1
automatically. After AC-link interface shift out the register
ACTL_ACOS0, the AC_W_FINISH bit will be cleared to 0.
AC_W_FINISH=0, AC-link control data out buffer has been shifted
out to codec by CPU and data out buffer is empty.
AC_W_FINISH=1, AC-link control data out buffer is ready to be
shifted out(After users have wrote data into register
ACTL_ACOS0)
The AC_W_FINISH bit is read only
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
Reserved
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
Reserved
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
Reserved
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Reserved AC_BCLK_
PU_EN AC_R_FINI
SH AC_W_FINI
SH AC_W_RE
S AC_C_RES Reserved
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
Publication Release Date: July 26, 2006
- 253 - Revision A1
Continued.
BITS DESCRIPTIONS
[2] AC_W_RES
AC-link warm reset control bit, when this bit is set to 1, (AC-link
begin warn reset procedure, after warn reset procedure finished,
this bit will be cleared automatically) the interface signal
AC_SYNC is high, when this bit is set to 0, the interface signal
AC_SYNC is controlled by AC_BCLK input when this bit is set to
1. Note the AC-link spec. shows it need at least 10 us high
duration of AC_SYNC to warn reset AC97.
AC_W_RES=0, AC_SYNC pin is controlled by AC_BCLK input pin
AC_W_RES=1, AC_SYNC pin is forced to high
The AC_W_RES bit is read/write
[1] AC_C_RES
AC-link cold reset control bit, when this bit is set to 1, the interface
signal AC_RESETB is low, when this bit is set to 0, the signal
AC_RESETB is high. Note the AC-link spec. shows it need at
least 10 us low duration of AC_RESETB to cold reset AC97.
AC_C_RES=0, AC_RESETB pin is set to 1
AC_C_RES=1, AC_RESETB pin is set to 0
The AC_C_RES bit is read/write
[0] Reserved -
AC-link output slot 0 (ACTL_ACOS0)
REGISTER ADDRESS R/W DESCRIPTION RESET VALUE
ACTL_ACOS0 0xFFF0_9030 R/W AC-link out slot 0 0x0000_0000
The ACTL_ACOS0 register store the slot 0 value to be shift out by AC-link. Note that write data to
ACTL_ACOS0 register when AC_W_FINISH bit (ACTL_ACCON[3]) is set is invalid. Therefore, check
AC_W_FINISH bit status before write data into ACTL_ACOS0 register.
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
Reserved
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
Reserved
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
Reserved
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Reserved VALID_
FRAME SLOT_VALID[3:0]
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
- 254 -
BITS DESCRIPTIONS
[31:5] Reserved -
[4] VALID_FRAME
Frame valid indicated bits
VALID_FRAME=1, any one of slot is valid
VALID_FRAME=0, no any slot is valid
The VALID_FRAME bits are read/write
[3:0] SLOT_VALID
[3:0]
Slot valid indicated bits
SLOT_VALID[0]= 1/0, indicate Slot 1 valid/invalid
SLOT_VALID[1]= 1/0, indicate Slot 2 valid/invalid
SLOT_VALID[2]= 1/0, indicate Slot 3 valid/invalid
SLOT_VALID[3]= 1/0, indicate Slot 4 valid/invalid
The SLOT_VALID[3:0] bits are read/write
The AC-link output slot 1 (ACTL_ACOS1)
REGISTER ADDRESS R/W DESCRIPTION RESET VALUE
ACTL_ACOS1 0xFFF0_9034 R/W AC-link out slot 1 0x0000_0080
The ACTL_ACOS1 register store the slot 1 value to be shift out by AC-link.
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
Reserved
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
Reserved
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
Reserved
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
R_WB R_INDEX[6:0]
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
Publication Release Date: July 26, 2006
- 255 - Revision A1
BITS DESCRIPTIONS
[31:8] Reserved -
[7] R_WB
Read/Write select bit
R_WB=1, a read specified by R_INDEX[6:0] will occur, and the
data will appear in next frame
R_WB=0, a write specified by R_INDEX[6:0] will occur, and the
write data is put at out slot 2
The R_WB bit is read/write
[6:0] R_INDEX[6:0]
External AC97 CODEC control register index (address) bits
The R_INDEX[6:0] bits are read/write
AC-link output slot 2 (ACTL_ACOS2)
REGISTER ADDRESS R/W DESCRIPTION RESET VALUE
ACTL_ACOS2 0xFFF0_9038 R/W AC-link out slot 2 0x0000_0000
The ACTL_ACOS2 register store the slot 2 value to be shift out by AC-link.
BITS DESCRIPTIONS
[31:0] Reserved -
[15:0] WD[15:0]
AC-link write data
The WD[15:0] bits are read/write
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
Reserved
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
Reserved
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
WD[15:8]
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
WD[7:0]
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
- 256 -
AC-link input slot 0 (ACTL_ACIS0)
REGISTER ADDRESS R/W DESCRIPTION RESET VALUE
ACTL_ACIS0 0xFFF0_903
C R AC-link in slot 0 0x0000_0000
The ACTL_ACIS0 store the shift in slot 0 data of AC-link.
BITS DESCRIPTIONS
[31:5] Reserved -
[4] CODEC_READY
External AC97 audio CODEC ready bit
CODEC_READY=0, indicate external AC97 audio CODEC is not
ready
CODEC_READY=1, indicate external AC97 audio CODEC is ready
The CODEC_READY bit is read only
[3:0] SLOT_VALID[3:0]
Slot valid indicated bits
SLOT_VALID[0]= 1/0, indicate Slot 1 valid/invalid
SLOT_VALID[1]= 1/0, indicate Slot 2 valid/invalid
SLOT_VALID[2]= 1/0, indicate Slot 3 valid/invalid
SLOT_VALID[3]= 1/0, indicate Slot 4 valid/invalid
The SLOT_VALID[3:0] bits are read
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
Reserved
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
Reserved
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
Reserved
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Reserved CODEC_READ
Y SLOT_VALID[3:0]
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
Publication Release Date: July 26, 2006
- 257 - Revision A1
AC-link input slot 1 (ACTL_ACIS1)
REGISTER ADDRESS R/W DESCRIPTION RESET VALUE
ACTL_ACIS1 0xFFF0_9040 R AC-link in slot 1 0x0000_0000
The ACTL_ACIS1 stores the shift in slot 1 data of AC-link.
BITS DESCRIPTIONS
[31:9] Reserved -
[8:2] R_INDEX[6:0]
Register index. The R_INDEX[6:0] echo the register index (address)
when a register read has been requested in the previous frame.
The R_INDEX[6:0] bits are read only
[1:0] SLOT_REQ[1:0]
Slot request. The bits indicate if the external codec need new PCM
data that will transfer in next frame.
Any bit in SLOT_REQ[1:0] is set to 1, indicate external codec does
not need a new sample in the corresponding slot[3:4] of the next
frame
Any SLOT_REQ[1:0] is clear to 0, indicate external codec need a
new sample in the corresponding slot[3:4] of the next frame
The SLOT_REQ[1:0] bits are read only
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
Reserved
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
Reserved
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
Reserved R_INDEX[6]
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
R_INDEX[5:0] SLOT_REQ[1:0]
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
- 258 -
AC-link input slot 2 (ACTL_ACIS2)
REGISTER ADDRESS R/W DESCRIPTION RESET VALUE
ACTL_ACIS2 0xFFF0_9044 R AC-link in slot 2 0x0000_0000
The ACTL_ACIS2 stores the shift in slot 2 data of AC-link.
BITS DESCRIPTIONS
[31:16] Reserved -
[15:0] RD[15:0]
AC-link read data.
The RD[15:0] bits are read only
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
Reserved
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
Reserved
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
RD[15:8]
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
RD[7:0]
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
Publication Release Date: July 26, 2006
- 259 - Revision A1
7.10 Universal Asynchronous Receiver/Transmitter Controller
Asynchronous serial communication block include 4 UART blocks and accessory logic. They can be
described as follow:
UART0
It is merely a general purpose UART. It does not include any accessory function.
Clock Source : 15MHz
UART Type : general UART
FIFO Number : 16-byte receiving FIFO and 16 byte transmitting FIFO
Modem Function : N/A
Accessory Function : N/A
UART1
It is designed for general purpose UART or Bluetooth transceiver. It includes a high speed
UART block with 64-byte receiving FIFO and 64-byte transmitting FIFO. It includes 5 clock
sources: 15M, 30M, 43.6M, 48M and 60M. Programmer can feel free to choose the clock
source and divisor number for suitable baud rate.
Clock Source : 15MHz from external crystal
30M, 43.6M, 48M, 60M (optional function for Bluetooth HCI
transport layer)
UART Type : high speed UART
FIFO Number : 64-byte receiving FIFO and 64 byte transmitting FIFO
Modem Function : CTS and RTS (optional for Bluetooth. If they were enabled, TX & RX
in UART2 will be cut off)
Accessory Function : Bluetooth (optional)
Baud Rate (max) : 1.875MHz
I/O pin : TXD1, RXD1, RTS, CTS (optional)
UART2
It is designed for general purpose UART or IrDA SIR. The part of UART includes 16-byte
receiving FIFO and 16-byte transmitting FIFO. TXD2/RXD2 of UART2 occupy the same
pins with RTS and CTS of UART1. Once the Bluetooth function has been enabled, UART2
should be disabled.
Clock Source : 15MHz
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
- 260 -
UART Type : general UART
FIFO Number : 16-byte receiving FIFO and 16 byte transmitting FIFO
Modem Function : N/A
Accessory Function : IrDA SIR (optional)
I/O Pin : TXD2, RXD2.
I/O Pin Share with : UART1 (Bluetooth function)
UART3
It is also merely a general purpose UART. It does not include any accessory function. It
share four I/O pins with AC97/I²S.
Clock Source : 15MHz
UART Type : general UART
FIFO Number : 16-byte receiving FIFO and 16 byte transmitting FIFO
Modem Function : DTR, DSR
Accessory Function : N/A
I/O Pin : TXD3, RXD3, DTR, DSR
I/O Pin Share with : AC97_DATAO, AC97_DATAI, AC97_SYNC, AC97_BITCLK
Table 7.10.1 W90N745 UART features list
BLOCK
NUMBER UART TYPE CLOCK
SOURCE
MODEM
FUNCTION
SIGNALS IO PINS DESIGN TARGET
0 General
UART 15M N/A TxD0,
RXD0 General UART
1 High speed
UART
15M, 30M,
43.6M, 48M,
60M CTS, RTS
TXD1,
RXD1,
CTS1,
RTS1
General UART/
Bluetooth
2 General
UART 15M N/A TX2, RX2
General UART/IrDA
SIR
3 General
UART 15M DTR, DSR
TXD3,
RXD3,
DRT3,
DSR3
General UART
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
Publication Release Date: July 26, 2006
- 261 - Revision A1
7.10.1 UART0
UART0 is a general UART block. It is same as the UART in W90N740 but without Modem I/O signals.
More detail function description, please refer to section 7.10.5 General UARTcontroller description
Table 7.10.1.1 UART0 Register Map
REGISTER ADDRESS R/W OTHER
CONDITION RESET VALUE
UART0_RBR 0xFFF8_0000 R DLAB=0 Undefined
UART0_THR 0xFFF8_0000 W DLAB=0 Undefined
UART0_IER 0xFFF8_0004 R/W DLAB=0 0x0000_0000
UART0_DLL 0xFFF8_0000 R/W DLAB=1 0x0000_0000
UART0_DLM 0xFFF8_0004 R/W DLAB=1 0x0000_0000
UART0_IIR 0xFFF8_0008 R 0x8181_8181
UART0_FCR 0xFFF8_0008 W Undefined
UART0_LCR 0xFFF8_000c R/W 0x0000_0000
Reserved 0xFFF8_0010
UART0_LSR 0xFFF8_0014 R 0x6060_6060
Reserved 0xFFF8_0018
UART0_TOR 0xFFF8_001c R/W 0x0000_0000
7.10.2 UART1
The UART1 is designed for general purpose UART or Bluetooth HCI transport layer. It is a high speed
UART with 64-byte receive FIFO and 64-byte transmit FIFO. To perform 1.875MHz maximum baud
rate, UART1 has 5 clock sources, 15M, 30M, 43.6M, 48M, and 60M. The first one is from external
15M crystal clock and the other are divided from system PLL 480MHz output. More detail about high
speed UART, please refer to next section 7.10.6 High Speed UART controller function description.
The block UART1 offer 4 I/O signals, TX, RX, CTS, and RTS. CTS and RTS are used as flow control
for Bluetooth. CTS and RTS share the same I/O pins with TX and RX in block UART2.
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
- 262 -
Table 7.10.2.1 UART1 Register Map
REGISTER ADDRESS R/W OTHER
CONDITION RESET VALUE
UART1_RBR 0xFFF8_0100 R DLAB=0 Undefined
UART1_THR 0xFFF8_0100 W DLAB=0 Undefined
UART1_IER 0xFFF8_0104 R/W DLAB=0 0x0000_0000
UART1_DLL 0xFFF8_0100 R/W DLAB=1 0x0000_0000
UART1_DLM 0xFFF8_0104 R/W DLAB=1 0x0000_0000
UART1_IIR 0xFFF8_0108 R 0x8181_8181
UART1_FCR 0xFFF8_0108 W Undefined
UART1_LCR 0xFFF8_010c R/W 0x0000_0000
UART1_MCR 0xFFF8_0110 R/W 0x0000_0000
UART1_LSR 0xFFF8_0114 R 0x6060_6060
UART1_MSR 0xFFF8_0118 R 0x0000_0000
UART1_TOR 0xFFF8_011c R/W 0x0000_0000
UART1_UBCR 0xFFF8_0120 R/W 0x0000_0000
UART1 Bluetooth Control Register (UART1_UBCR)
REGISTER ADDRESS R/W DESCRIPTION RESET VALUE
UART1_UBCR 0xFFF8_0120 R/W UART 1 Bluetooth Control Register 0x0000_0000
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
Reserved
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
Reserved
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
Reserved
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Reserved UBCR[2:0]
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
Publication Release Date: July 26, 2006
- 263 - Revision A1
BITS DESCRIPTIONS
[31:3] Reserved -
[2:0] UBCR
UBCR is a 3 bits register which is used to select clock source to
generate suitable baud rate:
000: 15Mhz from external crystal
100: 30Mhz divided from PLL 480Mhz
101: 43.6Mhz divided from PLL 480Mhz
110: 48Mhz divided from PLL 480Mhz
111: 60Mhz divided from PLL 480Mhz
7.10.3 UART2
UART2 contains 2 features: general UART and IrDA SIR decoder/encoder. UART is same as the
UART of W90N740 but without modem function. Please read the spec of section 7.10.5 General
UART controller function description. The IrDA SIR is described as follow:
Table 7.10.3.1 UART2 Register Map
REGISTER ADDRESS R/W OTHER
CONDITION RESET VALUE
UART2_RBR 0xFFF8_0200 R DLAB=0 Undefined
UART2_THR 0xFFF8_0200 W DLAB=0 Undefined
UART2_IER 0xFFF8_0204 R/W DLAB=0 0x0000_0000
UART2_DLL 0xFFF8_0200 R/W DLAB=1 0x0000_0000
UART2_DLM 0xFFF8_0204 R/W DLAB=1 0x0000_0000
UART2_IIR 0xFFF8_0208 R 0x8181_8181
UART2_FCR 0xFFF8_0208 W Undefined
UART2_LCR 0xFFF8_020c R/W 0x0000_0000
Reserved 0xFFF8_0210 Undefined
UART2_LSR 0xFFF8_0214 R 0x6060_6060
Reserved 0xFFF8_0218 Undefined
UART2_TOR 0xFFF8_021c R/W 0x0000_0000
UART2_IRCR 0xFFF8_0220 R/W 0x0000_0040
UART2 IrDA Control Register (UART2_IRCR)
REGISTER ADDRESS R/W DESCRIPTION RESET VALUE
UART2_IRC 0xFFF8_0220 R/W UART 2 IrDA Control Register 0x0000_0040
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
- 264 -
R
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
Reserved
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
Reserved
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
Reserved
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Reserved INV_RX INV_TX Reserved Reserved LB TX_SELECT IrDA_EN
BITS DESCRIPTIONS
[31:7] Reserved Reserved
[6] INV_RX 1: Inverse RX input signal
0: No inversion
[5] INV_TX 1: Inverse TX output signal
0: No inversion
[4:3] Reserved Reserved
[2] LB
IrDA loop back mode for self test.
1: enable IrDA loop back mode
0: disable IrDA loop back mode
[1] TX_SELECT 1: enable IrDA transmitter
0: enable IrDA receiver
[0] IrDA_EN 1: enable IrDA block
0: disable IrDA block
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
Publication Release Date: July 26, 2006
- 265 - Revision A1
7.10.4 UART3
UART3 is a general UART block. It is same as the UART in W90N740 but with some Modem I/O
signals.
More detail general UART function description, please refer to next section 7.10.5 General UART
controller.
Table 7.10.4.1 UART3 register map
REGISTER ADDRESS R/W OTHER CONDITION RESET VALUE
UART3_RBR 0xFFF8_0300 R DLAB=0 Undefined
UART3_THR 0xFFF8_0300 W DLAB=0 Undefined
UART3_IER 0xFFF8_0304 R/W DLAB=0 0x0000_0000
UART3_DLL 0xFFF8_0300 R/W DLAB=1 0x0000_0000
UART3_DLM 0xFFF8_0304 R/W DLAB=1 0x0000_0000
UART3_IIR 0xFFF8_0308 R 0x8181_8181
UART3_FCR 0xFFF8_0308 W Undefined
UART3_LCR 0xFFF8_030c R/W 0x0000_0000
UART3_MCR 0xFFF8_0310 R/W 0x0000_0000
UART3_LSR 0xFFF8_0314 R 0x6060_6060
UART3_MSR 0xFFF8_0318 R 0x0000_0000
UART3_TOR 0xFFF8_031c R/W 0x0000_0000
UART3 Modem Control Register (UART3_MCR)
REGISTER ADDRESS R/W DESCRIPTION RESET VALUE
UART3_MCR 0xFFF8_0310 R/W UART 3 Modem Control Register 0x0000_0000
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
Reserved
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
Reserved
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
Reserved
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Reserved Reserved Reserved LBME Reserved Reserved Reserved DTR#
Note: UART3_MCR is subset of MCR in W90N745. Please refer to section 7.10.5 ‘General UART Controller’.
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
- 266 -
UART3 Modem Status Register (UART3_MSR)
REGISTER ADDRESS R/W DESCRIPTION RESET VALUE
UART3_MSR 0xFFF8_0318 R UART 3 Modem Status Register 0x0000_0000
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
Reserved
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
Reserved
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
Reserved
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Reserved Reserved DSR# Reserved Reserved Reserved DDSR Reserved
Note: UART3_MSR is subset of MSR in W90N745. Please refer to section 7.10.5 ‘General UART Controller’.
7.10.5 General UART Controller
The Universal Asynchronous Receiver/Transmitter (UART) performs a serial-to-parallel conversion
on data characters received from the peripheral such as MODEM, and a parallel-to-serial conversion on
data characters received from the CPU. There are five types of interrupts, i.e., line status interrupt,
transmitter FIFO empty interrupt, receiver threshold level reaching interrupt, time out interrupt,
and MODEM status interrupt. One 16-byte transmitter FIFO (TX_FIFO) and one 16-byte (plus 3-bit of
error data per byte) receiver FIFO (RX_FIFO) has been built in to reduce the number of interrupts
presented to the CPU. The CPU can completely read the status of the UART at any time during the
operation. The reported status information includes the type and condition of the transfer operations
being performed by the UART, as well as any error conditions (parity, overrun, framing, or break
interrupt) found. The UART includes a programmable baud rate generator that is capable of dividing
crystal clock input by divisors to produce the clock that transmitter and receiver needed. The equation is
BaudOut = crystal clock / 16 * [Divisor + 2].
The UART includes the following features:
Transmitter and receiver are buffered with a 16-byte FIFO each to reduce the number of interrupts
presented to the CPU.
Subset of MODEM control functions (DSR, DTR, by IP selection)
Fully programmable serial-interface characteristics:
-- 5-, 6-, 7-, or 8-bit character
-- Even, odd, or no-parity bit generation and detection
-- 1-, 1&1/2, or 2-stop bit generation
-- Baud rate generation
Line break generation and detection
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
Publication Release Date: July 26, 2006
- 267 - Revision A1
False start bit detection
Full prioritized interrupt system controls
Loop back mode for internal diagnostic testing
7.10.5.1. UART Control Registers Map
R: read only, W: write only, R/W: both read and write, C: Only value 0 can be written
REGISTER OFFSET R/W DESCRIPTION RESET VALUE
UART_RBR 0x00 R Receive Buffer Register (DLAB = 0) Undefined
UART_THR 0x00 W Transmit Holding Register (DLAB = 0) Undefined
UART_IER 0x04
R/W Interrupt Enable Register (DLAB = 0) 0x0000_0000
UART_DLL 0x00
R/W Divisor Latch Register (LS)
(DLAB = 1) 0x0000_0000
UART_DLM 0x04
R/W Divisor Latch Register (MS)
(DLAB = 1) 0x0000_0000
UART_IIR 0x08
R Interrupt Identification Register 0x8181_8181
UART_FCR 0x08 W FIFO Control Register Undefined
UART_LCR 0x0C
R/W Line Control Register 0x0000_0000
UART_MCR 0x10 R/W Modem Control Register (Optional) 0x0000_0000
UART_LSR 0x14 R Line Status Register 0x6060_6060
UART_MSR 0x18 R MODEM Status Register (Optional) 0x0000_0000
UART_TOR 0x1C
R/W Time Out Register 0x0000_0000
Note: Real register address = 0xFFF8_0000+ (UART number – 1) * (0x0100) + offset
Note: All of these registers are implemented 8-bit in UART design and it will be repeated 4 times
before send to APB bus. For example, when ARM CPU read register UARTn_BRR, ARM CPU will get
UART0_RBR = {RBR[7:0], RBR[7:0], RBR[7:0], RBR[7:0]}.
UART Receive Buffer Register (UART_RBR)
REGISTER OFFSET R/W DESCRIPTION RESET VALUE
UART_RBR 0x00 R Receive Buffer Register (DLAB = 0) Undefined
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
- 268 -
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
Reserved
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
Reserved
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
Reserved
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
8-bit Received Data
BITS DESCRIPTIONS
[7:0] 8-bit Received Data By reading this register, the UART will return an 8-bit data
received from SIN pin (LSB first).
UART Transmit Holding Register (UART_THR)
REGISTER OFFSET R/W DESCRIPTION RESET VALUE
UART_TH
R 0x00 W Transmit Holding Register (DLAB = 0) Undefined
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
Reserved
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
Reserved
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
Reserved
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
8-bit Transmitted Data
BITS DESCRIPTIONS
[7:0] 8-bit Transmitted Data By writing to this register, the UART will send out an 8-bit data
through the SOUT pin (LSB first).
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
Publication Release Date: July 26, 2006
- 269 - Revision A1
UART Interrupt Enable Register (UART_IER)
REGISTER OFFSET R/W DESCRIPTION RESET VALUE
UART_IER 0x04 R/W Interrupt Enable Register (DLAB = 0) 0x0000_0000
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
Reserved
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
Reserved
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
Reserved
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
RESERVED nDBGACK_E
N MSIE RLSIE THREIE RDAIE
BITS DESCRIPTIONS
[31:5] Reserved -
[4] nDBGACK_EN
ICE debug mode acknowledge enable
0 = When DBGACK is high, the UART receiver time-out clock will
be held
1 = No matter what DBGACK is high or not, the UART receiver
timer-out clock will not be held
[3] MSIE MODEM Status Interrupt (Irpt_MOS) Enable
0 = Mask off Irpt_MOS
1 = Enable Irpt_MOS
[2] RLSIE Receive Line Status Interrupt (Irpt_RLS) Enable
0 = Mask off Irpt_RLS
1 = Enable Irpt_RLS
[1] THREIE
Transmit Holding Register Empty Interrupt (Irpt_THRE)
Enable
0 = Mask off Irpt_THRE
1 = Enable Irpt_THRE
[0] RDAIE
Receive Data Available Interrupt (Irpt_RDA) Enable and
Time-out Interrupt (Irpt_TOUT) Enable
0 = Mask off Irpt_RDA and Irpt_TOUT
1 = Enable Irpt_RDA and Irpt_TOUT
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
- 270 -
UART Divider Latch (Low Byte) Register (UART_DLL)
REGISTER OFFSET R/W DESCRIPTION RESET VALUE
UART_DL
L 0x00 R/W Divisor Latch Register (LS) (DLAB = 1) 0x0000_0000
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
Reserved
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
Reserved
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
Reserved
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Baud Rate Divider (Low Byte)
BITS DESCRIPTIONS
[7:0] Baud Rate Divider (Low Byte) The low byte of the baud rate divider
UART Divisor Latch (High Byte) Register (UART_DLM)
REGISTER OFFSET R/W DESCRIPTION RESET VALUE
UART_DLM 0x04 R/W Divisor Latch Register (MS) (DLAB = 1) 0x0000_0000
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
Reserved
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
Reserved
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
Reserved
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Baud Rate Divider (High Byte)
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
Publication Release Date: July 26, 2006
- 271 - Revision A1
BITS DESCRIPTIONS
[7:0] Baud Rate Divider (High Byte) The high byte of the baud rate divider
This 16-bit divider {DLM, DLL} is used to determine the baud rate as follows
Baud Rate = Crystal Clock / {16 * [Divisor + 2]}
Note: This definition is different from 16550
UART Interrupt Identification Register (UART_IIR)
REGISTER OFFSET R/W DESCRIPTION RESET VALUE
UART_IIR 0x08 R Interrupt Identification Register 0x8181_8181
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
Reserved
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
Reserved
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
Reserved
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
FMES RFTLS DMS IID NIP
BITS DESCRIPTIONS
[7] FMES
FIFO Mode Enable Status
This bit indicates whether the FIFO mode is enabled or not. Since the FIFO
mode is always enabling, this bit always shows the logical 1 when CPU is
reading this register.
[6:5] RFTLS RX FIFO Threshold Level Status
These bits show the current setting of receiver FIFO threshold level (RTHO).
The meaning of RTHO is defined in the following FCR description.
[4] DMS DMA Mode Select
The DMA function is not implemented in this version. When reading IIR, the
DMS is always returned 0.
[3:1] IID Interrupt Identification
The IID together with NIP indicates the current interrupt request from UART
[0] NIP No Interrupt Pending
There is no pending interrupt.
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
- 272 -
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
Publication Release Date: July 26, 2006
- 273 - Revision A1
Table 7.10.5.1 Interrupt Control Functions
IIR [3:0] PRIORITY INTERRUPT
TYPE INTERRUPT SOURCE INTERRUPT RESET
CONTROL
- - - 1 -- None None --
0110 Highest
Receiver Line
Status (Irpt_RLS)
Overrun error, parity error,
framing error, or break
interrupt Reading the LSR
0100 Second
Received Data
Available
(Irpt_RDA)
Receiver FIFO threshold
level is reached
Receiver FIFO drops
below the threshold
level
1100 Second
Receiver FIFO
Time-out
(Irpt_TOUT)
Receiver FIFO is non-empty
and no activities are
occurred in the receiver
FIFO during the TOR
defined time duration
Reading the RBR
0010 Third
Transmitter
Holing Register
Empty
(Irpt_THRE)
Transmitter holding register
empty
Reading the IIR (if
source of interrupt is
Irpt_THRE) or writing
into the THR
0000 Fourth
MODEM Status
(Irpt_MOS)
The CTS, DSR, or DCD bits
are changing state or the RI
bit is changing from high to
low.
Reading the MSR
(optional)
Note: These definitions of bit 7, bit 6, bit 5, and bit 4 are different from the 16550
UART FIFO Control Register (UART_FCR)
REGISTER OFFSET R/W DESCRIPTION RESET VALUE
UART_FCR 0x08 W FIFO Control Register Undefined
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
Reserved
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
Reserved
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
Reserved
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
RFITL RESERVED DMS TFR RFR FME
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
- 274 -
BITS DESCRIPTIONS
[7:6] RFITL
RX FIFO Interrupt (Irpt_RDA) Trigger Level
RFITL [7:6] Irpt_RDA Trigger Level (Bytes)
00 01
01 04
10 08
11 14
[3] DMS DMA Mode Select
The DMA function is not implemented in this version.
[2] TFR
TX FIFO Reset
Setting this bit will generate an OSC cycle reset pulse to reset TX FIFO. The
TX FIFO becomes empty (TX pointer is reset to 0) after such reset. This bit is
returned to 0 automatically after the reset pulse is generated.
[1] RFR
RX FIFO Reset
Setting this bit will generate an OSC cycle reset pulse to reset RX FIFO. The
RX FIFO becomes empty (RX pointer is reset to 0) after such reset. This bit
is returned to 0 automatically after the reset pulse is generated.
[0] FME
FIFO Mode Enable
Because UART is always operating in the FIFO mode, writing this bit has no
effect while reading always gets logical one. This bit must be 1 when other
FCR bits are written to; otherwise, they will not be programmed.
UART Line Control Register (UART_LCR)
REGISTER OFFSET R/W DESCRIPTION RESET VALUE
UART_LCR 0x0C R/W Line Control Register 0x0000_0000
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
Reserved
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
Reserved
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
Reserved
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
DLAB BCB SPE EPE PBE NSB WLS
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
Publication Release Date: July 26, 2006
- 275 - Revision A1
BITS DESCRIPTIONS
[7] DLAB
Divider Latch Access Bit
0 = It is used to access RBR, THR or IER.
1 = It is used to access Divisor Latch Registers {DLL, DLM}
[6] BCB Break Control Bit
When this bit is set to logic 1, the serial data output (SOUT) is forced to the Spacing
State (logic 0). This bit acts only on SOUT and has no effect on the transmitter logic.
[5] SPE
Stick Parity Enable
0 = Disable stick parity
1 = Parity bit is transmitted and checked as a logic 1 if bit 4 is 0 (odd parity), or as
a logic 0 if bit 4 is 1 (even parity). This bit has effect only when bit 3 (parity bit
enable) is set.
[4] EPE
Even Parity Enable
0 = Odd number of logic 1’s are transmitted or checked in the data word and
parity bits.
1 = Even number of logic 1’s are transmitted or checked in the data word and
parity bits.
This bit has effect only when bit 3 (parity bit enable) is set.
[3] PBE
Parity Bit Enable
0 = Parity bit is not generated (transmit data) or checked (receive data) during
transfer.
1 = Parity bit is generated or checked between the "last data word bit" and "stop bit"
of the serial data.
[2] NSB
Number of “STOP bit”
0= One “ STOP bit” is generated in the transmitted data
1= One and a half “ STOP bit” is generated in the transmitted data when 5-bit word
length is selected;
Two “ STOP bit” is generated when 6-, 7- and 8-bit word length is selected.
[1:0] WLS
Word Length Select
WLS[1:0] Character length
00 5 bits
01 6 bits
10 7 bits
11 8 bits
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
- 276 -
UART Modem Control Register (UART_MCR)
REGISTER OFFSET R/W DESCRIPTION RESET VALUE
UART_MCR 0x10 R/W
Modem Control Register (Optional) 0x0000_0000
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
Reserved
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
Reserved
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
Reserved
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Reserved LBME Reserve Reserve Reserved DTR#
BITS DESCRIPTIONS
[31:5] Reserved
-
[4] LBME
Loop-back Mode Enable
0 = Disable
1 = When the loop-back mode is enabled, the following signals are connected
internally
SOUT connected to SIN and SOUT pin fixed at logic 1
DTR# connected to DSR# and DTR# pin fixed at logic 1
[3:1] Reserved -
[0] DTR
Complement version of DTR# (Data-Terminal-Ready) signal
Writing 0x00 to MCR, the DTR# bit are set to logic 1’s;
Writing 0x0f to MCR, the DTR# bit are reset to logic 0’s.
UART Line Status Control Register (UART_LSR)
REGISTER OFFSET R/W DESCRIPTION RESET VALUE
UART_LSR 0x14 R Line Status Register 0x6060_6060
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
Publication Release Date: July 26, 2006
- 277 - Revision A1
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
Reserved
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
Reserved
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
Reserved
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
ERR_RX TE THRE BII FEI PEI OEI RFDR
BITS DESCRIPTIONS
[31:8] Reserved
-
[7] ERR_RX
RX FIFO Error
0 = RX FIFO works normally
1 = There is at least one parity error (PE), framing error (FE), or break
indication (BI) in the FIFO. ERR_RX is cleared when CPU reads the LSR and
if there are no subsequent errors in the RX FIFO.
[6] TE
Transmitter Empty
0 = Either Transmitter Holding Register (THR - TX FIFO) or Transmitter Shift
Register (TSR) are not empty.
1 = Both THR and TSR are empty.
[5] THRE
Transmitter Holding Register Empty
0 = THR is not empty.
1 = THR is empty.
THRE is set when the last data word of TX FIFO is transferred to Transmitter
Shift Register (TSR). The CPU resets this bit when the THR (or TX FIFO) is
loaded. This bit also causes the UART to issue an interrupt (Irpt_THRE) to the
CPU when IER [1]=1.
[4] BII
Break Interrupt Indicator
This bit is set to a logic 1 whenever the received data input is held in the
"spacing state" (logic 0) for longer than a full word transmission time (that is,
the total time of "start bit" + data bits + parity + stop bits) and is reset
whenever the CPU reads the contents of the LSR.
[3] FEI
Framing Error Indicator
This bit is set to logic 1 whenever the received character does not have a
valid "stop bit" (that is, the stop bit following the last data bit or parity bit is
detected as a logic 0), and is reset whenever the CPU reads the contents of
the LSR.
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
- 278 -
Continued.
BITS DESCRIPTIONS
[2] PEI
Parity Error Indicator
This bit is set to logic 1 whenever the received character does not have a
valid "parity bit", and is reset whenever the CPU reads the contents of the
LSR.
[1] OEI
Overrun Error Indicator
An overrun error will occur only after the RX FIFO is full and the next
character has been completely received in the shift register. The character
in the shift register is overwritten, but it is not transferred to the RX FIFO.
OE is indicated to the CPU as soon as it happens and is reset whenever
the CPU reads the contents of the LSR.
[0] RFDR
RX FIFO Data Ready
0 = RX FIFO is empty
1 = RX FIFO contains at least 1 received data word.
LSR [4:2] (BII, FEI, PEI) are revealed to the CPU when its associated character is at the top of the RX
FIFO. These three error indicators are reset whenever the CPU reads the contents of the LSR.
LSR [4:1] (BII, FEI, PEI, OEI) are the error conditions that produce a "receiver line status interrupt"
(Irpt_RLS) when IER [2]=1. Reading LSR clears Irpt_RLS. Writing LSR is a null operation (not
suggested)
UART Modem Status Register (UART_MSR)
REGISTER OFFSET R/W DESCRIPTION RESET VALUE
UART_MSR 0x18 R
MODEM Status Register (Optional) 0x0000_0000
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
Reserved
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
Reserved
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
Reserved
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Reserved Reserved
DSR# Reserved Reserved Reserved DDSR Reserved
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
Publication Release Date: July 26, 2006
- 279 - Revision A1
BITS DESCRIPTIONS
[31:6] Reserved
-
[5] DSR#
Complement version of data set ready (DSR#) input
(This bit is selected by IP)
[4:2] Reserved -
[1] DDSR
DSR# State Change (This bit is selected by IP)
This bit is set whenever DSR# input has changed state, and it will be reset
if the CPU reads the MSR.
[0] Reserved -
Whenever any of MSR [3:0] is set to logic 1, a Modem Status Interrupt is generated if IER[3]=1. Writing
MSR is a null operation (not suggested).
UART Time Out Register (UART_TOR)
REGISTER OFFSET R/W DESCRIPTION RESET VALUE
UART_TOR 0x1C R/W Time Out Register 0x0000_0000
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
Reserved
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
Reserved
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
Reserved
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
TOIE TOIC
BITS DESCRIPTIONS
[31:8] Reserved
-
[7] TOIE
Time Out Interrupt Enable
The feature of receiver time out interrupt is enabled when TOR [7] = IER[0] = 1.
[6:0] TOIC
Time Out Interrupt Comparator
The time out counter resets and starts counting (the counting clock = baud
rate) whenever the RX FIFO receives a new data word. Once the content of
time out counter (TOUT_CNT) is equal to that of time out interrupt
comparator (TOIC), a receiver time out interrupt (Irpt_TOUT) is generated if
TOR [7] = IER [0] = 1. A new incoming data word or RX FIFO empty clears
Irpt_TOUT.
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
- 280 -
7.10.6 High speed UART Controller
The High Speed Universal Asynchronous Receiver/Transmitter (HS_UART) performs a serial-to-
parallel conversion on data characters received from the peripheral, and a parallel-to-serial conversion
on data characters received from the CPU. There are five types of interrupts, they are, transmitter
FIFO empty interrupt, receiver threshold level reaching interrupt, line status interrupt (overrun error or
parity error or framing error or break interrupt) ,time out interrupt, and Modem status interrupt . One
64-byte transmitter FIFO (TX_FIFO) and one 64-byte (plus 3-bit of error data per byte) receiver FIFO
(RX_FIFO) has been built in to reduce the number of interrupts presented to the CPU. The CPU can
completely read the status of the UART at any time during the operation. The reported status
information includes the type and condition of the transfer operations being performed by the UART,
as well as any error conditions (parity, overrun, framing, or break interrupt) found. The UART includes
a programmable baud rate generator that is capable of dividing crystal clock input by divisors to
produce the clock that transmitter and receiver needed. The equation is
Baud Out = crystal clock / 16 * [Divisor + 2].
The UART includes the following features:
Transmitter and receiver are buffered with a 64-byte FIFO each to reduce the number of interrupts
presented to the CPU.
Subset of MODEM control function(selected by IP)
Fully programmable serial-interface characteristics:
¾ 5-, 6-, 7-, or 8-bit character
¾ Even, odd, or no-parity bit generation and detection
¾ 1-, 1&1/2, or 2-stop bit generation
¾ Baud rate generation
False start bit detection
Full-prioritized interrupt system controls
Not support Loop back mode
7.10.6.1. High Speed UART Control Registers Map
R: read only, W: write only, R/W: both read and write, C: Only value 0 can be written
REGISTER OFFSET R/W DESCRIPTION RESET VALUE
HSUART_RBR 0x00 R Receive Buffer Register (DLAB = 0) Undefined
HSUART_THR 0x00 W Transmit Holding Register (DLAB = 0) Undefined
HSUART_IER 0x04 R/W Interrupt Enable Register (DLAB = 0) 0x0000_0000
HSUART_DLL 0x00 R/W Divisor Latch Register (LS)(DLAB = 1) 0x0000_0000
HSUART_DLM 0x04 R/W Divisor Latch Register (MS)(DLAB = 1) 0x0000_0000
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
Publication Release Date: July 26, 2006
- 281 - Revision A1
Continued.
REGISTER OFFSET R/W DESCRIPTION RESET VALUE
HSUART_IIR 0x08 R Interrupt Identification Register 0x8181_8181
HSUART_FCR 0x08 W FIFO Control Register Undefined
HSUART_LCR 0x0C R/W Line Control Register 0x0000_0000
HSUART_MCR 0x10 R/W
Modem Control Register (Optional) 0x0000_0000
HSUART_LSR 0x14
R Line Status Register 0x6060_6060
HSUART_MSR 0x18
R MODEM Status Register (Optional) 0x0000_0000
HSUART_TOR 0x1C
R/W Time Out Register 0x0000_0000
Note: Real register address = 0xFFF8_0000+ (UART number – 1) * (0x0100) + offset
NOTE: All of these registers are implemented 8-bit in UART design and it will be repeated 4 times
before send to APB bus. For example, when ARM CPU read register UART1_BRR, ARM CPU will get
UART1_RBR = {RBR[7:0], _RBR[7:0], RBR[7:0], RBR[7:0]}.
HSUART Receive Buffer Register (HSUART_RBR)
REGISTER OFFSET R/W DESCRIPTION RESET VALUE
HSUART_RBR 0x00 R Receive Buffer Register (DLAB = 0) Undefined
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
Reserved
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
Reserved
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
Reserved
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
8-bit Received Data
BITS DESCRIPTIONS
[7:0] 8-bit Received Data By reading this register, the UART will return an 8-bit data
received from SIN pin (LSB first).
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
- 282 -
HSUART Transmit Holding Register (HSUART_THR)
REGISTER OFFSET R/W DESCRIPTION RESET VALUE
HSUART_THR 0x00 W Transmit Holding Register (DLAB = 0) Undefined
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
Reserved
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
Reserved
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
Reserved
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
8-bit Transmitted Data
BITS DESCRIPTIONS
[7:0] 8-bit Transmitted Data By writing to this register, the UART will send out an
8-bit data through the SOUT pin (LSB first).
HSUART Interrupt Enable Register (HSUART_IER)
REGISTER OFFSET R/W DESCRIPTION RESET VALUE
HSUART_IER 0x04 R/W Interrupt Enable Register (DLAB = 0) 0x0000_0000
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
Reserved
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
Reserved
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
Reserved
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
RESERVED nDBGACK_EN MSIE RLSIE THREIE RDAIE
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
Publication Release Date: July 26, 2006
- 283 - Revision A1
BITS DESCRIPTIONS
[31:5] Reserved -
[4] nDBGACK_EN
ICE debug mode acknowledge enable
0 = When DBGACK is high, the UART receiver time-out clock will be
held
1 = No matter what DBGACK is high or not, the UART receiver timer-
out clock will not be held
[3] MSIE
MODEM Status Interrupt (Irpt_MOS) Enable
0 = Mask off Irpt_MOS
1 = Enable Irpt_MOS
[2] RLSIE
Receive Line Status Interrupt (Irpt_RLS) Enable
0 = Mask off Irpt_RLS
1 = Enable Irpt_RLS
[1] THREIE
Transmit Holding Register Empty Interrupt (Irpt_THRE) Enable
0 = Mask off Irpt_THRE
1 = Enable Irpt_THRE
[0] RDAIE
Receive Data Available Interrupt (Irpt_RDA) Enable and
Time-out Interrupt (Irpt_TOUT) Enable
0 = Mask off Irpt_RDA and Irpt_TOUT
1 = Enable Irpt_RDA and Irpt_TOUT
HSUART Divider Latch (Low Byte) Register (HSUART_DLL)
REGISTER OFFSET R/W DESCRIPTION RESET VALUE
HSUART_DL
L 0x00 R/W Divisor Latch Register (LS) (DLAB = 1) 0x0000_0000
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
Reserved
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
Reserved
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
Reserved
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Baud Rate Divider (Low Byte)
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
- 284 -
BITS DESCRIPTIONS
[31:8] Reserved -
[7:0] Baud Rate Divisor
(Low Byte) The low byte of the baud rate divider
HSUART Divisor Latch (High Byte) Register (HSUART_DLM)
REGISTER OFFSET R/W DESCRIPTION RESET VALUE
HSUART_DLM 0x04 R/W Divisor Latch Register (MS) (DLAB = 1) 0x0000_0000
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
Reserved
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
Reserved
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
Reserved
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Baud Rate Divider (High Byte)
BITS DESCRIPTIONS
[31:8] Reserved
[7:0] Baud Rate Divisor
(High Byte) The high byte of the baud rate divider
This 16-bit divider {DLM, DLL} is used to determine the baud rate as follows
Baud Rate = Crystal Clock / {16 * [Divisor + 2]}
HSUART Interrupt Identification Register (HSUART_IIR)
REGISTER OFFSET R/W DESCRIPTION RESET VALUE
HSUART_IIR 0x08 R Interrupt Identification Register 0x8181_8181
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
Publication Release Date: July 26, 2006
- 285 - Revision A1
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
Reserved
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
Reserved
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
Reserved
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
FMES RFTLS DMS IID NIP
BITS DESCRIPTIONS
[31:8] Reserved -
[7] FMES
FIFO Mode Enable Status
This bit indicates whether the FIFO mode is enabled or not. Since the
FIFO mode is always enable, this bit always shows the logical 1 when
CPU is reading this register.
[6:5] RFTLS
RX FIFO Threshold Level Status
These bits show the current setting of receiver FIFO threshold level
(RTHO). The meaning of RTHO is defined in the following FCR
description.
[4] DMS
DMA Mode Select
The DMA function is not implemented in this version. When reading IIR,
the DMS is always returned 0.
[3:1] IID
Interrupt Identification
The IID together with NIP indicates the current interrupt request from
UART.
[0] NIP No Interrupt Pending
There is no pending interrupt.
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
- 286 -
Interrupt Control Functions
IIR [3:0] PRIORITY INTERRUPT TYPE INTERRUPT SOURCE INTERRUPT RESET
CONTROL
- - - 1 -- None None --
0110 Highest
Receiver Line Status
(Irpt_RLS)
Overrun error, parity
error, framing error, or
break interrupt Reading the LSR
0100 Second Received Data
Available (Irpt_RDA) Receiver FIFO threshold
level is reached
Receiver FIFO drops
below the threshold
level
1100 Second
Receiver FIFO Time-
out (Irpt_TOUT)
Receiver FIFO is non-
empty and no activities
are occurred in the
receiver FIFO during the
TOR defined time
duration
Reading the RBR
0010 Third Transmitter Holing
Register Empty
(Irpt_THRE)
Transmitter holding
register empty
Reading the IIR (if
source of interrupt is
Irpt_THRE) or
writing into the THR
0000 Fourth MODEM Status
(Irpt_MOS) The CTS bits are changing
state .
Reading the MSR
(optional)
Note: These definitions of bit 7, bit 6, bit 5, and bit 4 are different from the 16550.
HSUART FIFO Control Register (HSUART_FCR)
REGISTER OFFSET R/W DESCRIPTION RESET VALUE
HSUART_FCR 0x08 W FIFO Control Register Undefined
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
Reserved
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
Reserved
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
Reserved
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
RFITL DMS TFR RFR FME
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
Publication Release Date: July 26, 2006
- 287 - Revision A1
BITS DESCRIPTIONS
[31:8] Reserved -
[7:4] RFITL
RX FIFO Interrupt (Irpt_RDA) Trigger Level
RFITL Irpt_RDA Trigger Level (Bytes)
0000 01
0001 04
0010 08
0011 14
0100 30
0101 46
0110 62
others 62
[3] DMS DMA Mode Select
The DMA function is not implemented in this version.
[2] TFR
TX FIFO Reset
Setting this bit will generate an OSC cycle reset pulse to reset TX FIFO.
The TX FIFO becomes empty (TX pointer is reset to 0) after such reset.
This bit is returned to 0 automatically after the reset pulse is generated.
[1] RFR
RX FIFO Reset
Setting this bit will generate an OSC cycle reset pulse to reset RX FIFO.
The RX FIFO becomes empty (RX pointer is reset to 0) after such reset.
This bit is returned to 0 automatically after the reset pulse is generated.
[0] FME
FIFO Mode Enable
Because UART is always operating in the FIFO mode, writing this bit has
no effect while reading always gets logical one. This bit must be 1 when
other FCR bits are written to; otherwise, they will not be programmed.
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
- 288 -
HSUART Line Control Register (HSUART_LCR)
REGISTER OFFSET R/W DESCRIPTION RESET VALUE
HSUART_LCR 0x0C R/W Line Control Register 0x0000_0000
BITS DESCRIPTIONS
[31:8] Reserved -
[7] DLAB Divider Latch Access Bit
0 = It is used to access RBR, THR or IER.
1 = It is used to access Divisor Latch Registers {DLL, DLM}.
[6] BCB
Break Control Bit
When this bit is set to logic 1, the serial data output (SOUT) is
forced to the Spacing State (logic 0). This bit acts only on
SOUT and has no effect on the transmitter logic.
[5] SPE
Stick Parity Enable
0 = Disable stick parity
1 = Parity bit is transmitted and checked as a logic 1 if bit 4 is
0 (odd parity), or as a logic 0 if bit 4 is 1 (even parity). This
bit has effect only when bit 3 (parity bit enable) is set.
[4] EPE
Even Parity Enable
0 = Odd number of logic 1’s are transmitted or checked in
the data word and parity bits.
1 = Even number of logic 1’s are transmitted or checked in
the data word and parity bits.
This bit has effect only when bit 3 (parity bit enable) is set.
[3] PBE
Parity Bit Enable
0 = Parity bit is not generated (transmit data) or checked
(receive data) during transfer.
1 = Parity bit is generated or checked between the "last data
word bit" and "stop bit" of the serial data.
[2] NSB
Number of “STOP bit”
0= One “ STOP bit” is generated in the transmitted data
1= One and a half “ STOP bit” is generated in the transmitted
data when 5-bit word length is selected;
Two “ STOP bit” is generated when 6-, 7- and 8-bit word length
is selected.
[1:0] WLS
Word Length Select
WLS[1:0] Character length
00 5 bits
01 6 bits
10 7 bits
11 8 bits
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
Publication Release Date: July 26, 2006
- 289 - Revision A1
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
Reserved
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
Reserved
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
Reserved
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
DLAB BCB SPE EPE PBE NSB WLS
HSUART Modem Control Register (HSUART_MCR)
REGISTER OFFSET R/W DESCRIPTION RESET VALUE
HSUART_MCR 0x10 R/W Modem Control Register (Optional) 0x0000_0000
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
Reserved
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
Reserved
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
Reserved
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Reserved LBME Reserved
RTS Reserved
BITS DESCRIPTIONS
[31:5] Reserved -
[4] LBME
Loop-back Mode Enable
0 = Disable
1 = When the loop-back mode is enabled, the following signals are connected
internally:
SOUT connected to SIN and SOUT pin fixed at logic 1
RTS# connected to CTS# and RTS# pin fixed at logic 1
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
- 290 -
Continued.
BITS DESCRIPTIONS
[3:2] Reserved -
[1] RTS#
Complement version of RTS# (Request-To-Send) signal
Writing 0x00 to MCR, RTS# bit are set to logic 1’s;
Writing 0x0f to MCR, RTS# bit are reset to logic 0’s.
[0] Reserved -
HSUART Line Status Control Register (HSUART_LSR)
REGISTER OFFSET R/W DESCRIPTION RESET VALUE
HSUART_LSR 0x14 R Line Status Register 0x6060_6060
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
Reserved
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
Reserved
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
Reserved
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
ERR_RX TE THRE BII FEI PEI OEI RFDR
BITS DESCRIPTIONS
[31:8] Reserved
[7] ERR_RX
RX FIFO Error
0 = RX FIFO works normally
1 = There is at least one parity error (PE), framing error (FE), or break
indication (BI) in the FIFO. ERR_RX is cleared when CPU reads the
LSR and if there are no subsequent errors in the RX FIFO.
[6] TE
Transmitter Empty
0 = Either Transmitter Holding Register (THR - TX FIFO) or Transmitter
Shift Register (TSR) are not empty.
1 = Both THR and TSR are empty.
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
Publication Release Date: July 26, 2006
- 291 - Revision A1
Continued.
BITS DESCRIPTIONS
[5] THRE
Transmitter Holding Register Empty
0 = THR is not empty.
1 = THR is empty.
THRE is set when the last data word of TX FIFO is transferred to
Transmitter Shift Register (TSR). The CPU resets this bit when the THR
(or TX FIFO) is loaded. This bit also causes the UART to issue an interrupt
(Irpt_THRE) to the CPU when IER [1]=1.
[4] BII
Break Interrupt Indicator
This bit is set to a logic 1 whenever the received data input is held in the
"spacing state" (logic 0) for longer than a full word transmission time (that
is, the total time of "start bit" + data bits + parity + stop bits) and is reset
whenever the CPU reads the contents of the LSR.
[3] FEI
Framing Error Indicator
This bit is set to logic 1 whenever the received character does not have a
valid "stop bit" (that is, the stop bit following the last data bit or parity bit is
detected as a logic 0), and is reset whenever the CPU reads the contents
of the LSR.
[2] PEI
Parity Error Indicator
This bit is set to logic 1 whenever the received character does not have a
valid "parity bit", and is reset whenever the CPU reads the contents of the
LSR.
[1] OEI
Overrun Error Indicator
An overrun error will occur only after the RX FIFO is full and the next
character has been completely received in the shift register. The character
in the shift register is overwritten, but it is not transferred to the RX FIFO.
OE is indicated to the CPU as soon as it happens and is reset whenever
the CPU reads the contents of the LSR.
[0] RFDR
RX FIFO Data Ready
0 = RX FIFO is empty
1 = RX FIFO contains at least 1 received data word.
LSR [4:2] (BII, FEI, PEI) are revealed to the CPU when its associated character is at the top of the RX
FIFO. These three error indicators are reset whenever the CPU reads the contents of the LSR.
LSR [4:1] (BII, FEI, PEI, OEI) are the error conditions that produce a "receiver line status interrupt"
(Irpt_RLS) when IER [2]=1. Reading LSR clears Irpt_RLS. Writing LSR is a null operation (not
suggested).
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
- 292 -
HSUART Modem Status Register (HSUART_MSR)
REGISTER OFFSET R/W DESCRIPTION RESET VALUE
HSUART_MSR 0x18 R MODEM Status Register (Optional) 0x0000_0000
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
Reserved
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
Reserved
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
Reserved
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Reserved CTS# Reserved DCTS
BITS DESCRIPTIONS
[31:5] Reserved -
[4] CTS# Complement version of clear to send (CTS#) input
(This bit is selected by IP)
[3:1] Reserved -
[0] DCTS
CTS# State Change
(This bit is selected by IP)
This bit is set whenever CTS# input has changed state, and it will be reset if
the CPU reads the MSR.
Whenever any of MSR [0] is set to logic 1, a Modem Status Interrupt is generated if IER[3]=1. Writing
MSR is a null operation (not suggested).
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
Publication Release Date: July 26, 2006
- 293 - Revision A1
HSUART Time Out Register (HSUART_TOR)
REGISTER OFFSET R/W DESCRIPTION RESET VALUE
HSUART_TOR 0x1C R/W Time Out Register 0x0000_0000
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
Reserved
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
Reserved
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
Reserved
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
TOIE TOIC
BITS DESCRIPTIONS
[31:8] Reserved -
[7] TOIE
Time Out Interrupt Enable
The feature of receiver time out interrupt is enabled only when TOR [7] =
IER[0] = 1.
[6:0] TOIC
Time Out Interrupt Comparator
The time out counter resets and starts counting (the counting clock = baud
rate) whenever the RX FIFO receives a new data word. Once the content
of time out counter (TOUT_CNT) is equal to that of time out interrupt
comparator (TOIC), a receiver time out interrupt (Irpt_TOUT) is generated if
TOR [7] = IER [0] = 1. A new incoming data word or RX FIFO empty clears
Irpt_TOUT.
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
- 294 -
7.11 Timer/Watchdog Controller
7.11.1 General Timer Controller
The timer module includes two channels, TIMER0 and TIMER1, which allow you to easily implement a
counting scheme for use. The timer can perform functions like frequency measurement, event
counting, interval measurement, clock generation, delay timing, and so on. The timer possesses
features such as adjustable resolution, programmable counting period, and detailed information. The
timer can generate an interrupt signal upon timeout, or provide the current value of count during
operation.
The general TIMER Controller includes the following features
AMBA APB interface compatible
Two channels with a 8-bit presale counter/24-bit down counter and an interrupt request each
Independent clock source for each channel
Maximum uninterrupted time = (1 / 25 MHz) * (256) * (2^24), if TCLK = 25 MHz
7.11.2 Watchdog Timer
7.11.3 Timer Control Registers Map
R: read only, W: write only, R/W: both read and write
REGISTER ADDRESS R/W/C DESCRIPTION RESET VALUE
TCSR0 0xFFF8_1000 R/W Timer Control and Status Register 0 0x0000_0005
TCSR1 0xFFF8_1004 R/W Timer Control and Status Register 1 0x0000_0005
TICR0 0xFFF8_1008 R/W Timer Initial Control Register 0 0x0000_0000
TICR1 0xFFF8_100C R/W Timer Initial Control Register 1 0x0000_0000
TDR0 0xFFF8_1010 R Timer Data Register 0 0x0000_0000
TDR1 0xFFF8_1014 R Timer Data Register 1 0x0000_0000
TISR 0xFFF8_1018 R/W Timer Interrupt Status Register 0x0000_0000
WTCR 0xFFF8_101C R/W Watchdog Timer Control Register 0x0000_0400
Timer Control Register 0/1 (TCSR 0/1)
REGISTER ADDRESS R/W DESCRIPTION RESET VALUE
TCSR0 0xFFF8_1000 R/W Timer Control and Status Register 0 0x0000_0005
TCSR1 0xFFF8_1004 R/W Timer Control and Status Register 1 0x0000_0005
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
Publication Release Date: July 26, 2006
- 295 - Revision A1
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
nDBGACK_EN CEN IE MODE[1:0] CRST CACT Reserved
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
Reserved
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
Reserved
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
PRESCALE[7:0]
BITS DESCRIPTIONS
[31] nDBGACK_EN
ICE debug mode acknowledge enable
0 = When DBGACK is high, the TIMER counter will be held
1 = No matter DBGACK is high or not, the TIMER counter will not
be held
[30] CEN
Counter Enable
0 = Stops/Suspends counting
1 = Starts counting
[29] IE
Interrupt Enable
0 = Disable TIMER Interrupt.
1 = Enable TIMER Interrupt. If timer interrupt is enabled, the timer
asserts its interrupt signal when the associated counter
decrements to zero.
[28:27] MODE
Timer Operating Mode
MODE Timer Operating Mode
00 The timer is operating in the one-shot mode. The
associated interrupt signal is generated once (if IE is
enabled) and CEN is automatically cleared then.
01 The timer is operating in the periodic mode. The
associated interrupt signal is generated periodically
(if IE is enabled).
10 The timer is operating in the toggle mode. The
interrupt signal is generated periodically (if IE is
enabled). And the associated signal (tout) is
changing back and forth with 50% duty cycle.
11 Reserved.
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
- 296 -
Continued
BITS DESCRIPTIONS
[26] CRST
Counter Reset
Set this bit will reset the TIMER counter, and also force CEN to 0.
0 = No effect.
1 = Reset Timer’s prescale counter, internal 24-bit counter and
CEN.
[25] CACT
Timer is in Active
This bit indicates the counter status of timer.
0 = Timer is not active.
1 = Timer is in active.
[24:8] Reserved Reserved
[7:0] PRESCALE
Prescale
Clock input is divided by PRESCALE+1 before it is fed to the
counter. If PRESCALE=0, then there is no scaling.
Timer Initial Count Register 0/1 (TICR0/1)
REGISTER ADDRESS R/W DESCRIPTION RESET VALUE
TICR0 0xFFF8_1008 R/W Timer Initial Control Register 0 0x0000_0000
TICR1 0xFFF8_100C R/W Timer Initial Control Register 1 0x0000_0000
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
Reserved
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
TIC [23:16]
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
TIC [15:8]
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
TIC [7:0]
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
Publication Release Date: July 26, 2006
- 297 - Revision A1
BITS DESCRIPTIONS
[31:24] Reserved Reserved
[23:0] TIC
Timer Initial Count
This is a 24-bit value representing the initial count. Timer will reload
this value whenever the counter is decremented to zero.
NOTE1: Never write 0x0 in TIC, or the core will run into unknown
state.
NOTE2: No matter CEN is 0 or 1, whenever software write a new
value into this register, TIMER will restart counting using this new
value and abort previous count.
Timer Data Register 0/1 (TDR0/1)
REGISTER ADDRESS R/W DESCRIPTION RESET VALUE
TDR0 0xFFF8_10010 R Timer Data Register 0 0x0000_0000
TDR1 0xFFF8_10014 R Timer Data Register 1 0x0000_0000
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
Reserved
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
TDR [23:16]
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
TDR [15:8]
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
TDR [7:0]
BITS DESCRIPTIONS
[31:24] Reserved Reserved
[23:0] TDR
Timer Data Register
The current count is registered in this 24-bit value.
NOTE: Software can read a correct current value on this register only
when CEN = 0, or the value represents here could not be a correct
one.
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
- 298 -
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
Publication Release Date: July 26, 2006
- 299 - Revision A1
Timer Interrupt Status Register (TISR)
REGISTER ADDRESS R/W DESCRIPTION RESET VALUE
TISR 0xFFF8_1018 R/W Timer Interrupt Status Register 0x0000_0000
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
Reserved
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
Reserved
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
Reserved
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Reserved TIF1 TIF0
BITS DESCRIPTIONS
[1] TIF1
Timer Interrupt Flag 1
This bit indicates the interrupt status of Timer channel 1.
0 = It indicates that the Timer 1 dose not countdown to zero yet.
1 = It indicates that the counter of Timer 1 has decremented to zero.
The interrupt flag is set if it was enable.
NOTE: This bit is read only, but can be cleared by writing 1 to this bit.
[0] TIF0
Timer Interrupt Flag 0
This bit indicates the interrupt status of Timer channel 0.
0 = It indicates that the Timer 0 dose not countdown to zero yet.
1 = It indicates that the counter of Timer 0 has decremented to zero.
The interrupt flag is set if it was enable.
NOTE: This bit is read only, but can be cleared by writing 1 to this bit.
Watchdog Timer Control Register (WTCR)
REGISTER ADDRESS R/W DESCRIPTION RESET VALUE
WTCR 0xFFF8_101C R/W Watchdog Timer Control Register 0x0000_0400
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
- 300 -
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
Reserved
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
Reserved
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
Reserved WTCLK
n
DBGACK_EN WTTME
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
WTE WTIE WTIS WTIF WTRF WTRE WTR
BITS DESCRIPTIONS
[31:11] Reserved Reserved
[10] WTCLK
Watchdog Timer Clock
This bit is used for deciding whether the Watchdog timer clock input is
divided by 256 or not. Clock source of Watchdog timer is Crystal
input.
0 = Using original clock input
1 = The clock input will be divided by 256
NOTE: When WTTME = 1, set this bit has no effect on WDT clock
(using original clock input).
[9] nDBGACK_EN
ICE debug mode acknowledge enable
0 = When DBGACK is high, the Watchdog timer counter will be
held
1 = No matter DBGACK is high or not, the Watchdog timer counter
will not be held
[8] WTTME
Watchdog Timer Test Mode Enable
For reasons of efficiency, the 26-bit counter within the Watchdog
timer is considered as two independent 13-bit counters in the test
mode. They are operated concurrently and separately during the test.
This approach can save a lot of time spent in the test. When the 13-
bit counter overflows, a Watchdog timer interrupt is generated.
0 = Put the Watchdog timer in normal operating mode
1 = Put the Watchdog timer in test mode
[7] WTE
Watchdog Timer Enable
0 = Disable the Watchdog timer (This action will reset the internal
counter)
1 = Enable the Watchdog timer
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
Publication Release Date: July 26, 2006
- 301 - Revision A1
Continued
BITS DESCRIPTIONS
[6] WTIE
Watchdog Timer Interrupt Enable
0 = Disable the Watchdog timer interrupt
1 = Enable the Watchdog timer interrupt
[5:4] WTIS
Watchdog Timer Interval Select
These two bits select the interval for the Watchdog timer. No matter
which interval is chosen, the reset timeout is always occurred 512
WDT clock cycles later than the interrupt timeout.
WTIS Interrupt
Timeout Reset Timeout Real Time Interval
(CLK=15MHz/256)
00 214 clocks 214 + 1024
clocks 0.28 sec.
01 216 clocks 216 + 1024
clocks 1.12 sec.
10 218 clocks 218 + 1024
clocks 4.47 sec.
11 220 clocks 220 + 1024
clocks 17.9 sec.
[3] WTIF
Watchdog Timer Interrupt Flag
If the Watchdog timer interrupt is enabled, then the hardware will set
this bit to indicate that the Watchdog timer interrupt has occurred. If
the Watchdog timer interrupt is not enabled, then this bit indicates that
a timeout period has elapsed.
0 = Watchdog timer interrupt does not occur
1 = Watchdog timer interrupt occurs
NOTE: This bit is read only, but can be cleared by writing 1 to this bit.
[2] WTRF
Watchdog Timer Reset Flag
When the Watchdog timer initiates a reset, the hardware will set this
bit. This flag can be read by software to determine the source of
reset. Software is responsible to clear it up manually. If WTRE is
disabled, then the Watchdog timer has no effect on this bit.
0 = Watchdog timer reset does not occur
1 = Watchdog timer reset occurs
NOTE: This bit is read only, but can be cleared by writing 1 to this bit.
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
- 302 -
Continued
BITS DESCRIPTIONS
[1] WTRE
Watchdog Timer Reset Enable
Setting this bit will enable the Watchdog timer reset function.
0 = Disable Watchdog timer reset function
1 = Enable Watchdog timer reset function
[0] WTR
Watchdog Timer Reset
This bit brings the Watchdog timer into a known state. It helps reset
the Watchdog timer before a timeout situation occurring. Failing to set
WTR before timeout will initiates an interrupt if WTIE is set. If the
WTRE bit is set, Watchdog timer reset will be occurred 512 WDT
clock cycles after timeout. This bit is self-clearing.
0 = No operation
1 = Reset the contents of the Watchdog timer
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
Publication Release Date: July 26, 2006
- 303 - Revision A1
7.12 Advanced Interrupt Controller
An interrupt temporarily changes the sequence of program execution to react to a particular event
such as power failure, watchdog timer timeout, transmit/receive request from Ethernet MAC
Controller, and so on. The ARM7TDMI processor provides two modes of interrupt, the Fast Interrupt
(FIQ) mode for critical session and the Interrupt (IRQ) mode for general purpose. The IRQ exception
is occurred when the nIRQ input is asserted. Similarly, the FIQ exception is occurred when the nFIQ
input is asserted. The FIQ has privilege over the IRQ and can preempt an ongoing IRQ. It is possible
to ignore the FIQ and the IRQ by setting the F and I bits in the current program status register
(CPSR).
The W90N745 incorporates the advanced interrupt controller (AIC) that is capable of dealing with
the interrupt requests from a total of 32 different sources. Currently, 31 interrupt sources are defined.
Each interrupt source is uniquely assigned to an interrupt channel. For example, the watchdog timer
interrupt is assigned to channel 1. The AIC implements a proprietary eight-level priority scheme that
differentiates the available 31 interrupt sources into eight priority levels. Interrupt sources within the
priority level 0 have the highest priority and the priority level 7 has the lowest. To work this scheme
properly, you must specify a certain priority level to each interrupt source during power-on
initialization; otherwise, the system shall behave unexpectedly. Within each priority level, interrupt
source that is positioned in a lower channel has a higher priority. Interrupt source that is active,
enabled, and positioned in the lowest channel within the priority level 0 is promoted to the FIQ.
Interrupt sources within the priority levels other than 0 can petition for the IRQ. The IRQ can be
preempted by the occurrence of the FIQ. Interrupt nesting is performed automatically by the AIC.
Though interrupt sources originated from the W90N745 itself are intrinsically high-level sensitive, the
AIC can be configured as either low-level sensitive, high-level sensitive, negative-edge triggered, or
positive-edge triggered to each interrupt source. When the W90N745 is put in the test mode, all
interrupt sources must be configured as positive-edge triggered.
The advanced interrupt controller includes the following features:
AMBA APB bus interface
External interrupts can be programmed as either edge-triggered or level-sensitive
External interrupts can be programmed as either low-active or high-active
Has flags to reflect the status of each interrupt source
Individual mask for each interrupt source
Proprietary 8-level interrupt scheme to ease the burden from the interrupt
Priority methodology is adopted to allow for interrupt daisy-chaining
Automatically masking out the lower priority interrupt during interrupt nesting
Automatically clearing the interrupt flag when the external interrupt source is programmed to be edge-
triggered
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
- 304 -
7.12.1 Interrupt Sources
Table 7.12.1 W90N745 Interrupt Sources
PRIORITY NAME MODE SOURCE
1 (Highest) WDT_INT Positive Level Watch Dog Timer Interrupt
2 nIRQ0 Programmable External Interrupt 0
3 nIRQ1 Programmable External Interrupt 1
4 Reserved - -
5 Reserved - -
6 AC97_INT Positive Level AC97 Interrupt
7 Reserved - -
8 Reserved - -
9 UART_INT0 Positive Level UART Interrupt0
10 UART_INT1 Positive Level UART Interrupt1
11 UART_INT2 Positive Level UART Interrupt2
12 UART_INT3 Positive Level UART Interrupt3
13 T_INT0 Positive Level Timer Interrupt 0
14 T_INT1 Positive Level Timer Interrupt 1
15 USBH_INT0 Positive Level USB Host Interrupt 0
16 USBH_INT1 Positive Level USB Host Interrupt 1
17 EMCTX_INT Positive Level EMC TX Interrupt
18 EMCRX_INT Positive Level EMC RX Interrupt
19 GDMA_INT0 Positive Level GDMA Channel Interrupt 0
20 GDMA_INT1 Positive Level GDMA Channel Interrupt 1
21 Reserved - -
22 USBD_INT Positive Level USB Device Interrupt
23 Reserved - -
24 Reserved - -
25 I2C_INT0 Positive Level I2C Interrupt0
26 I2C_INT1 Positive Level I2C Interrupt1
27 SSP_INT Positive Level SSP Interrupt
28 PWM _INT Positive Level PWM Timer interrupt
29 KPI_INT Positive Level Keypad Interrupt
30 PS2_INT Positive Level PS2 Interrupt
31 nIRQ2/3_INT Positive Level GPIO0 & GPIO30 Interrupt
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
Publication Release Date: July 26, 2006
- 305 - Revision A1
AIC Functional Description
Hardware Interrupt Vectoring
The hardware interrupt vectoring can be used to shorten the interrupt latency. If not used,
priority determination must be carried out by software. When the Interrupt Priority Encoding
Register (AIC_IPER) is read, it will return an integer representing the channel that is active and
having the highest priority. This integer is equivalent to multiplied by 4 (shifted left two bits to
word-align it) such that it may be used directly to index into a branch table to select the
appropriate interrupt service routine vector.
Priority Controller
An 8-level priority encoder controls the nIRQ line. Each interrupt source belongs to priority group
between of 0 to 7. Group 0 has the highest priority and group 7 the lowest. When more than one
unmasked interrupt channels are active at a time, the interrupt with the highest priority is serviced
first. If all active interrupts have equal priority, the interrupt with the lowest interrupt source number
is serviced first.
The current priority level is defined as the priority level of the interrupt with the highest priority at
the time the register AIC_IPER is read. In the case when a higher priority unmasked interrupt
occurs while an interrupt already exits, there are two possible outcomes depending on whether the
AIC_IPER has been read.
If the processor has already read the AIC_IPER and caused the nIRQ line to be de-
asserted, then the nIRQ line is reasserted. When the processor has enabled nested
interrupts and reads the AIC_IPER again, it reads the new, higher priority interrupt
vector. At the same time, the current priority level is updated to the higher priority.
If the AIC_IPER has not been read after the nIRQ line has been asserted, then the
processor will read the new higher priority interrupt vector in the AIC_IPER register
and the current priority level is updated.
When the End of Service Command Register (AIC_EOSCR) is written, the current interrupt
level is updated with the last stored interrupt level from the stack (if any). Therefore, at the end
of a higher priority interrupt, the AIC returns to the previous state corresponding to the
preceding lower priority interrupt which had been interrupted.
Interrupt Handling
When the IRQ line is asserted, the interrupt handler must read the AIC_IPER as soon as possible.
This can de-assert the nIRQ request to the processor and clears the interrupt if it is programmed
to be edge triggered. This allows the AIC to assert the nIRQ line again when a higher priority
unmasked interrupt occurs.
The AIC_EOSCR (End of Service Command Register) must be written at the end of the interrupt
service routine. This permits pending interrupts to be serviced.
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
- 306 -
Interrupt Masking
Each interrupt source, including FIQ, can be enabled or disabled individually by using the
command registers AIC_MECR and AIC_MDCR. The status of interrupt mask can be read in the
read only register AIC_IMR. A disabled interrupt doesn’t affect the servicing of other interrupts.
Interrupt Clearing and Setting
All interrupt sources (including FIQ) can be individually set or clear by respectively writing to the
registers AIC_SSCR and AIC_SCCR when they are programmed to be edge triggered. This
feature of the AIC is useful in auto-testing or software debugging.
Fake Interrupt
When the AIC asserts the nIRQ line, the processor enters interrupt mode and the interrupt handler
reads the AIC_IPER, it may happen that AIC de-asserts the nIRQ line after the processor has
taken into account the nIRQ assertion and before the read of the AIC_IPER.
This behavior is called a fake interrupt.
The AIC is able to detect these fake interrupts and returns all zero when AIC_IPER is read. The
same mechanism of fake interrupt occurs if the processor reads the AIC_IPER (application
software or ICE) when there is no interrupt pending. The current priority level is not updated in this
situation. Hence, the AIC_EOSCR shouldn’t be written.
ICE/Debug Mode
This mode allows reading of the AIC_IPER without performing the associated automatic
operations. This is necessary when working with a debug system. When an ICE or debug monitor
reads the AIC user interface, the AIC_IPER can be read. This has the following consequences in
normal mode:
If there is no enabled pending interrupt, the fake vector will be returned.
If an enabled interrupt with a higher priority than the current one is pending, it will be
stacked.
In the second case, an End-of-Service command would be necessary to restore the state of the
AIC. This operation is generally not performed by the debug system. Therefore, the debug system
would become strongly intrusive, and could cause the application to enter an undesired state.
This can be avoided by using ICE/Debug Mode. When this mode is enabled. The AIC performs
interrupt stacking only when a write access is performed on the AIC_IPER. Hence, the interrupt
service routine must write to the AIC_IPER (any value) just after reading it. When AIC_IPER is
written, the new status of AIC, including the value of interrupt source number register (AIC_ISNR),
is updated with the value that is kept at previous reading of AIC_IPER The debug system must not
write to the AIC_IPER as this would cause undesirable effects.
The following table shows the main steps of an interrupt and the order in which they are performed
according to the mode:
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
Publication Release Date: July 26, 2006
- 307 - Revision A1
ACTION NORMAL MODE ICE/DEBUG MODE
Calculate active interrupt Read AIC_IPER Read AIC_IPER
Determine and return the vector of the active interrupt Read AIC_IPER Read AIC_IPER
Push on internal stack the current priority level Read AIC_IPER Write AIC_IPER
Acknowledge the interrupt (Note 1) Read AIC_IPER Write AIC_IPER
No effect (Note 2) Read AIC_IPER
Notes:
nIRQ de-assertion and automatic interrupt clearing if the source is programmed as
level sensitive.
Note that software which has been written and debugged using this mode will run
correctly in normal mode without modification. However, in normal mode writing to
AIC_IPER has no effect and can be removed to optimize the code
7.12.2 AIC Registers Map
REGISTER ADDRESS R/W DESCRIPTION RESET VALUE
AIC_SCR1 0xFFF8_2004 R/W Source Control Register 1 0x0000_0047
AIC_SCR2 0xFFF8_2008 R/W Source Control Register 2 0x0000_0047
AIC_SCR3 0xFFF8_200C R/W Source Control Register 3 0x0000_0047
AIC_SCR4 0xFFF8_2010 R/W Source Control Register 4 0x0000_0047
AIC_SCR5 0xFFF8_2014 R/W Source Control Register 5 0x0000_0047
AIC_SCR6 0xFFF8_2018 R/W Source Control Register 6 0x0000_0047
AIC_SCR7 0xFFF8_201C R/W Source Control Register 7 0x0000_0047
AIC_SCR8 0xFFF8_2020 R/W Source Control Register 8 0x0000_0047
AIC_SCR9 0xFFF8_2024 R/W Source Control Register 9 0x0000_0047
AIC_SCR10 0xFFF8_2028 R/W Source Control Register 10 0x0000_0047
AIC_SCR11 0xFFF8_202C R/W Source Control Register 11 0x0000_0047
AIC_SCR12 0xFFF8_2030 R/W Source Control Register 12 0x0000_0047
AIC_SCR13 0xFFF8_2034 R/W Source Control Register 13 0x0000_0047
AIC_SCR14 0xFFF8_2038 R/W Source Control Register 14 0x0000_0047
AIC_SCR15 0xFFF8_203C R/W Source Control Register 15 0x0000_0047
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
- 308 -
AIC Registers Map, continued
REGISTER ADDRESS R/W DESCRIPTION RESET VALUE
AIC_SCR16 0xFFF8_2040 R/W Source Control Register 16 0x0000_0047
AIC_SCR17 0xFFF8_2044 R/W Source Control Register 17 0x0000_0047
AIC_SCR18 0xFFF8_2048 R/W Source Control Register 18 0x0000_0047
AIC_SCR19 0xFFF8_204C R/W Source Control Register 19 0x0000_0047
AIC_SCR20 0xFFF8_2050 R/W Source Control Register 20 0x0000_0047
AIC_SCR21 0xFFF8_2054 R/W Source Control Register 21 0x0000_0047
AIC_SCR22 0xFFF8_2058 R/W Source Control Register 22 0x0000_0047
AIC_SCR23 0xFFF8_205C R/W Source Control Register 23 0x0000_0047
AIC_SCR24 0xFFF8_2060 R/W Source Control Register 24 0x0000_0047
AIC_SCR25 0xFFF8_2064 R/W Source Control Register 25 0x0000_0047
AIC_SCR26 0xFFF8_2068 R/W Source Control Register 26 0x0000_0047
AIC_SCR27 0xFFF8_206C R/W Source Control Register 27 0x0000_0047
AIC_SCR28 0xFFF8_2070 R/W Source Control Register 28 0x0000_0047
AIC_SCR29 0xFFF8_2074 R/W Source Control Register 29 0x0000_0047
AIC_SCR30 0xFFF8_2078 R/W Source Control Register 30 0x0000_0047
AIC_SCR31 0xFFF8_207C R/W Source Control Register 31 0x0000_0047
AIC_IRSR 0xFFF8_2100 R Interrupt Raw Status Register 0x0000_0000
AIC_IASR 0xFFF8_2104 R Interrupt Active Status Register 0x0000_0000
AIC_ISR 0xFFF8_2108 R Interrupt Status Register 0x0000_0000
AIC_IPER 0xFFF8_210C R Interrupt Priority Encoding Register 0x0000_0000
AIC_ISNR 0xFFF8_2110 R Interrupt Source Number Register 0x0000_0000
AIC_IMR 0xFFF8_2114 R Interrupt Mask Register 0x0000_0000
AIC_OISR 0xFFF8_2118 R Output Interrupt Status Register 0x0000_0000
AIC_MECR 0xFFF8_2120 W Mask Enable Command Register Undefined
AIC_MDCR 0xFFF8_2124 W Mask Disable Command Register Undefined
AIC_SSCR 0xFFF8_2128 W Source Set Command Register Undefined
AIC_SCCR 0xFFF8_212C W Source Clear Command Register Undefined
AIC_EOSCR 0xFFF8_2130 W End of Service Command Register Undefined
AIC_TEST 0xFFF8_2200 W ICE/Debug mode Register Undefined
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
Publication Release Date: July 26, 2006
- 309 - Revision A1
AIC Source Control Registers (AIC_SCR1 ~ AIC_SCR31)
REGISTER ADDRESS R/W DESCRIPTION RESET VALUE
AIC_SCR1 0xFFF8_2004 R/W Source Control Register 1 0x0000_0047
AIC_SCR2 0xFFF8_2008 R/W Source Control Register 2 0x0000_0047
y y y
y y y
y y y
y y y
y y y
AIC_SCR28 0xFFF8_2070 R/W Source Control Register 28 0x0000_0047
AIC_SCR29 0xFFF8_2074 R/W Source Control Register 29 0x0000_0047
AIC_SCR30 0xFFF8_2078 R/W Source Control Register 30 0x0000_0047
AIC_SCR31 0xFFF8_207C R/W Source Control Register 31 0x0000_0047
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
RESERVED
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
RESERVED
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
RESERVED
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
SRCTYPE RESERVED PRIORITY
BITS DESCRIPTIONS
[31:8] Reserved Reserved
[7:6] SRCTYPE
Interrupt Source Type
Whether an interrupt source is considered active or not by the AIC is
subject to the settings of this field. Interrupt sources other than nIRQ0,
nIRQ1 should be configured as level sensitive during normal operation
unless in the testing situation.
SRCTYPE [7:6] Interrupt Source Type
0 0 Low-level Sensitive
0 1 High-level Sensitive
1 0 Negative-edge Triggered
1 1 Positive-edge Triggered
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
- 310 -
Continued
BITS DESCRIPTIONS
[5:3] Reserved Reserved
[2:0] PRIORITY
Priority Level
Every interrupt source must be assigned a priority level during
initiation. Among them, priority level 0 has the highest priority and
priority level 7 the lowest. Interrupt sources with priority level 0 are
promoted to FIQ. Interrupt sources with priority level other than 0
belong to IRQ. For interrupt sources of the same priority level that
located in the lower channel number has higher priority.
AIC Interrupt Raw Status Register (AIC_IRSR)
REGISTER ADDRESS R/W DESCRIPTION RESET VALUE
AIC_IRSR 0xFFF8_2100 R Interrupt Raw Status Register 0x0000_0000
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
IRS31 IRS30 IRS29 IRS28 IRS27 IRS26 IRS25 IRS24
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
IRS23 IRS22 IRS21 IRS20 IRS19 IRS18 IRS17 IRS16
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
IRS15 IRS14 IRS13 IRS12 IRS11 IRS10 IRS9 IRS8
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
IRS7 IRS6 IRS5 IRS4 IRS3 IRS2 IRS1 RESERVE
D
BITS DESCRIPTIONS
[31:1] IRSx
This register records the intrinsic state within each interrupt channel.
IRS x: Interrupt Status
Indicate the intrinsic status of the corresponding interrupt source
0 = Interrupt channel is in the voltage level 0
1 = Interrupt channel is in the voltage level 1
[0] Reserved Reserved
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
Publication Release Date: July 26, 2006
- 311 - Revision A1
AIC Interrupt Active Status Register (AIC_IASR)
REGISTER ADDRESS R/W DESCRIPTION RESET VALUE
AIC_IASR 0xFFF8_2104 R Interrupt Active Status Register 0x0000_0000
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
IAS31 IAS30 IAS29 IAS28 IAS27 IAS26 IAS25 IAS24
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
IAS23 IAS22 IAS21 IAS20 IAS19 IAS18 IAS17 IAS16
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
IAS15 IAS14 IAS13 IAS12 IAS11 IAS10 IAS9 IAS8
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
IAS7 IAS6 IAS5 IAS4 IAS3 IAS2 IAS1 RESERVE
D
BITS DESCRIPTIONS
[31:1] IASx
This register indicates the status of each interrupt channel in
consideration of the interrupt source type as defined in the
corresponding Source Control Register, but regardless of its mask
setting.
IAS x: Interrupt Active Status
Indicate the status of the corresponding interrupt source
0 = Corresponding interrupt channel is inactive
1 = Corresponding interrupt channel is active
[0] Reserved Reserved
AIC Interrupt Status Register (AIC_ISR)
REGISTER ADDRESS R/W DESCRIPTION RESET VALUE
AIC_ISR 0xFFF8_2108 R Interrupt Status Register 0x0000_0000
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
- 312 -
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
IS31 IS30 IS29 IS28 IS27 IS26 IS25 IS24
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
IS23 IS22 IS21 IS20 IS19 IS18 IS17 IS16
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
IS15 IS14 IS13 IS12 IS11 IS10 IS9 IS8
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
IS7 IS6 IS5 IS4 IS3 IS2 IS1 RESERVE
D
BITS DESCRIPTIONS
[31:1] ISx
This register identifies those interrupt channels whose are both active and
enabled.
ISx: Interrupt Status
Indicates the status of corresponding interrupt channel
0 = Two possibilities:
(1) The corresponding interrupt channel is inactive no matter
whether it is enabled or disabled;
(2) It is active but not enabled
1 = Corresponding interrupt channel is both active and enabled (can assert an
interrupt)
[0] Reserved Reserved
AIC IRQ Priority Encoding Register (AIC_IPER)
REGISTER ADDRESS R/W DESCRIPTION RESET VALUE
AIC_IPER 0xFFF8_210C R Interrupt Priority Encoding Register 0x0000_0000
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
0 VECTOR 0 0
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
Publication Release Date: July 26, 2006
- 313 - Revision A1
BITS DESCRIPTIONS
[6:2] Vector
When the AIC generates the interrupt, VECTOR represents the
interrupt channel number that is active, enabled, and has the highest
priority. If the representing interrupt channel possesses a priority level
0, then the interrupt asserted is FIQ; otherwise, it is IRQ. The value of
VECTOR is copied to the register AIC_ISNR thereafter by the AIC.
This register was restored a value 0 after it was read by the interrupt
handler. This register can help indexing into a branch table to quickly
jump to the corresponding interrupt service routine.
VECTOR [6:2]: Interrupt Vector
0 = no interrupt occurs
1 ~ 31 = representing the interrupt channel that is active, enabled, and
having the highest priority
[0] Reserved Reserved
AIC Interrupt Source Number Register (AIC_ISNR)
REGISTER ADDRESS R/W DESCRIPTION RESET VALUE
AIC_ISNR 0xFFF8_2110 R Interrupt Source Number Register 0x0000_0000
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
0 0 0 IRQID
BITS DESCRIPTIONS
[31:5] Reserved Reserved
[4:0] IRQID
The purpose of this register is to record the interrupt channel number
that is active, enabled, and has the highest priority.
IRQID [4:0]: IRQ Identification
Stands for the interrupt channel number
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
- 314 -
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
Publication Release Date: July 26, 2006
- 315 - Revision A1
AIC Interrupt Mask Register (AIC_IMR)
REGISTER ADDRESS R/W DESCRIPTION RESET VALUE
AIC_IMR 0xFFF8_2114 R Interrupt Mask Register 0x0000_0000
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
IM31 IM30 IM29 IM28 IM27 IM26 IM25 IM24
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
IM23 IM22 IM21 IM20 IM19 IM18 IM17 IM16
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
IM15 IM14 IM13 IM12 IM11 IM10 IM9 IM8
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
IM7 IM6 IM5 IM4 IM3 IM2 IM1 RESERVE
D
BITS DESCRIPTIONS
[31:1] IM x
IM x: Interrupt Mask
This bit determines whether the corresponding interrupt channel is
enabled or disabled. Every interrupt channel can be active no matter
whether it is enabled or disabled. If an interrupt channel is enabled, it
does not definitely mean it is active. Every interrupt channel can be
authorized by the AIC only when it is both active and enabled.
0 = Corresponding interrupt channel is disabled
1 = Corresponding interrupt channel is enabled
[0] Reserved Reserved
AIC Output Interrupt Status Register (AIC_OISR)
REGISTER ADDRESS R/W DESCRIPTION RESET VALUE
AIC_OISR 0xFFF8_2118 R Output Interrupt Status Register 0x0000_0000
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
RESERVED
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
RESERVED
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
RESERVED
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
RESERVED IRQ FIQ
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
- 316 -
The AIC classifies the interrupt into FIQ and IRQ. This register indicates whether the asserted
interrupt is FIQ or IRQ. If both IRQ and FIQ are equal to 0, it means there is no interrupt occurred.
BITS DESCRIPTIONS
[31:2] Reserved Reserved
[1] IRQ
IRQ [1]: Interrupt Request
0 = nIRQ line is inactive.
1 = nIRQ line is active.
[0] FIQ
FIQ [0]: Fast Interrupt Request
0 = nFIQ line is inactive.
1 = nFIQ line is active
AIC Mask Enable Command Register (AIC_MECR)
REGISTER ADDRESS R/W DESCRIPTION RESET VALUE
AIC_MECR 0xFFF8_2120 W Mask Enable Command Register Undefined
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
MEC31 MEC30 MEC29 MEC28 MEC27 MEC26 MEC25 MEC24
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
MEC23 MEC22 MEC21 MEC20 MEC19 MEC18 MEC17 MEC16
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
MEC15 MEC14 MEC13 MEC12 MEC11 MEC10 MEC9 MEC8
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
MEC7 MEC6 MEC5 MEC4 MEC3 MEC2 MEC1 RESERVE
D
BITS DESCRIPTIONS
[31:1] MEC x
MEC x: Mask Enable Command
0 = No effect
1 = Enables the corresponding interrupt channel
[0] Reserved Reserved
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
Publication Release Date: July 26, 2006
- 317 - Revision A1
AIC Mask Disable Command Register (AIC_MDCR)
REGISTER ADDRESS R/W DESCRIPTION RESET VALUE
AIC_MDCR 0xFFF8_2124 W Mask Disable Command Register Undefined
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
MDC31 MDC30 MDC29 MDC28 MDC27 MDC26 MDC25 MDC24
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
MDC23 MDC22 MDC21 MDC20 MDC19 MDC18 MDC17 MDC16
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
MDC15 MDC14 MDC13 MDC12 MDC11 MDC10 MDC9 MDC8
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
MDC7 MDC6 MDC5 MDC4 MDC3 MDC2 MDC1 RESERVE
D
BITS DESCRIPTIONS
[31:1] MDCx
MDC x: Mask Disable Command
0 = No effect
1 = Disables the corresponding interrupt channel
[0] Reserved Reserved
AIC Source Set Command Register (AIC_SSCR)
REGISTER ADDRESS R/W DESCRIPTION RESET VALUE
AIC_SSCR 0xFFF8_2128 W Source Set Command Register Undefined
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
SSC31 SSC30 SSC29 SSC28 SSC27 SSC26 SSC25 SSC24
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
SSC23 SSC22 SSC21 SSC20 SSC19 SSC18 SSC17 SSC16
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
SSC15 SSC14 SSC13 SSC12 SSC11 SSC10 SSC9 SSC8
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
SSC7 SSC6 SSC5 SSC4 SSC3 SSC2 SSC1 RESERVE
D
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
- 318 -
BITS DESCRIPTIONS
[31:1] SSCx
When the W90N745 is under debugging or verification, software can
activate any interrupt channel by setting the corresponding bit in this
register. This feature is useful in hardware verification or software
debugging.
SSCx: Source Set Command
0 = No effect.
1 = Activates the corresponding interrupt channel
[0] Reserved Reserved
AIC Source Clear Command Register (AIC_SCCR)
REGISTER ADDRESS R/W DESCRIPTION RESET VALUE
AIC_SCCR 0xFFF8_212C W Source Clear Command Register Undefined
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
SCC31 SCC30 SCC29 SCC28 SCC27 SCC26 SCC25 SCC24
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
SCC23 SCC22 SCC21 SCC20 SCC19 SCC18 SCC17 SCC16
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
SCC15 SCC14 SCC13 SCC12 SCC11 SCC10 SCC9 SCC8
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
SCC7 SCC6 SCC5 SCC4 SCC3 SCC2 SCC1 RESERVE
D
BITS DESCRIPTIONS
[31:1] SCCx
When the W90N745 is under debugging or verification, software can
deactivate any interrupt channel by setting the corresponding bit in this
register. This feature is useful in hardware verification or software
debugging.
SCCx: Source Clear Command
0 = No effect.
1 = Deactivates the corresponding interrupt channels
[0] Reserved Reserved
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
Publication Release Date: July 26, 2006
- 319 - Revision A1
AIC End of Service Command Register (AIC_EOSCR)
REGISTER ADDRESS R/W DESCRIPTION RESET VALUE
AIC_EOSCR 0xFFF8_2130 W End of Service Command Register Undefined
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
--- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
--- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
--- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
--- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
BITS DESCRIPTIONS
[31:0] EOSCR This register is used by the interrupt service routine to indicate that it is
completely served. Thus, the interrupt handler can write any value to
this register to indicate the end of its interrupt service.
AIC ICE/Debug Register (AIC_TEST)
REGISTER ADDRESS R/W DESCRIPTION RESET VALUE
AIC_TEST 0xFFF8_2200 W ICE/Debug mode Register Undefined
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
RESERVED
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
RESERVED
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
RESERVED
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
RESERVED TEST
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
- 320 -
BITS DESCRIPTIONS
[31:1] Reserved Reserved
[0] TEST
This register indicates whether AIC_IPER will be cleared or not after
been read. If bit0 of AIC_TEST has been set, ICE or debug monitor can
read AIC_IPER for verification and the AIC_IPER will not be cleared
automatically. Write access to the AIC_IPER will perform the interrupt
stacking in this mode.
TEST: ICE/Debug mode
0 = normal mode.
1 = ICE/Debug mode.
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
Publication Release Date: July 26, 2006
- 321 - Revision A1
7.13 General-Purpose Input/Output
The General-Purpose Input/Output (GPIO) module possesses 31 pins and serves multiple function
purposes. Each port can be configured by software to meet various system configurations and design
requirements. Software must configure each pin before starting the main program. If a pin is not used for
multiplexed functions, the pin can be configured as I/O port
Two extended interrupts nIRQ2 (GPIO0 pin) and nIRQ3 (nWAIT pin) are used the same interrupt request
(channel #31) of AIC. It can be programmed as low/high sensitive or positive/negative edge triggered.
When interrupt #31 assert in AIC, software can poll XISTATUS status register to identify which interrupt
occur.
These 31 IO pins are divided into 7 groups according to its peripheral interface definition.
Port0: 5-pin input/output port
Port1: 2-pin input/output port
Port2: 10-pin input/output port
Port3: Reserved
Port4: 1-pin input/output port
Port5: 13-pin input/output port need updated
Port6: Reserved
Table 7.13.1 GPIO multiplexed functions table
PORT0 Configurable Pin Functions
0 GPIO0 AC97_nRESET
(I²S_MCLK) nIRQ2 USBPWREN
1 GPIO1 AC97_DATAI (I²S_DATAI) PWM0 DTR3
2 GPIO2 AC97_DATAO
(I²S_DATAO) PWM1 DSR3
3 GPIO3 AC97_SYNC
(I²S_LRCLK) PWM2 TXD3
4 GPIO4 AC97_BITCLK
(I²S_BITCLK) PWM3 RXD3
PORT1 Configuration Pin Functions
0 GPIO18 - nXDACK -
1 GPIO19 - nXDREQ -
PORT2 Configuration Pin Functions
0 GPIO20 PHY_RXERR KPCOL0 -
1 GPIO21 PHY_CRSDV KPCOL1 -
2 GPIO22 PHY_RXD[0] KPCOL2 -
3 GPIO23 PHY_RXD[1] KPCOL3 -
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
- 322 -
Table 7.13.1 GPIO multiplexed functions table, continued
4 GPIO24 PHY_REFCLK KPCOL4 -
5 GPIO25 PHY_TXEN KPCOL5 -
6 GPIO26 PHY_TXD[0] KPCOL6 -
7 GPIO27 PHY_TXD[1] KPCOL7 -
8 GPIO28 PHY_MDIO KPROW0 -
9 GPIO29 PHY_MDC KPROW1 -
PORT3 Configuration Pin Functions
RESERVED
PORT4 Configuration Pin Functions
0 GPIO30 nWAIT nIRQ3 -
PORT5 Configuration Pin Functions
0 GPIO5 TXD0 - -
1 GPIO6 RXD0 - -
2 GPIO7 TXD1 - -
3 GPIO8 RXD1 - -
4 GPIO9 TXD2 CTS1 PS2CLK
5 GPIO10 RXD2 RTS1 PS2DATA
6 GPIO11 SCL0 SFRM TIMER0
7 GPIO12 SDA0 SSPTXD TIMER1
8 GPIO13 SCL1 SCLK KPROW3
9 GPIO14 SDA1 SSPRXD KPROW2
10 GPIO15 nWDOG USBPWREN -
11 GPIO16 nIRQ0 - -
12 GP1O17 nIRQ1 USBOVRCUR -
PORT6 Configuration Pin Function
RESERVED
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
Publication Release Date: July 26, 2006
- 323 - Revision A1
7.13.1 GPIO Register Description
REGISTER ADDRESS R/W DESCRIPTION RESET VALUE
GPIO_CFG0 0xFFF8_3000 R/W GPIO Port0 Configuration
Register 0x0000_0000
GPIO_DIR0 0xFFF8_3004 R/W GPIO Port0 Direction Control
Register 0x0000_0000
GPIO_DATAOUT0 0xFFF8_3008 R/W GPIO Port0 Data Output
Register 0x0000_0000
GPIO_DATAIN0 0xFFF8_300C R GPIO Port0 Data Input
Register 0xXXXX_XXXX
GPIO_CFG1 0xFFF8_3010 R/W GPIO port1 configuration
register 0x0000_0000
GPIO_DIR1 0xFFF8_3014 R/W GPIO port1 direction control
register 0x0000_0000
GPIO_DATAOUT1 0xFFF8_3018 R/W GPIO port1 data output
register 0x0000_0000
GPIO_DATAIN1 0xFFF8_301C R GPIO port1 data input
register 0xXXXX_XXXX
GPIO_CFG2 0xFFF8_3020 R/W GPIO Port2 Configuration
Register 0x0000_0000
GPIO_DIR2 0xFFF8_3024 R/W GPIO Port2 Direction Control
Register 0x0000_0000
GPIO_DATAOUT2 0xFFF8_3028 R/W GPIO Port2 Data Output
Register 0x0000_0000
GPIO_DATAIN2 0xFFF8_302C R GPIO Port2 Data Input
Register 0xXXXX_XXXX
GPIO_CFG4 0xFFF8_3040 R/W GPIO Port4 Configuration
Register 0x0015_5555
GPIO_DIR4 0xFFF8_3044 R/W GPIO Port4 Direction Control
Register 0x0000_0000
GPIO_DATAOUT4 0xFFF8_3048 R/W GPIO Port4 Data Output
Register 0x0000_0000
GPIO_DATAIN4 0xFFF8_304C R GPIO Port4 Data Input
Register 0xXXXX_XXXX
GPIO_CFG5 0xFFF8_3050 R/W GPIO Port5 Configuration
Register 0x0000_0000
GPIO_DIR5 0xFFF8_3054 R/W GPIO Port5 Direction Control
Register 0x0000_0000
GPIO_DATAOUT5 0xFFF8_3058 R/W GPIO Port5 Data Output
Register 0x0000_0000
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
- 324 -
GPIO Register Description, continued.
REGISTER ADDRESS R/W DESCRIPTION RESET VALUE
GPIO_DATAIN5 0xFFF8_305C R GPIO Port5 Data Input
Register 0xXXXX_XXXX
GPIO_DBNCECON 0xFFF8_3070 R/W GPIO Input Debounce
Control Register 0x0000_0000
GPIO_XICFG 0xFFF8_3074 R/W Extend Interrupt Configure
Register 0xXXXX_XXX0
GPIO_XISTATUS 0xFFF8_3078 R/W Extend Interrupt Status
Register 0xXXXX_XXX0
7.13.2 GPIO Register Description
GPIO Port0 Configuration Register (GPIO_CFG0)
REGISTER ADDRESS R/W DESCRIPTION RESET VALUE
GPIO_CFG0 0xFFF8_3000 R/W GPIO port0 configuration register 0x0000_0000
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
RESERVED
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
RESERVED
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
RESERVED PT0CFG4
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
PT0CFG3 PT0CFG2 PT0CFG1 PT0CFG0
11 10 01 00
PT0CFG0 NAME TYPE NAME TYPE NAME TYPE
NAME TYPE
PORT0_0 USB_PWREN O nIRQ2 I
AC97RESET
or
I²SMCLK
O GPIO0 I/O
11 10 01 00
PT0CFG1 NAME TYPE NAME TYPE NAME TYPE
NAME TYPE
PORT0_1 DTR3 O PWM0 O
AC97DATAI
or
I²SDATAI
O GPIO1 I/O
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
Publication Release Date: July 26, 2006
- 325 - Revision A1
Continued
11 10 01 00
PT0CFG2 NAME TYPE NAME TYPE NAME TYPE
NAME TYPE
PORT0_2 DSR3 I PWM1 O
AC97DATAO
or
I²SDATAO
O GPIO2 I/O
11 10 01 00
PT0CFG3 NAME TYPE NAME TYPE NAME TYPE
NAME TYPE
PORT0_3 TXD3 O PWM2 O
AC97SYNC
or
I²SLRCLK
O GPIO3 I/O
11 10 01 00
PT0CFG4 NAME TYPE NAME TYPE NAME TYPE
NAME TYPE
PORT0_4 RXD3 O PWM3 O
AC97BITCLK
or
I²SBITCLK
I
O GPIO4 I/O
GPIO Port0 Direction Register (GPIO_DIR0)
REGISTER ADDRESS R/W DESCRIPTION RESET VALUE
GPIO_DIR0 0xFFF8_3004 R/W
GPIO port0 in/out direction control
and pull-up enable register 0x0000_0000
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
RESERVED
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
RESERVED PUPEN0[3:0]
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
RESERVED
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
RESERVED OMDEN0[4:0]
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
- 326 -
BITS DESCRIPTION
[31:20] RESERVED -
[19:16] PUPEN0
GPIO3 -GPIO0 port pin internal pull-up resister enable
There are 4 bits for this register, the corresponding bit is set to “1”
will enable pull-up resister on IO pin.
1 = enable
0 = disable
After power on the pull-up resisters are disabled.
NOTE: GPIO4 is used as AC97 BITCLK input, an IO pad with
Schmitt trigger input buffer PDB04SDGZ is implemented for this
pin. Due to TSMC IO library without pull-up register, an external
pull-up resister is necessary.
[15:5] RESERVED
[4:0] OMDEN0
GPIO4 ~GPIO0 output mode enable
1 = output mode
0 = input mode
NOTE: Output mode enable bits are valid only when bit
PT0CFG4-0 is configured as general purpose I/O mode.
Each port pin can be enabled individually by setting the
corresponding control bit.
GPIO Port0 Data Output Register (GPIO_DATAOUT0)
REGISTER ADDRESS R/W DESCRIPTION RESET VALUE
GPIO_DATAOUT0 0xFFF8_3008 R/W GPIO port0 data output register 0x0000_0000
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
RESERVED
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
RESERVED
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
RESERVED
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
RESERVED DATAOUT0
BITS DESCRIPTION
[31:5] RESERVED -
[4:0] DATAOUT0
PORT0 data output value
Writing data to this register will reflect the data value on the
corresponding port0 pin when it is configured as general purpose
output pin. And writing data to reserved bits is not effective.
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
Publication Release Date: July 26, 2006
- 327 - Revision A1
GPIO Port0 Data Input Register (GPIO_DATAIN0)
REGISTER ADDRESS R/W DESCRIPTION RESET VALUE
GPIO_DATAIN0 0xFFF8_300C R/W GPIO port0 data input register 0xXXXX_XXXX
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
RESERVED
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
RESERVED
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
RESERVED
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
RESERVED DATAIN0
BITS DESCRIPTION
[31:5] RESERVED -
[4:0] DATAIN0
PORT0 data input value
The DATAIN0 indicates the status of each GPIO0~GPIO4 port pin
regardless of its operation mode. The reserved bits will be read as
“0”.
GPIO Port1 Configuration Register (GPIO_CFG1)
REGISTER ADDRESS R/W DESCRIPTION RESET VALUE
GPIO_CFG1 0xFFF8_3010 R/W GPIO port1 configuration register 0x0000_0000
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
RESERVED
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
RESERVED
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
RESERVED
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
RESERVED PT1CFG1 PT1CFG0
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
- 328 -
*In the following pin definition, mark with shading is default function.
11 10 01 00
PT1CFG0 NAME TYPE NAME TYPE NAME TYPE NAME TYPE
PORT1_0 - - - nXDACK O GPIO18 I/O
11 10 01 00
PT1CFG1 NAME TYPE NAME TYPE NAME TYPE NAME TYPE
PORT1_1 - - - nXDREQ I GPIO19 I/O
GPIO Port1 Direction Register (GPIO_DIR1)
REGISTER ADDRESS R/W DESCRIPTION RESET VALUE
GPIO_DIR1 0xFFF8_3014 R/W GPIO port0 in/out direction control
and pull-up enable register 0x0000_0000
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
RESERVED
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
RESERVED PUPEN1[1:0]
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
RESERVED
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
RESERVED OMDEN1[1:0]
BITS DESCRIPTION
[31:18] RESERVED -
[17:16] PUPEN1
GPIO19 ~ GPIO18 port pins internal pull-up resister enable
This is a 2-bit registers, set corresponding bit to “1” will enable pull
up resister in IO pin.
1 = enable
0 = disable
After power on the resisters are disabled.
[15:2] RESERVED -
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
Publication Release Date: July 26, 2006
- 329 - Revision A1
Continued.
[1:0] OMDEN1
GPIO19 ~ GPIO18 output mode enable
1 = enable
0 = disable
NOTE: Output mode enable bits are valid only when bit
PT1CFG1-0 is configured as general purpose I/O mode.
Each port pin can be enabled individually by setting the
corresponding control bit.
GPIO Port1 Data Output Register (GPIO_DATAOUT1)
REGISTER ADDRESS R/W DESCRIPTION RESET VALUE
GPIO_DATAOUT1 0xFFF8_3018 R/W GPIO port1 data output register 0x0000_0000
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
RESERVED
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
RESERVED
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
RESERVED
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
RESERVED DATAOUT1[1:0]
BITS DESCRIPTION
[31:2] RESERVED -
[1:0] DATAOUT1
PORT1 data output value
Writing data to this register will reflect the data value on the
corresponding port1 pin when it is configured as general purpose
output pin. And writing data to reserved bits is not effective.
GPIO Port1 Data Input Register (GPIO_DATAIN1)
REGISTER ADDRESS R/W DESCRIPTION RESET VALUE
GPIO_DATAIN1 0xFFF8_301C R/W GPIO port1 data input register 0xXXXX_XXXX
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
- 330 -
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
RESERVED
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
RESERVED
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
RESERVED
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
RESERVED DATAIN1[1:0]
BITS DESCRIPTION
[31:2] RESERVED -
[1:0] DATAIN1
Port1 input data register
The DATAIN1 indicates the status of each GPIO19~GPIO18 pin
regardless of its operation mode. The reserved bits are read as 0s.
GPIO Port2 Configuration Register (GPIO_CFG2)
REGISTER ADDRESS R/W DESCRIPTION RESET VALUE
GPIO_CFG2 0xFFF8_3020 R/W GPIO port2 configuration register 0x0000_0000
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
RESERVED
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
RESERVED PT2CFG9 PT2CFG8
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
PT2CFG7 PT2CFG6 PT2CFG5 PT2CFG4
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
PT2CFG3 PT2CFG2 PT2CFG1 PT2CFG0
*In the following pin definition, mark with shading is default function.
11 10 01 00
PT2CFG0 Name Type Name Type Name Type
Name Type
PORT2_0 RESERVED KPCOL0 I PHY_RXERR I GPIO20 I/O
PT2CFG1 11 10 01 00
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
Publication Release Date: July 26, 2006
- 331 - Revision A1
Name Type Name Type Name Type
Name Type
PORT2_1 RESERVED KPCOL1 I PHY_CRSDV I GPIO21 I/O
11 10 01 00
PT2CFG2 Name Type Name Type Name Type
Name Type
PORT2_2 RESERVED KPCOL2 I PHY_RXD[0] I GPIO22 I/O
11 10 01 00
PT2CFG3 Name Type Name Type Name Type
Name Type
PORT2_3 RESERVED KPCOL3 I PHY_RXD[1] I GPIO23 I/O
11 10 01 00
PT2CFG4 Name Type Name Type Name Type
Name Type
PORT2_4 RESERVED KPCOL4 I
PHY_REFCL
K I GPIO24 I/O
11 10 01 00
PT2CFG5 Name Type Name Type Name Type
Name Type
PORT2_5 RESERVED KPCOL5 I PHY_TXEN O GPIO25 I/O
11 10 01 00
PT2CFG6 Name Type Name Type Name Type
Name Type
PORT2_6 RESERVED KPCOL6 I PHY_TXD[0] O GPIO26 I/O
11 10 01 00
PT2CFG7 Name Type Name Type Name Type
Name Type
PORT2_7 RESERVED KPCOL7 I PHY_TXD[1] O GPIO27 I/O
11 10 01 00
PT2CFG8 Name Type Name Type Name Type
Name Type
PORT2_8 RESERVED KPROW0 O PHY_MDIO I/O GPIO28 I/O
11 10 01 00
PT2CFG9 Name Type Name Type Name Type
Name Type
PORT2_9 RESERVED KPROW1 O PHY_MDC O GPIO29 I/O
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
- 332 -
GPIO Port2 Direction Register (GPIO_DIR2)
REGISTER ADDRESS R/W DESCRIPTION RESET VALUE
GPIO_DIR2 0xFFF8_3024 R/W GPIO port2 in/out direction control
and pull-up enable register 0x0000_0000
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
RESERVED PUPEN2[9:8]
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
PUPEN2[7:0]
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
RESERVED OMDEN2[9:8]
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
OMDEN2[7:0]
BITS DESCRIPTION
[31:26] RESERVED -
[25:16] PUPEN2
GPIO29 ~ GPIO20 port pin internal pull-up resister enable
There are 10 bits for this register, the corresponding bit is set to
“1” will enable pull-up resister on IO pin.
1 = enable
0 = disable
After power on, the registers are disabled.
[15:10] RESERVED -
[9:0] OMDEN2
GPIO19 ~ GPIO20 output mode enable
1 = output mode
0 = input mode
NOTE: Output mode enable bits are valid only when bit
PT2CFG9-0 is configured as general purpose I/O mode.
Each port pin can be enabled individually by setting the
corresponding control bit.
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
Publication Release Date: July 26, 2006
- 333 - Revision A1
PGPIO Port2 Data Output Register (GPIO_DATAOUT2)
REGISTER ADDRESS R/W DESCRIPTION RESET VALUE
GPIO_DATAOUT2 0xFFF8_3028 R/W GPIO port2 data output register 0x0000_0000
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
RESERVED
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
RESERVED
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
RESERVED DATAOUT2[9:8]
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
DATAOUT2[7:0]
BITS DESCRIPTION
[31:10] RESERVED -
[9:0] DATAOUT2
PORT2 data output value
Writing data to this register will reflect the data value on the
corresponding port2 pin when it is configured as general purpose
output pin. And writing data to reserved bits is not effective.
GPIO Port2 Data Input Register (GPIO_DATAIN2)
REGISTER ADDRESS R/W DESCRIPTION RESET VALUE
GPIO_DATAIN2 0xFFF8_302C R/W GPIO port2 data input register 0xXXXX_XXXX
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
RESERVED
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
RESERVED
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
RESERVED DATAIN2[9:8]
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
DATAIN2[7:0]
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
- 334 -
BITS DESCRIPTION
[31:10] RESERVED -
[9:0] DATAIN2
Port2 input data register
The DATAIN2 indicates the status of each GPIO18~GPIO27 pin
regardless of its operation mode. The reserved bits will be read as
0s.
GPIO Port4 Configuration Register (GPIO_CFG4)
REGISTER ADDRESS R/W DESCRIPTION RESET VALUE
GPIO_CFG4 0xFFF8_3040 R/W GPIO port4 configuration register 0x0015_5555
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
RESERVED
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
RESERVED PT4CFG10 RESERVED
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
RESERVED
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
RESERVED
*In the following pin definition, mark with shading is default function.
11 10 01 00
PT4CFG10 NAME TYPE NAME TYPE NAME TYPE NAME TYPE
PORT4_10 RESERVED nIRQ3 I nWAIT I GPIO28 I/O
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
Publication Release Date: July 26, 2006
- 335 - Revision A1
GPIO Port4 Direction Register (GPIO_DIR4)
REGISTER ADDRESS R/W DESCRIPTION RESET VALUE
GPIO_DIR4 0xFFF8_3044 R/W
GPIO port4 in/out direction control
and pull-up enable register 0x0000_0000
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
RESERVED PUPEN4[
10] RESERVED
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
RESERVED
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
RESERVED OMDEN4
[10] RESERVED
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
RESERVED
BITS DESCRIPTION
[31:27] RESERVED -
[26] PUPEN4
GPIO28 pin internal pull-up resister enable
There is 1 bit for this register, the bit is set to “1” will enable pull-up
resister on IO pin.
1 = enable
0 = disable
After power on the pull-up resister is disabled
[25:11] RESERVED -
[10] OMDEN4
GPIO28 output mode enable
1 = enable
0 = disable
NOTE: Output mode enable bits are valid only when bit
PT4CFG10 is configured as general purpose I/O mode.
Each port pin can be enabled individually by setting the
corresponding control bit.
[9:0] RESERVED -
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
- 336 -
GPIO Port4 Data Output Register (GPIO_DATAOUT4)
REGISTER ADDRESS R/W DESCRIPTION RESET VALUE
GPIO_DATAOUT4 0xFFF8_3048 R/W GPIO port4 data output register 0x0000_0000
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
RESERVED
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
RESERVED
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
RESERVED DATAOUT4[10
] RESERVED
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
RESERVED
BITS DESCRIPTION
[31:11] RESERVED -
[10] DATAOUT4
PORT4 data output value
Writing data to this register will reflect the data value on the
corresponding port4 pin when it is configured as general purpose
output pin. And writing data to reserved bits is not effective.
[9:0] RESERVED -
GPIO Port4 Data Input Register (GPIO_DATAIN4)
REGISTER ADDRESS R/W DESCRIPTION RESET VALUE
GPIO_DATAIN4 0xFFF8_304C R/W GPIO port4 data input register 0xXXXX_XXXX
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
RESERVED
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
RESERVED
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
RESERVED DATAIN4[10] RESERVED
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
RESERVED
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
Publication Release Date: July 26, 2006
- 337 - Revision A1
BITS DESCRIPTION
[31:11] RESERVED -
[10:0] DATAIN4
Port4 input data register
The DATAIN4 indicates the status of GPIO28 pin regardless of its
operation mode. The reserved bits will be read as 0s
[9:0] RESERVED -
GPIO Port5 Configuration Register (GPIO_CFG5)
REGISTER ADDRESS R/W DESCRIPTION RESET VALUE
GPIO_CFG5 0xFFF8_3050 R/W GPIO port5 configuration register 0x0000_0000
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
RESERVED PT5CFG12
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
PT5CFG11 PT5CFG10 PT5CFG9 PT5CFG8
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
PT5CFG7 PT5CFG6 PT5CFG5 PT5CFG4
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
PT5CFG3 PT5CFG2 PT5CFG1 PT5CFG0
*In the following pin definition, mark with shading is default function.
11 10 01 00
PT5CFG0 Name Type Name Type Name Type Name Type
PORT5_0 RESERVED RESERVED TXD0 O GPIO5 I/O
11 10 01 00
PT5CFG1 Name Type Name Type Name Type Name Type
PORT5_1 RESERVED RESERVED RXD0 I GPIO6 I/O
11 10 01 00
PT5CFG2 Name Type Name Type Name Type Name Type
PORT5_2 RESERVED RESERVED TXD1 O GPIO7 I/O
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
- 338 -
11 10 01 00
PT5CFG3 Name Type Name Type Name Type Name Type
PORT5_3 RESERVED RESERVED RXD1 I GPIO8 I/O
11 10 01 00
PT5CFG4 Name Type Name Type Name Type Name Type
PORT5_4 PS2CLK O CTS1 I TXD2 IO GPIO9 I/O
Continued
11 10 01 00
PT5CFG5 Name Type Name Type Name Type Name Type
PORT5_5 PS2DATA I/O RTS1 IO RXD2 I GPIO10 I/O
11 10 01 00
PT5CFG6 Name Type Name Type Name Type Name Type
PORT5_6 TIMER0 O SFRM O SCL0 I/O GPIO11 I/O
11 10 01 00
PT5CFG7 Name Type Name Type Name Type Name Type
PORT5_7 TIMER1 O
SSPTX
D O SDA0 I/O GPIO12 I/O
11 10 01 00
PT5CFG8 Name Type Name Type Name Type Name Type
PORT5_8 KPROW2 O SSPSCLK O SCL1 I/O GPIO13 I/O
11 10 01 00
PT5CFG9 Name Type Name Type Name Type Name Type
PORT5_9 KPROW3 O SSPRXD I/O SDA1 I/O GPIO14 I/O
11 10 01 00
PT5CFG10 Name Type Name Type Name Type Name Type
PORT5_10 RESERVED USBPWREN O nWDOG O GPIO15 I/O
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
Publication Release Date: July 26, 2006
- 339 - Revision A1
11 10 01 00
PT5CFG11 Name Type Name Type Name Type Name Type
PORT5_11 RESERVED RESERVED nIRQ0 I GPIO16 I/O
11 10 01 00
PT5CFG12 Name Type Name Type Name Type Name Type
PORT5_12 RESERVED USBOVCUR I nIRQ1 I GPIO17 I/O
GPIO Port5 Direction Register (GPIO_DIR5)
REGISTER ADDRESS R/W DESCRIPTION RESET VALUE
GPIO_DIR5 0xFFF8_3054 R/W
GPIO port5 in/out direction control
and pull-up enable register 0x0000_0000
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
RESERVED PUPEN5[12:8]
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
PUPEN5[7:0]
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
RESERVED OMDEN5[12:8]
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
OMDEN5[7:0]
BITS DESCRIPTION
[31:29] RESERVED -
[28:16] PUPEN5
GPIO17 ~ GPIO5 port pin internal pull-up resister enable
There are 13 bits for this register, the corresponding bit is set to
“1” will enable pull-up resister on IO pin.
1 = enable
0 = disable
After power on the pull-up resisters are disable.
[15:13] RESERVED
[12:0] OUTEN5
GPIO17 ~ GPIO5 output mode enable
1 = output mode
0 = input mode
NOTE: Output mode enable bits are valid only when bit
PT5CFG12-0 is configured as general purpose I/O mode.
Each port pin can be enabled individually by setting the
corresponding control bit.
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
- 340 -
GPIO Port5 Data Output Register (GPIO_DATAOUT5)
REGISTER ADDRESS R/W DESCRIPTION RESET VALUE
GPIO_DATAOUT5 0xFFF8_3058 R/W GPIO port5 data output register 0x0000_0000
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
RESERVED
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
RESERVED
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
RESERVED DATAOUT5[12:8]
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
DATAOUT5[7:0]
BITS DESCRIPTION
[31:13] RESERVED -
[12:0] DATAOUT5
PORT5 data output value
Writing data to this register will reflect the data value on the
corresponding port5 pin when it is configured as general purpose
output pin. And writing data to reserved bits is not effective.
GPIO Port5 Data Input Register (GPIO_DATAIN5)
REGISTER ADDRESS R/W DESCRIPTION RESET VALUE
GPIO_DATAIN5 0xFFF8_305C R/W GPIO port5 data input register 0xXXXX_XXXX
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
RESERVED
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
RESERVED
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
RESERVED DATAIN5[12:8]
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
DATAIN5[7:0]
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
Publication Release Date: July 26, 2006
- 341 - Revision A1
BITS DESCRIPTION
[31:13] RESERVED -
[12:0] DATAIN5
Port5 input data register
The DATAIN5 indicates the status of each GPIO17~GPIO5 pin
regardless of its operation mode. The reserved bits will be read
as 0s.
GPIO Debounce Control Register (GPIO_DBNCECON)
REGISTER ADDRESS R/W DESCRIPTION RESET VALUE
GPIO_DBNCECON 0xFFF8_3070 R/W GPIO debounce control register 0xXXXX_XX00
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
RESERVED
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
RESERVED
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
RESERVED
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
RESERVED DBCLKSEL RESERVED DBEN1 DBEN0
BITS DESCRIPTION
[31:7] RESERVED
-
[6:4] DBCLKSEL
Debounce Clock Selection
These 3 bits are used to select the clock rate for de-bouncer circuit. The
relationship between the system clock HCLK and the de-bounce clock
TCLK_BUN is as follows: TCLK_BUN = HCLK / 2DBCLKSEL
[3:2] RESERVED -
[1] DBEN1
Debounce circuit enable for GPIO17 (nIRQ1)
1 = enable
0 = disable
[0] DBEN0
Debounce circuit enable for GPIO16 (nIRQ0)
1 = enable
0 = disable
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
- 342 -
GPIO Interrupt Configuration Register (GPIO_XICFG)
REGISTER ADDRESS R/W DESCRIPTION RESET VALUE
GPIO_XICFG 0xFFF8_3074 R/W Extend interrupt configure register 0xXXXX_XX00
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
RESERVED
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
RESERVED
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
RESERVED
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
EnIRQ3 DBE3 ISTYPE3 EnIRQ2 DBE2 ISTYPE2
BITS DESCRIPTION
[31:8] RESERVED
-
[7] EnIRQ3
Enable nIRQ3
Setting this bit 1 to enable nIRQ3.
1 = Enable nIRQ3
0 = Disable nIRQ3
The AIC interrupt channel 31 is reserved for nIRQ3 and nIRQ2 (wired-OR),
if this bit is set and nIRQ3 occur, then it will send an interrupt request
signal into AIC module.
[6] DBE3
Debounce circuit enable for nIRQ3
(alternative function of nWAIT pin)
The nIRQ3 shares the same debounce circuit with nIRQ[3:0], software can
configure debounce sampling time in GPIO_DEBNCE control register.
DBE3 function is the same as DBE0 in GPIO_DBENCE register.
1 = Enable debounce
0 = Disable debounce
[5:4] ISTYPE3
nIRQ3 source type
ISTYPE3 Interrupt Source Type
2’b00 LOW level sensitive
2’b01 HIGH level sensitive
2’b10 Negative edge triggered
2’b11 Positive edge triggered
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
Publication Release Date: July 26, 2006
- 343 - Revision A1
Continued
[3] EnIRQ2
Enable nIRQ2
Setting this bit 1 to enable nIRQ2
1 = Enable nIRQ2
0 = Disable nIRQ2
The AIC interrupt channel 31 is reserved for nIRQ3 and nIRQ2 (wire-OR),
if this bit is set and nIRQ2 occur, then it will send an interrupt request
signal into AIC module.
[2] DBE2
Debounce circuit enable for nIRQ2
(alternative function of GPIO0 pin)
1 = Enable debounce
0 = Disable debounce
The nIRQ2 shares the same debounce circuit with nIRQ[1:0], software can
configure debounce sampling time in GPIO_DEBNCE control register.
DBE2 function is the same as DBE0 in GPIO_DBENCE register.
[1:0] ISTYPE2
nIRQ2 source type
ISTYPE2 Interrupt Source Type
2’b00 LOW level sensitive
2’b01 HIGH level sensitive
2’b10 Negative edge triggered
2’b11 Positive edge triggered
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
- 344 -
GPIO Interrupt Status Register (GPIO_XISTATUS)
REGISTER ADDRESS R/W DESCRIPTION RESET VALUE
GPIO_XISTATUS 0xFFF8_3078 R/W Extend interrupt status register 0xXXXX_XX00
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
RESERVED
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
RESERVED
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
RESERVED
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
RESERVED nIRQ3 nIRQ2
BITS DESCRIPTION
[31:2] RESERVED
-
[1] nIRQ3
Interrupt 3 status
When interrupt input is detected with ISTYPE3 triggered condition, this
flag will be set. It must be cleared by software.
1 = interrupt nIRQ3 is detected.
0 = No interrupt
[0] nIRQ2
Interrupt 2 status
When interrupt input is detected with ISTYPE2 triggered condition, this
flag will be set. It must be cleared by software.
1 = interrupt nIRQ2 is detected.
0 = no interrupt
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
Publication Release Date: July 26, 2006
- 345 - Revision A1
7.14 I2C Interface
I2C is a two-wire, bi-directional serial bus that provides a simple and efficient method of data exchange
between devices. The I2C standard is a true multi-master bus including collision detection and
arbitration that prevents data corruption if two or more masters attempt to control the bus
simultaneously.
Serial, 8-bit oriented bi-directional data transfers can be made up to 100 kbit/s in Standard-mode, up
to 400 kbit/s in the Fast-mode, or up to 3.4 Mbit/s in the High-speed mode. Only 100kbps and
400kbps modes are supported directly. For High-speed mode special IOs are needed. If these IOs are
available and used, then High-speed mode is also supported.
Data is transferred between a Master and a Slave synchronously to SCL on the SDA line on a byte-
by-byte basis. Each data byte is 8 bits long. There is one SCL clock pulse for each data bit with the
MSB being transmitted first. An acknowledge bit follows each transferred byte. Each bit is sampled
during the high period of SCL; therefore, the SDA line may be changed only during the low period of
SCL and must be held stable during the high period of SCL. A transition on the SDA line while SCL is
high is interpreted as a command (START or STOP).
The I2C Master Core includes the following features:
AMBA APB interface compatible
Compatible with Philips I2C standard, support master mode
Multi Master Operation
Clock stretching and wait state generation
Provide multi-byte transmit operation, up to 4 bytes can be transmitted in a single transfer
Software programmable acknowledge bit
Arbitration lost interrupt, with automatic transfer cancellation
Start/Stop/Repeated Start/Acknowledge generation
Start/Stop/Repeated Start detection
Bus busy detection
Supports 7 bit addressing mode
Fully static synchronous design with one clock domain
Software mode I2C
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
- 346 -
7.14.1 I2C Protocol
Normally, a standard communication consists of four parts:
1) START or Repeated START signal generation
2) Slave address transfer
3) Data transfer
4) STOP signal generation
SCL
SDA
S
or
Sr
MSB
ACK
P
or
Sr
P
Sr
LSB MSB LSB
1 2 7 8 9 1 2 3 - 7 8 9
A6 A5 A4 - A1 A0 R/W D7 D6 D5 - D1 D0 NACK
ACK
Fig. 7.15.1.1 Data transfer on the I2C-bus
SSLAVE ADDRESS R/W ADATA ADATA A/A P
'0'(write)
data transfer
(n bytes + acknowledge)
from master to slave
from slave to master
A = acknowledge (SDA low)
A = not acknowledge (SDA high)
S = START condition
P = STOP condition
A master-transmitter addressing a slave receiver with a 7-bit address
The transfer direction is not changed
'1'(read)
data transfer
(n bytes + acknowledge)
SSLAVE ADDRESS R/W A DATA ADATA A P
A master reads a slave immediately after the first byte (address)
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
Publication Release Date: July 26, 2006
- 347 - Revision A1
START or Repeated START signal
When the bus is free/idle, meaning no master device is engaging the bus (both SCL and SDA lines
are high), a master can initiate a transfer by sending a START signal. A START signal, usually
referred to as the S-bit, is defined as a HIGH to LOW transition on the SDA line while SCL is HIGH.
The START signal denotes the beginning of a new data transfer.
A Repeated START (Sr) is a START signal without first generating a STOP signal. The master uses
this method to communicate with another slave or the same slave in a different transfer direction (e.g.
from writing to a device to reading from a device) without releasing the bus.
The I2C core generates a START signal when the START bit in the Command Register (CMDR) is set
and the READ or WRITE bits are also set. Depending on the current status of the SCL line, a START
or Repeated START is generated.
STOP signal
The master can terminate the communication by generating a STOP signal. A STOP signal, usually
referred to as the P-bit, is defined as a LOW to HIGH transition on the SDA line while SCL is HIGH.
START condition STOP condition
SCL
SDA
START and STOP conditions
Slave Address Transfer
The first byte of data transferred by the master immediately after the START signal is the slave
address. This is a 7-bits calling address followed by a RW bit. The RW bit signals the slave the data
transfer direction. No two slaves in the system can have the same address. Only the slave with an
address that matches the one transmitted by the master will respond by returning an acknowledge bit
by pulling the SDA low at the 9th SCL clock cycle.
The core treats a Slave Address Transfer as any other write action. Store the slave device’s address
in the Transmit Register (TxR) and set the WRITE bit. The core will then transfer the slave address on
the bus.
MSB LSB
R/WA0A1A2A3A4A5A6
slave address
The first byte after the START procedure
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
- 348 -
Data Transfer
Once successful slave addressing has been achieved, the data transfer can proceed on a byte-by-
byte basis in the direction specified by the RW bit sent by the master. Each transferred byte is
followed by an acknowledge bit on the 9th SCL clock cycle. If the slave signals a Not Acknowledge
(NACK), the master can generate a STOP signal to abort the data transfer or generate a Repeated
START signal and start a new transfer cycle.
If the master, as the receiving device, does Not Acknowledge (NACK) the slave, the slave releases
the SDA line for the master to generate a STOP or Repeated START signal.
To write data to a slave, store the data to be transmitted in the Transmit Register (TxR) and set the
WRITE bit. To read data from a slave, set the READ bit. During a transfer the core set the I2C_TIP
flag, indicating that a Transfer is In Progress. When the transfer is done the I2C_TIP flag is cleared,
the IF flag set if enabled, then an interrupt generated. The Receive Register (RxR) contains valid data
after the IF flag has been set. The software may issue a new write or read command when the
I2C_TIP flag is cleared.
data line
stable;
data valid
change
of data
allowed
SCL
SDA
Bit transfer on the I2C-bus
12 89
SCL FROM
MASTER
DATA OUTPUT BY
TRANSMITTER
DATA OUTPUT BY
RECEIVER
S
START
condition
clock pulse for
acknowledgement
not acknowledge
acknowledge
Acknowledge on the I2C-bus
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
Publication Release Date: July 26, 2006
- 349 - Revision A1
7.14.2 I2C Serial Interface Control Registers Map
R: read only, W: write only, R/W: both read and write
NOTE1: The reset value of I2C_WR0/1 is 0x3F only when SCR, SDR and SER are connected to pull
high resistor.
REGISTER ADDRESS R/W DESCRIPTION RESET VALUE
I2C Interface 0
I2C_CSR0 0xFFF8_6000 R/W I2C0 Control and Status Register 0x0000_0000
I2C_DIVIDER0 0xFFF8_6004 R/W I2C0 Clock Prescale Register 0x0000_0000
I2C_CMDR0 0xFFF8_6008 R/W I2C0 Command Register 0x0000_0000
I2C_SWR0 0xFFF8_600C R/W I2C0 Software Mode Control Register 0x0000_003F
I2C_RxR0 0xFFF8_6010 R I2C0 Data Receive Register 0x0000_0000
I2C_TxR0 0xFFF8_6014 R/W I2C0 Data Transmit Register 0x0000_0000
I2C Interface 1
I2C_CSR1 0xFFF8_6100 R/W I2C1 Control and Status Register 0x0000_0000
I2C_DIVIDER1 0xFFF8_6104 R/W I2C1 Clock Prescale Register 0x0000_0000
I2C_CMDR1 0xFFF8_6108 R/W I2C1 Command Register 0x0000_0000
I2C_SWR1 0xFFF8_610C R/W I2C1 Software Mode Control Register 0x0000_003F
I2C_RxR1 0xFFF8_6110 R I2C1 Data Receive Register 0x0000_0000
I2C_TxR1 0xFFF8_6114 R/W I2C1 Data Transmit Register 0x0000_0000
I2C Control and Status Register 0/1 (I2C_CSR0/1)
REGISTER ADDRESS R/W DESCRIPTION RESET VALUE
I2C_CSR0 0xFFF8_6000 R/W I2C Control and Status Register 0 0x0000_0000
I2C_CSR1 0xFFF8_6100 R/W I2C Control and Status Register 1 0x0000_0000
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
Reserved
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
Reserved
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
Reserved I2C_RxACK I2C_BUSY I2C_AL I2C_TIP
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Reserved Tx_NUM Reserved IF IE I2C_EN
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
- 350 -
BITS DESCRIPTIONS
[31:12] Reserved Reserved
[11] I2C_RxAC
K
Received Acknowledge From Slave (Read only)
This flag represents acknowledge from the addressed slave.
0 = Acknowledge received (ACK).
1 = Not acknowledge received (NACK).
[10] I2C_BUSY I2C Bus Busy (Read only)
0 = After STOP signal detected.
1 = After START signal detected.
[9] I2C_AL
Arbitration Lost (Read only)
This bit is set when the I2C core lost arbitration. Arbitration is lost when:
A STOP signal is detected, but no requested.
The master drives SDA high, but SDA is low.
[8] I2C_TIP
Transfer In Progress (Read only)
0 = Transfer complete.
1 = Transferring data.
NOTE: When a transfer is in progress, you will not allow writing to any
register of the I2C master core except SWR.
[5:4] Tx_NUM
Transmit Byte Counts
These two bits represent how many bytes are remained to transmit. When a
byte has been transmitted, the Tx_NUM will decrease 1 until all bytes are
transmitted (Tx_NUM = 0x0) or NACK received from slave. Then the
interrupt signal will assert if IE was set.
0x0 = Only one byte is left for transmission.
0x1 = Two bytes are left to for transmission.
0x2 = Three bytes are left for transmission.
0x3 = Four bytes are left for transmission.
[3] Reserved Reserved
[2] IF
Interrupt Flag
The Interrupt Flag is set when:
Transfer has been completed.
Transfer has not been completed, but slave responded NACK (in multi-byte
transmit mode).
Arbitration is lost.
NOTE: This bit is read only, but can be cleared by writing 1 to this bit.
[1] IE Interrupt Enable
0 = Disable I2C Interrupt.
1 = Enable I2C Interrupt.
[0] I2C_EN I2C Core Enable
0 = Disable I2C core, serial bus outputs are controlled by SDW/SCW.
1 = Enable I2C core, serial bus outputs are controlled by I2C core.
I2C Prescale Register 0/1 (I2C_DIVIDER 0 /1)
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
Publication Release Date: July 26, 2006
- 351 - Revision A1
REGISTER ADDRESS R/W DESCRIPTION RESET VALUE
I2C_DIVIDER0 0xFFF8_6004 R/W I2C Clock Prescale Register 0 0x0000_0000
I2C_DIVIDER1 0xFFF8_6104 R/W I2C Clock Prescale Register 1 0x0000_0000
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
Reserved
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
Reserved
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
DIVIDER[15:8]
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
DIVIDER[7:0]
BITS DESCRIPTIONS
[15:0] DIVIDER
Clock Prescale Register
It is used to prescale the SCL clock line. Due to the structure of the I2C
interface, the core uses a 5*SCL clock internally. The prescale register must
be programmed to this 5*SCL frequency (minus 1). Change the value of the
prescale register only when the “I2C_EN” bit is cleared.
Example: pclk = 32MHz, desired SCL = 100KHz
)(3)(631
1005
32 hexFdec
KHz
MHz
prescale ==
=
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
- 352 -
I2C Command Register 0/1 (I2C_CMDR 0/1)
REGISTER ADDRESS R/W DESCRIPTION RESET VALUE
I2C_CMDR0 0xFFF8_6008 R/W I2C Command Register 0 0x0000_0000
I2C_CMDR1 0xFFF8_6108 R/W I2C Command Register 1 0x0000_0000
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
Reserved
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
Reserved
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
Reserved
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Reserved START STOP READ WRITE ACK
NOTE: Software can write this register only when I2C_EN = 1.
BITS DESCRIPTIONS
[31:5] Reserved Reserved
[4] START Generate Start Condition
Generate (repeated) start condition on I2C bus.
[3] STOP Generate Stop Condition
Generate stop condition on I2C bus.
[2] READ Read Data From Slave
Retrieve data from slave.
[1] WRITE Write Data To Slave
Transmit data to slave.
[0] ACK Send Acknowledge To Slave
When I2C behaves as a receiver, sent ACK (ACK = ‘0’) or NACK (ACK
= ‘1’) to slave.
NOTE: The START, STOP, READ and WRITE bits are cleared automatically while transfer finished. READ and WRITE cannot
be set concurrently.
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
Publication Release Date: July 26, 2006
- 353 - Revision A1
I2C Software Mode Register 0/1(I2C_SWR 0/1)
REGISTER ADDRESS R/W DESCRIPTION RESET VALUE
I2C_SWR0 0xFFF8_600C R/W I2C Software Mode Control Register 0 0x0000_003F
I2C_SWR1 0xFFF8_610C R/W I2C Software Mode Control Register 1 0x0000_003F
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
Reserved
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
Reserved
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
Reserved
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Reserved Reserved SDR SCR Reserved SDW SCW
Note: This register is used as software mode of I2C. Software can read/write this register no matter I2C_EN is 0 or 1. But SCL
and SDA are controlled by software only when I2C_EN = 0.
BITS DESCRIPTIONS
[31:6] Reserved Reserved
[5] Reserved Reserved
[4] SDR Serial Interface SDA Status (Read only)
0 = SDA is Low.
1 = SDA is High.
[3] SCR Serial Interface SCK Status (Read only)
0 = SCL is Low.
1 = SCL is High.
[2] Reserved Reserved
[1] SDW Serial Interface SDA Output Control
0 = SDA pin is driven Low.
1 = SDA pin is tri-state.
[0] SCW Serial Interface SCK Output Control
0 = SCL pin is driven Low.
1 = SCL pin is tri-state.
I2C Data Receive Register 0/1 (I2C_RxR 0/1)
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
- 354 -
REGISTER OFFSET R/W DESCRIPTION RESET VALUE
I2C_RXR0 0xFFF8_6010 R I2C Data Receive Register 0 0x0000_0000
I2C_RXR1 0xFFF8_6110 R I2C Data Receive Register 1 0x0000_0000
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
Reserved
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
Reserved
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
Reserved
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Rx [7:0]
BITS DESCRIPTIONS
[31:8] Reserved Reserved
[7:0] Rx Data Receive Register
The last byte received via I2C bus will put on this register. The I2C core
only used 8-bit receive buffer.
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
Publication Release Date: July 26, 2006
- 355 - Revision A1
I2C Data Transmit Register 0/1 (I2C_TxR 0/1)
REGISTER ADDRESS R/W DESCRIPTION RESET VALUE
I2C_TXR0 0xFFF8_6014 R/W I2C Data Transmit Register 0x0000_0000
I2C_TXR1 0xFFF8_6114 R/W I2C Data Transmit Register 0x0000_0000
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
Tx [31:24]
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
Tx [23:16]
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
Tx [15:8]
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Tx [7:0]
BITS DESCRIPTIONS
[31:0] Tx
Data Transmit Register
The I2C core used 32-bit transmit buffer and provide multi-byte
transmit function. Set CSR[Tx_NUM] to a value that you want to
transmit. I2C core will always issue a transfer from the highest byte
first. For example, if CSR[Tx_NUM] = 0x3, Tx[31:24] will be
transmitted first, then Tx[23:16], and so on.
In case of a data transfer, all bits will be treated as data.
In case of a slave address transfer, the first 7 bits will be treated as 7-
bit address and the LSB represent the R/W bit. In this case,
LSB = 1, reading from slave
LSB = 0, writing to slave
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
- 356 -
7.15 Universal Serial Interface
The USI is a synchronous serial interface performs a serial-to-parallel conversion on data characters
received from the peripheral, and a parallel-to-serial conversion on data characters received from
CPU. It can generate an interrupt signal when data transfer is finished and can be cleared by writing 1
to the interrupt flag. The active level of device/slave select signal can be chosen to low active or high
active, which depends on the peripheral it’s connected. Writing a divisor into DIVIDER register can
program the frequency of serial clock output. This master core contains four 32-bit transmit/receive
buffers, and can provide burst mode operation. The maximum bits can be transmitted/received is 32
bits, and can transmit/receive data up to four times successive.
The USI (Microwire/SPI) Master Core includes the following features:
AMBA APB interface compatible
Support USI (Microwire/SPI) master mode
Full duplex synchronous serial data transfer
Variable length of transfer word up to 32 bits
Provide burst mode operation, transmit/receive can be executed up to four times in one transfer
MSB or LSB first data transfer
Rx and Tx on both rising or falling edge of serial clock independently
1 slave/device select lines
Fully static synchronous design with one clock domain
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
Publication Release Date: July 26, 2006
- 357 - Revision A1
7.15.1 USI Timing Diagram
The timing diagram of USI is shown as following.
MSB
(Tx[7]) LSB
(Tx[0])
MSB
(Rx[7]) LSB
(Rx[0])
mw_ss_o
mw_sclk_o
mw_so_o
mw_si_i
CNTRL[LSB]=0, CNTRL[Tx_NUM]=0x0, CNTRL[Tx_BIT_LEN]=0x08,
CNTRL[Tx_NEG]=1, CNTRL[Rx_NEG]=0, SSR[SS_LVL]=0
Tx[6] Tx[5] Tx[4] Tx[3] Tx[2] Tx[1]
Rx[6] Rx[5] Rx[4] Rx[3] Rx[2] Rx[1]
Fig. 7.16.1.1 USI Timing
mw_ss_o
mw_sclk_o
mw_so_o
mw_si_i
CNTRL[LSB]=1, CNTRL[Tx_NUM]=0x0, CNTRL[Tx_BIT_LEN]=0x08,
CNTRL[Tx_NEG]=0, CNTRL[Rx_NEG]=1, SSR[SS_LVL]=0
MSB
(Tx[7])
LSB
(Tx[0])
MSB
(Rx[7])
LSB
(Rx[0])
Tx[1] Tx[2] Tx[3] Tx[4] Tx[5] Tx[6]
Rx[1] Rx[2] Rx[3] Rx[4] Rx[5] Rx[6]
Fig. 7.16.1.2 Alternate Phase SCLK Clock Timing
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
- 358 -
7.15.2 USI Registers Map
R: read only, W: write only, R/W: both read and write
REGISTER ADDRESS R/W DESCRIPTION RESET VALUE
USI_CNTRL 0xFFF8_6200 R/W Control and Status Register 0x0000_0004
USI_DIVIDER 0xFFF8_6204 R/W Clock Divider Register 0x0000_0000
USI_SSR 0xFFF8_6208 R/W Slave Select Register 0x0000_0000
Reserved 0xFFF8_620C N/A Reserved N/A
USI_Rx0 0xFFF8_6210 R Data Receive Register 0 0x0000_0000
USI_Rx1 0xFFF8_6214 R Data Receive Register 1 0x0000_0000
USI_Rx2 0xFFF8_6218 R Data Receive Register 2 0x0000_0000
USI_Rx3 0xFFF8_621C R Data Receive Register 3 0x0000_0000
USI_Tx0 0xFFF8_6210 W Data Transmit Register 0 0x0000_0000
USI_Tx1 0xFFF8_6214 W Data Transmit Register 1 0x0000_0000
USI_Tx2 0xFFF8_6218 W Data Transmit Register 2 0x0000_0000
USI_Tx3 0xFFF8_621C W Data Transmit Register 3 0x0000_0000
NOTE 1: When software programs CNTRL, the GO_BUSY bit should be written last.
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
Publication Release Date: July 26, 2006
- 359 - Revision A1
USI_Control and Status Register (USI_CNTRL)
REGISTER ADDRESS R/W DESCRIPTION RESET VALUE
USI_CNTRL 0xFFF8_6200 R/W USI Control and Status Register 0x0000_0004
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
Reserved
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
Reserved IE IF
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
SLEEP Reserved LSB Tx_NUM
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Tx_BIT_LEN Tx_NEG Rx_NEG GO_BUSY
BITS DESCRIPTIONS
[31:18] Reserved Reserved
[17] IE Interrupt Enable
0 = Disable USI Interrupt.
1 = Enable USI Interrupt.
[16] IF
Interrupt Flag
0 = It indicates that the transfer dose not finish yet.
1 = It indicates that the transfer is done. The interrupt flag is set if it
was enable.
NOTE: This bit is read only, but can be cleared by writing 1 to this bit.
[15:12] SLEEP
Suspend Interval
These four bits provide the configuration of suspend interval between
two successive transmit/receive in a transfer. The default value is 0x0.
When CNTRL [Tx_NUM] = 00, setting this field has no effect on
transfer. The desired interval is obtained according to the following
equation (from the last falling edge of current sclk to the first rising
edge of next sclk):
(CNTRL[SLEEP] + 2)*period of SCLK
SLEEP = 0x0 … 2 SCLK clock cycle
SLEEP = 0x1 … 3 SCLK clock cycle
……
SLEEP = 0xe … 16 SCLK clock cycle
SLEEP = 0xf … 17 SCLK clock cycle
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
- 360 -
Continued
BITS DESCRIPTIONS
[11] Reserved Reserved
[10] LSB
Send LSB First
0 = The MSB is transmitted/received first (which bit in TxX/RxX
register that is depends on the Tx_BIT_LEN field in the CNTRL
register).
1 = The LSB is sent first on the line (bit TxX[0]), and the first bit
received from the line will be put in the LSB position in the Rx register
(bit RxX[0]).
[9:8] Tx_NUM
Transmit/Receive Numbers
This field specifies how many transmit/receive numbers should be
executed in one transfer.
00 = Only one transmit/receive will be executed in one transfer.
01 = Two successive transmit/receive will be executed in one transfer.
10 = Three successive transmit/receive will be executed in one
transfer.
11 = Four successive transmit/receive will be executed in one transfer.
[7:3] Tx_BIT_LEN
Transmit Bit Length
This field specifies how many bits are transmitted in one
transmit/receive. Up to 32 bits can be transmitted.
Tx_BIT_LEN = 0x01 … 1 bit
Tx_BIT_LEN = 0x02 … 2 bits
……
Tx_BIT_LEN = 0x1f … 31 bits
Tx_BIT_LEN = 0x00 … 32 bits
[2] Tx_NEG
Transmit On Negative Edge
0 = The mw_so_o signal is changed on the rising edge of mw_sclk_o.
1 = The mw_so_o signal is changed on the falling edge of
mw_sclk_o.
[1] Rx_NEG Receive On Negative Edge
0 = The mw_si_i signal is latched on the rising edge of mw_sclk_o.
1 = The mw_si_i signal is latched on the falling edge of mw_sclk_o.
[0] GO_BUSY
Go and Busy Status
0 = Writing 0 to this bit has no effect.
1 = Writing 1 to this bit starts the transfer. This bit remains set during
the transfer and is automatically cleared after transfer finished.
NOTE: All registers should be set before writing 1 to the GO_BUSY bit
in the CNTRL register. When a transfer is in progress, writing to any
register of the USI(Microwire/SPI) master core has no effect.
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
Publication Release Date: July 26, 2006
- 361 - Revision A1
USI Divider Register (USI_DIVIDER)
REGISTER ADDRESS R/W DESCRIPTION RESET VALUE
USI_Divider 0xFFF8_6204 R/W USI Clock Divider Register 0x0000_0000
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
Reserved
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
Reserved
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
DIVIDER[15:8]
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
DIVIDER[7:0]
BITS DESCRIPTIONS
[15:0] DIVIDER
Clock Divider Register
The value in this field is the frequency divider of the system clock pclk
to generate the serial clock on the output mw_sclk_o. The desired
frequency is obtained according to the following equation:
()
2*1+
=DIVIDER
f
fpclk
sclk
NOTE: Suggest DIVIDER should be at least 1.
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
- 362 -
USI Slave Select Register (USI_SSR)
REGISTER ADDRESS R/W DESCRIPTION RESET VALUE
USI_SSR 0xFFF8_6208 R/W USI Slave Select Register 0x0000_0000
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
Reserved
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
Reserved
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
Reserved
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Reserved ASS SS_LVL SSR[1:0]
BITS DESCRIPTIONS
[3] ASS
Automatic Slave Select
0 = If this bit is cleared, slave select signals are asserted and de-
asserted by setting and clearing related bits in SSR register.
1 = If this bit is set, mw_ss_o signals are generated automatically. It
means that device/slave select signal, which is set in SSR register is
asserted by the USI controller when transmit/receive is started by
setting CNTRL[GO_BUSY], and is de-asserted after every
transmit/receive is finished.
[2] SS_LVL
Slave Select Active Level
It defines the active level of device/slave select signal (mw_ss_o).
0 = The mw_ss_o slave select signal is active Low.
1 = The mw_ss_o slave select signal is active High.
[1:0] SSR
Slave Select Register
If SSR[ASS] bit is cleared, writing 1 to any bit location of this field sets
the proper mw_ss_o line to an active state and writing 0 sets the line
back to inactive state.
If SSR[ASS] bit is set, writing 1 to any bit location of this field will select
appropriate mw_ss_o line to be automatically driven to active state for
the duration of the transmit/receive, and will be driven to inactive state
for the rest of the time. (The active level of mw_ss_o is specified in
SSR[SS_LVL]).
NOTE: This interface can only drive one device/slave at a given time.
Therefore, the slave select of the selected device must be set to its
active level before starting any read or write transfer.
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
Publication Release Date: July 26, 2006
- 363 - Revision A1
USI Data Receive Register 0/1/2/3 (USI_Rx0/1/2/3)
REGISTER ADDRESS R/W DESCRIPTION RESET VALUE
USI_RX0 0xFFF8_6210 R USI Data Receive Register 0 0x0000_0000
USI_RX1 0xFFF8_6214 R USI Data Receive Register 1 0x0000_0000
USI_RX2 0xFFF8_6218 R USI Data Receive Register 2 0x0000_0000
USI_RX3 0xFFF8_621C R USI Data Receive Register 3 0x0000_0000
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
Rx [31:24]
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
Rx [23:16]
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
Rx [15:8]
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Rx [7:0]
BITS DESCRIPTIONS
[31:0] Rx
Data Receive Register
The Data Receive Registers hold the value of received data of the last
executed transfer. Valid bits depend on the transmit bit length field in the
CNTRL register. For example, if CNTRL[Tx_BIT_LEN] is set to 0x08 and
CNTRL[Tx_NUM] is set to 0x0, bit Rx0[7:0] holds the received data.
NOTE: The Data Receive Registers are read only registers. A Write to
these registers will actually modify the Data Transmit Registers because
those registers share the same FFs.
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
- 364 -
Data Transmit Register 0/1/2/3 (Tx0/1/2/3)
REGISTER ADDRESS R/W DESCRIPTION RESET VALUE
USI_TX0 0xFFF8_6210 W USI Data Transmit Register 0 0x0000_0000
USI_TX1 0xFFF8_6214 W USI Data Transmit Register 1 0x0000_0000
USI_TX2 0xFFF8_6218 W USI Data Transmit Register 2 0x0000_0000
USI_TX3 0xFFF8_621C W USI Data Transmit Register 3 0x0000_0000
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
Tx [31:24]
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
Tx [23:16]
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
Tx [15:8]
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Tx [7:0]
BITS DESCRIPTIONS
[31:0] Tx
Data Transmit Register
The Data Transmit Registers hold the data to be transmitted in the next
transfer. Valid bits depend on the transmit bit length field in the CNTRL
register. For example, if CNTRL[Tx_BIT_LEN] is set to 0x08 and the
CNTRL[Tx_NUM] is set to 0x0, the bit Tx0[7:0] will be transmitted in next
transfer. If CNTRL[Tx_BIT_LEN] is set to 0x00 and CNTRL[Tx_NUM] is
set to 0x3, the core will perform four 32-bit transmit/receive successive
using the same setting (the order is Tx0[31:0], Tx1[31:0], Tx2[31:0],
Tx3[31:0]).
NOTE: The RxX and TxX registers share the same flip-flops, which
means that what is received from the input data line in one transfer will
be transmitted on the output data line in the next transfer if no write
access to the TxX register is executed between the transfers.
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
Publication Release Date: July 26, 2006
- 365 - Revision A1
7.16 PWM
The W90N745 have 4 channels PWM timers. They can be divided into two groups. Each group has 1
Prescaler, 1 clock divider, 2 clock selectors, 2 16-bit counters, 2 16-bit comparators, 1 Dead-Zone
generator. They are all driven by PCLK (80 MHz). Each channel can be used as a timer and issue
interrupt independently.
Two channels PWM timers in one group share the same prescaler. Clock divider provides each
channel with 5 clock sources (1, 1/2, 1/4, 1/8, 1/16). Each channel receives its own clock signal from
clock divider which receives clock from 8-bit prescaler. The 16-bit counter in each channel receive
clock signal from clock selector and can be used to handle one PWM period. The 16-bit comparator
compares number in counter with threshold number in register loaded previously to generate PWM
duty cycle.
The clock signal from clock divider is called PWM clock. Dead-Zone generator utilize PWM clock as
clock source. Once Dead-Zone generator is enabled, output of two PWM timer in one group is
blocked. Two output pin are all used as Dead-Zone generator output signal to control off-chip power
device.
To prevent PWM driving output pin with unsteady waveform, 16-bit counter and 16-bit comparator are
implemented with double buffering feature. User can feel free to write data to counter buffer register
and comparator buffer register without generating glitch.
When 16-bit down counter reaches zero, the interrupt request is generated to inform CPU that time is
up. When counter reaches zero, if counter is set as toggle mode, it is reloaded automatically and start
to generate next cycle. User can set counter as one-shot mode instead of toggle mode. If counter is
set as one-shot mode, counter will stop and generate one interrupt request when it reaches zero.
The value of comparator is used for pulse width modulation. The counter control logic changes the
output level when down-counter value matches the value of compare register.
The PWM timer features are shown as below:
z Two 8-bit prescalers and two clock dividers
z Four clock selectors
z Four 16-bit counters and four 16-bit comparators
z Two Dead-Zone generator
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
- 366 -
7.16.1 PWM Double Buffering and Reload Automatically
W90N745 PWM Timers have a double buffering function, enabling the reload value changed for next
timer operation without stopping current timer operation. Although new timer value is set, current timer
operation still operate successfully.
The counter value can be written into PWM_CNR0, PWM_CNR1, PWM_CNR2, PWM_CNR3 and
current counter value can be read from PWM_PDR0, PWM_PDR1, PWM_PDR2, PWM_PDR3.
The auto-reload operation copies from PWM_CNR0, PWM_CNR1, PWM_CNR2, PWM_CNR3 to
down-counter when down-counter reaches zero. If PWM_CNR0~3 are set as zero, counter will be halt
when counter count to zero. If auto-reload bit is set as zero, counter will be stopped immediately.
7.16.2 Modulate Duty Ratio
The double buffering function allows CMR written at any point in current cycle. The loaded value will
take effect from next cycle.
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
Publication Release Date: July 26, 2006
- 367 - Revision A1
7.16.3 Dead Zone Generator
W90N745 PWM is implemented with Dead Zone generator. They are built for power device protection.
This function enables generation of a programmable time gap at the rising of PWM output waveform.
User can program PWM_PPR [31:24] and PWM_PPR [23:16] to determine the Dead Zone interval.
Dead zone generator operation
PWM_out1
PWM_out1_n
PWM_out1_DZ
PWM_out1_n_DZ
Dead zone interval
7.16.4 PWM Timer Start Procedure
1. Setup clock selector (PWM_CSR)
2. Setup prescaler & dead zone interval (PWM_PPR)
3. Setup inverter on/off, dead zone generator on/off, toggle mode /one-shot mode, and PWM timer
off. (PWM_PCR)
4. Setup comparator register (PWM_CMR)
5. Setup counter register (PWM_CNR)
6. Setup interrupt enable register (PWM_PIER)
7. Enable PWM timer (PWM_PCR)
7.16.5 PWM Timer Stop Procedure
Method 1 : Set 16-bit down counter(PWM_CNR) as 0, and monitor PWM_PDR. When PWM_PDR
reaches to 0, disable PWM timer (PWM_PCR). (Recommended)
Method 2 : Set 16-bit down counter(PWM_CNR) as 0. When interrupt request happen, disable PWM
timer (PWM_PCR). (Recommended)
Method 3 : Disable PWM timer directly (PWM_PCR). (Not recommended)
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
- 368 -
7.16.6 PWM Register Map
REGISTER ADDRESS R/W DESCRIPTION RESET VALUE
PWM_PPR 0xFFF8_7000 R/W PWM Prescaler Register 0x0000_0000
PWM_CSR 0xFFF8_7004 R/W PWM Clock Select Register 0x0000_0000
PWM_PCR 0xFFF8_7008 R/W PWM Control Register 0x0000_0000
PWM_CNR0 0xFFF8_700C R/W PWM Counter Register 0 0x0000_0000
PWM_CMR0 0xFFF8_7010 R/W PWM Comparator Register 0 0x0000_0000
PWM_PDR0 0xFFF8_7014 R PWM Data Register 0 0x0000_0000
PWM_CNR1 0xFFF8_7018 R/W PWM Counter Register 1 0x0000_0000
PWM_CMR1 0xFFF8_701C R/W PWM Comparator Register 1 0x0000_0000
PWM_PDR1 0xFFF8_7020 R PWM Data Register 1 0x0000_0000
PWM_CNR2 0xFFF8_7024 R/W PWM Counter Register 2 0x0000_0000
PWM_CMR2 0xFFF8_7028 R/W PWM Comparator Register 2 0x0000_0000
PWM_PDR2 0xFFF8_702C R PWM Data Register 2 0x0000_0000
PWM_CNR3 0xFFF8_7030 R/W PWM Counter Register 3 0x0000_0000
PWM_CMR3 0xFFF8_7034 R/W PWM Comparator Register 3 0x0000_0000
PWM_PDR3 0xFFF8_7038 R PWM Data Register 3 0x0000_0000
PWM_PIER 0xFFF8_703C R/W PWM Interrupt Enable Register 0x0000_0000
PWM_PIIR 0xFFF8_7040 R/C PWM Interrupt Indication Register 0x0000_0000
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
Publication Release Date: July 26, 2006
- 369 - Revision A1
PWM Prescaler Register (PWM_PPR)
REGISTER ADDRESS R/W DESCRIPTION RESET VALUE
PWM_PPR 0xFFF8_7000 R/W PWM Prescaler Register 0x0000_0000
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
DZI1
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
DZI0
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
CP1
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
CP0
BITS DESCRIPTIONS
[31:24] DZI1
DZI1: Dead zone interval register 1, these 8-bit determine dead zone
length.
The 1 unit time of dead zone length is received from clock selector 2.
[23:16] DZI0
DZI0: Dead zone interval register 0, these 8-bit determine dead zone
length.
The 1 unit time of dead zone length is received from clock selector 0.
[15:8] CP1
CP1 : Clock prescaler 1 for PWM Timer channel 2 & 3
Clock input is divided by (CP1 + 1) before it is fed to the counter. 2 & 3
If CP1=0, then the prescaler 1 output clock will be stopped.
[7:0] CP0
CP0 : Clock prescaler 0 for PWM Timer channel 0 & 1
Clock input is divided by (CP0 + 1) before it is fed to the counter. 0 & 1
If CP0=0, then the prescaler 0 output clock will be stopped.
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
- 370 -
PWM Clock Select Register (PWM_CSR)
REGISTER ADDRESS R/W DESCRIPTION RESET VALUE
PWM_CSR 0xFFF8_7004 R/W PWM Clock Select Register 0x0000_0000
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
Reserved
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
Reserved
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
Reserved CSR3 Reserved CSR2
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Reserved CSR1 Reserved CSR0
BITS DESCRIPTIONS
[14:12] CSR3 Select clock input for channel 3
[10:8] CSR2 Select clock input for channel 2.
[6:4] CSR1 Select clock input for channel 1
[2:0] CSR0 Select clock input for channel 0
CSR3 INPUT CLOCK DIVIDED BY
000 2
001 4
010 8
011 16
100 1
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
Publication Release Date: July 26, 2006
- 371 - Revision A1
PWM Control Register (PWM_PCR)
REGISTER ADDRESS R/W DESCRIPTION RESET VALUE
PWM_PCR 0xFFF8_7008 R/W PWM Control Register 0x0000_0000
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
Reserved
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
Reserved PCR19 PCR18 PCR17 PCR16
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
PCR15 PCR14 PCR13 PCR12 PCR11 PCR10 PCR09 PCR08
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
PCR07 PCR06 PCR05 PCR04 PCR03 PCR02 PCR01 PCR00
BITS DESCRIPTIONS
[19] PCR 19
Channel 3 toggle/one shot mode
1 = toggle mode
0 = one shot mode
[18] PCR 18
Channel 3 Inverter on/off
1 = inverter on
0 = inverter off
[17] PCR 17 Reserved
[16] PCR 16
Channel 3 enable/disable
1 = enable
0 = disable
[15] PCR 15
Channel 2 toggle/one shot mode
1 = toggle mode
0 = one shot mode
[14] PCR 14
Channel 2 Inverter on/off
1 = inverter on
0 = inverter off
[13] PCR 13 Reserved
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
- 372 -
Continued
BITS DESCRIPTIONS
[12] PCR 12
Channel 2 enable/disable
1 = enable
0 = disable
[11] PCR 11
Channel 1 toggle/one shot mode
1 = toggle mode
0 = one shot mode
[10] PCR 10
Channel 1 Inverter on/off
1 = inverter on
0 = inverter off
[09] PCR 09 Reserved
[08] PCR 08
Channel 1 enable/disable
1 = enable
0 = disable
[07] PCR 07 Reserved
[06] PCR 06 Reserved
[05] PCR 05
Dead-Zone generator 1 enable/disable
1 = enable dead-zone generator
0 = disable dead-zone generator
[04] PCR 04
Dead-Zone generator 0 enable/disable
1 = enable dead-zone generator
0 = disable dead-zone generator
[03] PCR 03
Channel 0 toggle/one shot mode
1 = toggle mode
0 = one shot mode
[02] PCR 02
Channel 0 Inverter on/off
1 = inverter on
0 = inverter off
[01] PCR 01 Reserved
[00] PCR 00
Channel 0 enable/disable
1 = enable
0 = disable
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
Publication Release Date: July 26, 2006
- 373 - Revision A1
PWM Counter Register 0/1/2/3 (PWM_CNR0/1/2/3)
REGISTER ADDRESS R/W DESCRIPTION RESET VALUE
PWM_CNR0 0xFFF8_700C R/W PWM Counter Register 0 0x0000_0000
PWM_CNR1 0xFFF8_7018 R/W PWM Counter Register 1 0x0000_0000
PWM_CNR2 0xFFF8_7024 R/W PWM Counter Register 2 0x0000_0000
PWM_CNR3 0xFFF8_7030 R/W PWM Counter Register 3 0x0000_0000
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
Reserved
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
Reserved
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
CNRx[15:8]
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
CNRx[7:0]
BITS DESCRIPTIONS
[31:16] Reserved -
[15:0] CNRx
CNR: PWM counter/timer buffer. Inserted data range: 65535~0. Unit:
1 PWM clock cycle
Note 1: One PWM counter countdown interval = CNR + 1.If CNR is
loaded as
zero, PWM counter will be stopped.
Note 2: Programmer can feel free to write data to CNR at any time,
and it will be reloaded when PWM counter reaches zero.
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
- 374 -
PWM Comparator Register 0/1/2/3 (PWM_CMR0/1/2/3)
REGISTER ADDRESS R/W DESCRIPTION RESET VALUE
PWM_CMR0 0xFFF8_7010 R/W PWM Comparator Register 0 0x0000_0000
PWM_CMR1 0xFFF8_701C R/W PWM Comparator Register 1 0x0000_0000
PWM_CMR2 0xFFF8_7028 R/W PWM Comparator Register 2 0x0000_0000
PWM_CMR3 0xFFF8_7034 R/W PWM Comparator Register 3 0x0000_0000
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
Reserved
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
Reserved
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
CMRx[15:8]
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
CMRx[7:0]
BITS DESCRIPTIONS
[31:16] Reserved -
[15:0] CMRx
CMR: PWM comparator register
Inserted data range: 65535~0. CMR is used to determine PWM output
duty ratio.
Note 1: PWM duty = CMR + 1.If CMR is loaded as zero, PWM duty =
1
Note 2: Programmer can feel free to write data to CMR at any time,
and it will be reloaded when PWM counter reaches zero.
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
Publication Release Date: July 26, 2006
- 375 - Revision A1
PWM Data Register 0/1/2/3 (PWM_PDR 0/1/2/3)
REGISTER ADDRESS R/W DESCRIPTION RESET VALUE
PWM_PDR0 0xFFF8_7014 R PWM Data Register 0 0x0000_0000
PWM_PDR1 0xFFF8_7020 R PWM Data Register 1 0x0000_0000
PWM_PDR2 0xFFF8_702C R PWM Data Register 2 0x0000_0000
PWM_PDR3 0xFFF8_7038 R PWM Data Register 3 0x0000_0000
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
Reserved
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
Reserved
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
PDRx[15:8]
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
PDRx[7:0]
BITS DESCRIPTIONS
[31:16] Reserved -
[15:0] PDRx PDR: PWM Data register. User can monitor PDR to get current value
in 16-bit down counter.
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
- 376 -
PWM Interrupt Enable Register (PWM_PIER)
REGISTER ADDRESS R/W DESCRIPTION RESET VALUE
PWM_PIER 0xFFF8_703C R/W PWM Interrupt Enable Register 0x0000_0000
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
Reserved
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
Reserved
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
Reserved
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Reserved PIER3 PIER2 PIER1 PIER0
BITS DESCRIPTIONS
[31:4] Reserved -
[3] PIER3
Enable/Disable PWM counter channel 3 interrupt request
1 = enable
0 = disable
[2] PIER2
Enable/Disable PWM counter channel 2 interrupt request
1 = enable
0 = disable
[1] PIER1
Enable/Disable PWM counter channel 1 interrupt request
1 = enable
0 = disable
[0] PIER0
Enable/Disable PWM counter channel 0 interrupt request
1 = enable
0 = disable
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
Publication Release Date: July 26, 2006
- 377 - Revision A1
PWM Interrupt Indication Register (PWM_PIIR)
REGISTER ADDRESS R/W/C DESCRIPTION RESET VALUE
PWM_PIIR 0xFFF8_7040 R/C PWM Interrupt Indication Register 0x0000_0000
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
Reserved
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
Reserved
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
Reserved
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Reserved PIIR3 PIIR2 PIIR1 PIIR0
BITS DESCRIPTIONS
[3] PIIR3 PWM counter channel 3 interrupt flag
[2] PIIR2 PWM counter channel 2 interrupt flag
[1] PIIR1 PWM counter channel 1 interrupt flag
[0] PIIR0 PWM counter channel 0 interrupt flag
Note: User can clear each interrupt flag by writing a zero to corresponding bit in PIIR
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
- 378 -
7.17 Keypad Interface
W90N745 Keypad Interface (KPI) is an APB slave with 4-row scan output and 8-column scan input.
KPI scans an array up to 16x8 with an external 4 to 16 decoder. It can also be programmed to scan
8x8 or 4x8 key array. If the 4x8 array is selected then external decoder is not necessary because the
scan signals are dived by W90N745 itself. For minimum pin counts application, an auxiliary priority
encoder (TTL 74148) can be used to encode 8 columns input to 3 binary code and one indicator flag.
Total 8 pins are required to implement 16x8 key scan.
Any 1 or 2 keys in the array that pressed are debounced and encoded. The keypad controller scan
key matrix from ROW0 COL 0 Æ 1 Æ 2 …. Æ 7, ROW1 COL 0 Æ 1 Æ 2 … Æ 7 till to ROW 16 (or
ROW 8 or ROW 4) COL 0 Æ 0 Æ 1 …. Æ 7. If more than 2 keys are pressed, only the keys or
apparent keys in the array with the lowest address will be decoded.
KPI also supports 2-keys scan interrupt and specified 3-keys interrupt or chip reset. If the 3 pressed
keys matches with the 3 keys defined in KPI3KCONF, it will generate an interrupt or chip reset to
nWDOG reset output depend on the ENRST setting. The interrupt is generated whenever the scanner
detects a key is pressed. The interrupt conditions are 1 key, 2 keys and 3keys.
W90N745 provides one keypad connecting interface. The interface is in Ethernet RMII PHY interface
and I2C interface 2 SDA1, SCL1 (GPIO18-27). Software should set KPSEL bit to “0” in KPICONF
register to select MAC PHY interface for connecting keypad matrix.
The keypad interface has the following features:
z maximum 16x8 array
z programmable debounce time
z low-power wakeup mode
z programmable three-key reset
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
Publication Release Date: July 26, 2006
- 379 - Revision A1
Fig. 7.18.1 W90N745 Keypad Interface
7.17.1 Keypad Interface Register Map
REGISTER ADDRESS R/W DESCRIPTION RESET VALUE
KPICONF 0xFFF8_8000 R/W
Keypad Controller Configuration
Register 0x0000_0000
KPI3KCONF 0xFFF8_8004 R/W Keypad Controller 3-keys
Configuration Register 0x0000_0000
KPILPCONF 0xFFF8_8008 R/W Keypad Controller Low Power
Configuration Register 0x0000_0000
KPISTATUS 0xFFF8_800C R/O Keypad Controller Status Register 0x0000_0000
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
- 380 -
7.17.2 Register Description
Keypad Controller Configuration Register (KPI_CONF)
REGISTER ADDRESS R/W DESCRIPTION RESET VALUE
KPICONF 0xFFF8_8000 R/O key pad configuration register 0x0000_0000
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
RESERVED
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
RESERVED ENCODE ODEN KPSEL ENKP KSIZE
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
DBTC
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
PRESCALE
BITS DESCRIPTION
[31:22] RESERVED
-
[21] ENCODE
Enable Encode Function
If an auxiliary 8 to 3 encoder is used to minimize keypad interface
pin counts, user can connect encoder data to KPI_COL[2:0] and
indicator flag (low active) to KPI_COL[3].
1 = enable encoder function
0 = default. (8 column inputs)
[20] ODEN
Open Drain Enable
If there are more than one key are pressed in the same column, then
“short-circuit” will appear between active scan and inactive scan row.
Software can set this bit HIGH to enable scan output KPI_ROW[3:0]
pins work as “open-drain” to avoid the “short-circuit”.
1 = Open drain
0 = push-pull driver
[19] KPSEL
Key pad select
Software should set this bit to “0” to select MAC PHY interface for
connecting keypad matrix.
0 = pin #53~55, #57~60, #62~65 #19 and #20 are used as keypad
interface
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
Publication Release Date: July 26, 2006
- 381 - Revision A1
Continued
BITS DESCRIPTION
[18] ENKP
Key pad scan enable
Setting this bit high enable the key scan function.
1 = enable key pad scan
0 = disable key pad scan
[17:16] KSIZE
Key array size
KSIZE Key array size
2’b00 4x8, 3x8, 2x8, 1x8
2’b01 8x8, 7x8, 6x8, 5x8
2’b1x 16x8, 15x8, 14x8, 13x8, 12x8, 11x8, 10x8, 9x8
[15:8] DBTC
Debounce terminal count
Debounce counter counts the number of consecutive scans that
decoded the same keys. When de-bounce counter counter is equal
to terminal count it will generate a key scan interrupt.
[7:0] PRESCALE
Row scan cycle pre-scale value
This value is used to prescale row scan cycle. The prescale counter
is clocked by 0.9375MHz clock.
Key array scan time = 1.067us x PRESCALE x16 ROWS
The following example is the scan time for PRESCALE = 0xFA
Tscan_time = 1.067us x 250 x16 = 4.268ms
If debounce terminal count = 0x05, key detection interrupt is fired in
approximately 21.34ms. The array scan time can range from
17.07us to 1.118 sec.
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
- 382 -
Fig. 7.18.1 Keypad Interface with row decoder and column encoder
Keypad Controller 3-keys Configuration Register (KPI3KCONF)
REGISTER ADDRESS R/W DESCRIPTION RESET VALUE
KPI3KCONF 0xFFF8_8004 W/R three-key configuration
register 0x0000_0000
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
RESERVED EN3KY ENRST
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
RESERVED K32R K32C
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
RESERVED K31R K31C
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
RESERVED K30R K30C
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
Publication Release Date: July 26, 2006
- 383 - Revision A1
BITS DESCRIPTION
[31:26] RESERVED
-
[25] EN3KY
Enable three-keys detection
Setting this bit enables hardware to detect 3 keys specified by
software
[24] ENRST
Enable three-key reset
Setting this bit enable hardware reset when three-key is detected.
EN3KY ENRST Function
0 X three-key function is disable
1 0 generate three-key interrupt
1 1 hardware reset by three-key-reset
[23] RESERVED
-
[22:19] K32R
The #2 key row address
The #2 means the row address and the column address is the highest
of the specified 3-kyes.
[18:16] K32C
The #2 key column address
[15] RESERVED -
[14:11] K31R
The #1 key row address
The #1 means the row address and the column address is the 2nd of
the specified 3-kyes.
[10:8] K31C
The #1 key column address
[7] RESERVED
-
[6:3] K30R
The #0 key row address
The #0 means the row address and the column address is the
lowest of the specified 3-kyes.
[2:0] K30C
The #0 key column address
Application Note: Due to hardware scan from {row[0], col[0]}, {row[0], col[1]}, …, to {row[15], col[7]}
the {K30R,K30C} should be filled the lowest address of the three-keys. For example, if {2,0} {4,6},
{1,3} keys are defined as three-keys. Software should set {K30R, K30C} = {1, 3}, {K31R, K31C} = {2,
0} and {K32R, K32C} = {4, 6}.
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
- 384 -
KeyPad Interface Low Power Mode Configuration Register (KPILPCONF)
REGISTER ADDRESS R/W DESCRIPTION RESET VALUE
KPILPCOF 0xFFF8_8008 W/R Low power configuration register 0x0000_0000
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
RESERVED
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
WAKE
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
LPWCEN
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
RESERVED LPWR
BITS DESCRIPTION
[31:17] RESERVED
-
[16] WAKE
Lower power wakeup enable
Setting this bit enables low power wakeup
1 = wakeup enable
0 = not enable
[15:8] LPWCEN
Low power wakeup column enable
Specify columns for low power wakeup. For example, if user wants to
use keys in row N and column 0, 2, 5 to wake up W90N745, then the
LPWCEN should be fill 8’b00100101.
[7:4] RESERVED -
[3:0] LPWR
Low power wakeup row address
Define the row address keys used to wakeup. For 16x8 or 8x8 (with
4:16 or 3:8 decoder) keypad key configuration, LPWR means “Hex”
code but for 4x8 (without decoder), LPWR means “binary” code. For
example, if user wants to use all keys on row 3 of 16x8 keypad to
wakeup W90N745, then 0x3 should be fill into this register but for 4x8
keypad it should be filled as 4’b1000.
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
Publication Release Date: July 26, 2006
- 385 - Revision A1
Key Pad Interface Status Register (KPISTATUS)
REGISTER ADDRESS R/W DESCRIPTION RESET VALUE
KPISTATUS 0xFFF8_800C R/O key pad status register 0x0000_0000
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
RESERVED
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
RESERVED INT 3 K R S T P D W A K E 3KEY 2KEY 1KEY
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
RESERVED KEY1R KEY1C
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
RESERVED KEY0R KEY0C
BITS DESCRIPTION
[31:22] RESERVED
-
[21] INT
Key interrupt
This bit indicates the key scan interrupt is active and that one or two
keys have changed status. The interrupt also occur when the three
specified keys are detected if ENRST bit in KPI3KFCON is cleared.
It will be cleared by hardware automatically when software read
KPISTATUS register.
[20]
3KRST
3-Keys reset flag
This bit is a record flag for software reference, it will be set after 3-
keys reset occur.
1 = 3 keys reset
0 = not reset.
This bit is cleared while it is read.
[19]
PDWAKE
Power Down Wakeup flag
This flag indicates the chip is wakeup from power down by keypad
1 =wakeup up by keypad
0 = not wakeup
[18] 3KEY
Specified three-key is detected.
This flag indicates specified-three-keys was detected. Software can
read this bit to know the keypad interrupt is 3 key or not.
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
- 386 -
Continued
BITS DESCRIPTION
[17] 2KEY
Double-key press
This bit indicates that 2 keys have been detected. Software can read
{KEY1R, KEY1C} and {KEY0R, KEY0C} to know which two keys are
pressed.
[16] 1KEY
Single-key press
This bit indicates that 1 key has been detected. Software can read
{KEY0R, KEY0C} to know which key is pressed.
[15] RESERVED -
[14:11] KEY1R
KEY1 row address
This value indicates key1 row address. The keypad controller scan
keypad matrix from row 0, column0 Æ1 Æ2 …. Æ 7 and then row1
column 0 Æ 1 Æ 2 Æ7 so the lowest key address will be stored in
{KEY0R, KEY0C}. This register stores the 2nd address, if more than one
key is pressed.
[10:8] KEY1C
KEY1 column address
This value indicates key1 column address..
[7] RESERVED -
[6:3] KEY0R
KEY1 row address
This value indicates key0 row address. This value indicates key0 row
address. This value indicates key1 row address. The keypad controller
scan keypad matrix from row 0, column0 Æ1 Æ2 …. Æ 7 and then
row1 col 0 Æ 1 Æ 2 ÆÆ 7 still to row16 (or 8, or 4) column 0 Æ 1 Æ
2 ….. Æ 7 so the lowest key address will be stored in {KEY0R,
KEY0C}.
[2:0] KEY0C
KEY1 column address
This value indicates key0 row address.
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
Publication Release Date: July 26, 2006
- 387 - Revision A1
7.18 PS2 Host Interface Controller
W90N745 PS2 host controller interface is an APB slave consisted of PS2 protocol. It is used to
connect to your IBM keyboard or other device through PS2 interface. For example, the IBM keyboard
will sends scan codes to the host controller, and the scan codes will tell your Keyboard Bios what
keys you have pressed or released. Besides Scan codes, commands can also be sent to the
keyboard from host. The most common commands would be the setting/resetting of the status
indicators (i.e. the Num lock, Caps Lock & Scroll Lock LEDs).
The PS2 interface implements a bi-directional protocol. The keyboard can send data to the Host and
the Host can send data to the Keyboard using two PS2 Clock and PS2 Data lines. Both the PS2
Clock and Data lines are Open Collector bi-directional I/O lines. The Host has the ultimate priority
over direction. The keyboard is free to send data to the host when both the PS2 Data and PS2 Clock
lines are high (Idle). If the host takes the PS2 Clock line low, the keyboard will buffer any data until
the PS2 Clock is released, ie goes high. The transmission of data in the forward direction, ie
Keyboard to Host is done with a frame of 11 bits. The first bit is a Start Bit (Logic 0) followed by 8 data
bits (LSB First), one Parity Bit (Odd Parity) and a Stop Bit (Logic 1). Each bit should be read on the
falling edge of the clock. The Keyboard will generate the clock. The frequency of the clock signal
typically ranges from 20 to 30 KHz.
The Host to Keyboard Protocol is initiated by taking the PS2 data line low. It is common to take the
PS2 Clock line low for more than 60us and then the KBD data line is taken low, while the KBD clock
line is released. After that, the keyboard will start generating a clock signal on its PS2 clock line. After
the first falling edge has been detected, host will load the first data bit on the PS2 Data line. This bit
will be read into the keyboard on the next falling edge, after which host place the next bit of data. This
process is repeated for the 8 data bits. It will follow an Odd Parity Bit after the data byte.
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
- 388 -
7.18.1 PS2 Host Controller Interface Register Map
REGISTER ADDRESS R/W DESCRIPTION RESET VALUE
PS2CMD 0xFFF8_9000 R/W PS2 Host Controller Command Register 0x0000_0000
PS2STS 0xFFF8_9004 R/W PS2 Host Controller Status Register 0x0000_0000
PS2SCANCODE 0xFFF8_9008 RO PS2 Host Controller RX Scan Code
Register 0x0000_0000
PS2ASCII 0xFFF8_900C RO
PS2 Host Controller RX ASCII Code
Register 0x0000_0000
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
Publication Release Date: July 26, 2006
- 389 - Revision A1
7.18.2 Register Description
PS2 Host Controller Command Register (PS2_CMD)
REGISTER ADDRESS R/W DESCRIPTION RESET VALUE
PS2CMD 0xFFF8_900
0 R/W Command register 0x0000_0000
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
RESERVED
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
RESERVED
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
RESERVED TRAP_SHIFT EnCMD
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
PS2CMD
BITS DESCRIPTIONS
[31:10] RESERVED -
[9] TRAP_SHIFT
Trap Shift Key Output to Scan Code Register
If the shift key scan code (0x12 0r 0x59) is received by host,
software can indicate host whether to update to scan code
register or not. No ASCII or SCAN codes will be reported for the
shift keys if this bit is set. In this condition, host will only report the
shift keys at the RX_shift_key bit of Status register and no
interrupt will occur for the shift keys. This is useful for those who
wish to use the ASCII data stream and don’t want to “manually”
filter out the shift key codes. This bit is clear by default.
[8] EnCMD
Enable write PS2 Host Controller Commands
This bit enables the write function of Host controller com
m
device. Set this bit will start the write process of PS2CMD con
t
hardware will automatically clear this bit while write pr
o
finished.
[7:0] PS2CMD
PS2 Host Controller Commands
This command filed is sent by the Host to the Keyboard. T
h
common command would be the setting/resetting of th
e
Indicators (i.e. the Num lock, Caps Lock & Scroll Lock LEDs).
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
- 390 -
PS2 Host Controller Status Register (PS2_STS)
REGISTER ADDRESS R/W DESCRIPTION RESET VALUE
PS2STS 0xFFF8_9004 R/W Status register 0x0000_0000
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
RESERVED
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
RESERVED
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
RESERVED
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
RESERVED TX_err TX_IRQ RESERVED RX_IRQ
BITS DESCRIPTIONS
[31:6] RESERVED -
[5] TX_err
This Transmit Error Status bit indicates software that device
doesn’t response ACK after Host wrote a command to it.
This bit is valid when TX_IRQ is asserted. It will automatically
reset after software starts next command writing process.
This bit is read only.
[4] TX_IRQ
This Transmit Complete Interrupt bit indicates software that
the process of Host controller writing command to device is
finished. Software needs to write one to this bit to clear this
interrupt.
[3:1] Reserved
[0] RX_IRQ
This Receive Interrupt bit indicates software that Host
controller receives one byte data from device. This data is
stored at PS2_SCANCODE register. Software needs to write
one to this bit to clear this interrupt after reading receiving
data in RX_SCAN_CODE register. Note that the reception of
the Extend (0xE0) and Release (0xF0) scan code will not
cause an interrupt by host. The case of the shift key codes
will be determined by the TRAP_SHIFT bit of PS2_CMD
register.
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
Publication Release Date: July 26, 2006
- 391 - Revision A1
PS2 Host Controller RX Scan Code Register (PS2_SCANCODE)
REGISTER ADDRESS R/W DESCRIPTION RESET VALUE
PS2SCANCODE 0xFFFF_900
8 R/W PS2 Host RX Scan Code Register 0x0000_0000
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
RESERVED
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
RESERVED
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
RESERVED RX_shift_key
R
X_release
R
X_extend
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
RX_SCAN_CODE
BITS DESCRIPTIONS
[31:11] RESERVED -
[10] RX_shift_key
This Receive Shift Key bit indicates that left or right shift key on
the keyboard is hold. This bit is read only and will clear by host
when the release shift key codes are received.
[9] RX_release
Receive Released Byte
When one key has been released, the keyboard will send F0
(hex) to inform Host controller. This bit indicates software that
Host controller receives release byte (F0). This bit is read only
and will update when host has received next data byte.
[8] RX_extend
Receive Extend Byte
A handful of the keys on keyboard are extended keys and thus
require two more scan code. These keys are preceded by an
E0 (hex). This bit indicates software that Host controller
receives extended byte (E0). This bit is read only and will
update when host has received next data byte.
[7:0] RX_SCAN_CODE
PS2 Host Controller Received Data Field
This field stores the original data content transmitted from
device. This filed is valid when RX_IRQ is asserted. Note that
host will not report “Extend” or “Release” scan code to this field
and not generate interrupt if they are received by host, i.e.
0xE0 and 0xF0. The case of the shift key codes will be
determined by the TRAP_SHIFT bit of PS2_CMD register.
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
- 392 -
PS2 Host Controller RX ASCII Code Register (PS2_ASCII)
REGISTER ADDRESS R/W DESCRIPTION RESET VALUE
PS2ASCII 0xFFF8_900C R/W PS2 Host RX ASCII Code Register 0x0000_0000
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
RESERVED
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
RESERVED
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
RESERVED
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
RX_ASCII_CODE
BITS DESCRIPTIONS
[31:8] RESERVED -
[7:0] RX_ASCII_CODE
PS2 Host Controller Received Data Filed
This field stores the ASCII data content transmitted from device.
Therefore, this part translates the scan code into an ASCII
value. It will be read as 0x2E when there is no ASCII code
mapped to the scan code stored in RX_SCAN_CODE register.
This filed is valid when RX_IRQ is asserted.
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
Publication Release Date: July 26, 2006
- 393 - Revision A1
8. ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS
8.1 Absolute Maximum Ratings
Ambient
temperature .................................……………............................. -40 °C ~ +85°C
Storage
temperature ..................................................……....................
-40 °C ~ +125°C
Voltage on any
pin ...............................................................…….......... -0.5V ~ 6V
Power supply voltage (Core
logic) ..............................…...........………..….. -0.5V ~ 1.92V
Power supply voltage (IO
Buffer) ...............................…...........………..….. -0.5V ~ 3.6V
Injection current (latch-up
testing) ..............................................……….. 100mA
Crystal
Frequency ...............................................…...........………..………
4MHz ~ 30MHz
8.2 DC Specifications
8.2.1 Digital DC Characteristics
(Normal test conditions: VDD33/USBVDD = 3.3V+/- 0.3V, VDD18/DVDD18/AVDD18 =
1.8V+/- 0.18V
TA = -40 °C ~ +85 °C unless otherwise specified)
SYMBOL PARAMETER CONDITION MIN. MAX. UNIT
VDD33/
USBVDD Power Supply 3.00 3.60 V
VDD18/
DVDD18/
AVDD18 Power Supply 1.62 1.98 V
VIL Input Low Voltage -0.3 0.8 V
VIH Input High Voltage 2.0 5.5 V
VT+ Schmitt Trigger positive-going
threshold 1.47 1.5 V
VT- Schmitt trigger negative-going
threshold 0.89 0.95 V
VOL Output Low Voltage Depend on
driving - 0.4 V
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
- 394 -
VOH Output High Voltage Depend on
driving 2.4 - V
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
Publication Release Date: July 26, 2006
- 395 - Revision A1
Continued.
SYMBOL PARAMETER CONDITION MIN. MAX. UNIT
ICC1 1.8V Supply Current FCPU = 80MHz - 150 mA
ICC2 3.3V Supply Current FCPU = 80MHz - 60 mA
ICCRTC RTC 1.8V Supply Current FRTC =
32.768KHZ - 7 uA
IIH Input High Current VIN = 2.4 V -1 1 μA
IIL Input Low Current VIN = 0.4 V -1 1 μA
IIHP Input High Current (pull-up) VIN = 2.4 V -15 -10 μA
IILP Input Low Current (pull-up) VIN = 0.4 V -55 -25 μA
IIHD Input High Current (pull-down) VIN = 2.4 V 25 60 μA
IILD Input Low Current (pull-down) VIN = 0.4 V 5 10 μA
Table 8.2.1TSMC IO DC Characteristics
PARAMETER MIN. TYP. MAX.
VIL Input Low Voltage -0.3V 0.8V
VI
IH
H Input High Voltage 2V 5.5V
VT Threshold point 1.46V 1.59V 1.75V
VT+ Schmitt trig low to high threshold point 1.47V 1.50V 1.50V
VT- Schmitt trig, high to low threshold point 0.90V 0.94V 0.96V
II Input leakage current @VI= 3.3V or 0V +/- 10uA
Ioz Tri-state output leakage current @Vo
=3.3V or 0V +/- 10UA
RPU Pull-up resister 44KΩ 66KΩ 110KΩ
RPD Pull-down resister 25KΩ 50KΩ 110KΩ
VOL Output low voltage @IOL(min) 0.4V
VOH Output high voltage @IOH (min) 2.4V
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
- 396 -
Continued.
PARAMETER MIN. TYP. MAX.
Low level output current @VOL = 0.4V
4mA 4.9mA 7.4mA 9.8mA
Low level output current @VOL = 0.4V
8mA 9.7mA 14.9mA 19.5mA
IOL
Low level output current @VOL = 0.4V
12mA 14.6mA 22.3mA 29.3mA
High level output current @VOH = 2.4V
4mA 6.3mA 12.8mA 21.2mA
High level output current @VOH = 2.4V
8mA 12.7mA 25.6mA 42.4mA
IOH
High level output current @VOH = 2.4V
12mA 19.0mA 38.4mA 63.6mA
NOTE: The values in this table are copied from TSMC 1P5M IO library tpz937g_240b
silicon report. This table is just for reference. More precision DC vaule should refer to
Alpha-Test result.
8.2.2 USB Transceiver DC Characteristics
SYMBOL PARAMETER CONDITIONS MIN. MAX. UNIT
VDI Differential Input Sensitivity DP DM 0.2 V
VCM Differential Common Mode
Range Includes VDI
range 0.8 2.5 V
VSE Single Ended Receiver
Threshold 0.8 2.0 V
VOL Static Output Low Voltage RL of 1.5 KΩ to
3.6 V 0.3 V
VOH Static Output High Voltage RL of 15 KΩ to
VSS 2.8 3.6 V
VCRS Output Signal Crossover
Voltage 1.3 2.0 V
ZDRV Driver Output Resistance Steady state
drive 28 43 Ω
CIN Pin Capacitance 20 pF
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
Publication Release Date: July 26, 2006
- 397 - Revision A1
8.3 AC Specifications
8.3.1 EBI/SDRAM Interface AC Characteristics
TDHTDSU
1.5V
Output Valid
Iutput Valid
1.5V
1.5V
1.5V
MCLK
MCLK
D[31:0]
D[31:0]
SDRAM input to W90P710
W90P710 write to SDRAM
TDO
SYMBOL PARAMETER MIN. MAX. UNIT
TDSU D [31:0] Setup Time 2 ns
TDH D [31:0] Hold Time 2 ns
TDO D [31:0], A [24:0], nSCS [1:0], SDQM [3:0],
CKE, nSWE, nSRAS, nSCAS 2 7 ns
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
- 398 -
8.3.2 EBI/(ROM/SRAM/External I/O) AC Characteristics
Address Valid
R Data
Write Data Vaild
MCLK
TDO
nECS[3:0]
A[21:0]
nOE
D[31:0]
nWAIT
nWBE[3:0]
D[31:0]
TNECSO TNECSO
TADDO
TNOEO TNOEO
TDSU TDH
TNWAH
TNWBO TNWBO
TNWASU
SYMBOL DESCRIPTION MIN MAX UNIT
TADDO Address Output Delay Time 2 7 ns
TNCSO ROM/SRAM/Flash or External I/O Chip Select
Delay Time 2 7 ns
TNOEO ROM/SRAM or External I/O Bank Output Enable
Delay 2 7 ns
TNWBO ROM/SRAM or External I/O Bank Write Byte
Enable Delay 2 7 ns
TDH Read Data Hold Time 7 ns
TDSU Read Data Setup Time 0 ns
TDO Write Data Output Delay Time (SRAM or
External I/O) 2 7 ns
TNWASU External Wait Setup Time 3 ns
TNWAH External Wait Hold Time 1 ns
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
Publication Release Date: July 26, 2006
- 399 - Revision A1
8.3.3 USB Transceiver AC Characteristics
Low Speed: 75ns at CL = 50pF, 300ns at CL = 350pFFull Speed: 4 to 20ns at CL = 50pF
Differential
Data Lines 1
0%
Rise Time
90%
Fall Time
tF
t
R
1
0%
90%
CL
CL
Data Signal Rise and Fall Time
USB Transceiver AC Characteristics
SYMBOL DESCRIPTION CONDITIONS MIN MAX UNIT
TR Rise Time CL = 50 pF 4 20 ns
TF Fall Time CL = 50 pF 4 20 ns
TRFM Rise/Fall Time Matching
90 110 %
TDRATE Full Speed Data Rate Average bit rate
(12 Mb/s ± 0.25%) 11.97 12.0
3 Mbps
8.3.4 EMC RMII AC Characteristics
The signal timing characteristics conforms to the guidelines specified in IEEE Std. 802.3.
PHY_REFCLK
PHY_TXEN
PHY_TXD[1:0]
T
TXO
valid data
T
TXH
T
FREQ
T
RXS
T
RXH
PHY_RXERR
PHY_RXD[1:0]
PHY_CRSDV
T
DUTY
valid data
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
- 400 -
SYMBOL DESCRIPTION MIN TYP MAX UNIT
TFREQ RMII reference clock frequency 50 MHz
TDUTY RMII clock duty 35%
50% 65% ns
TTXO Transmit data output delay 5 - 15 ns
TTXH Transmit data hold time 2 - - ns
TRXS Receive data setup time 4 - - ns
TRXH Receive data hold time 2 - - ns
PHY_MDC
PHY_MDIO
(Write)
T
MDO
valid data
T
MDH
valid data
T
MDS
T
MDH
PHY_MDIO
(Read)
SYMBOL DESCRIPTION MIN MAX UNIT
TMDO MDIO Output Delay Time 0 15 ns
TMDSU MDIO Setup Time 5 ns
TMDH MDIO Hold Time 5 ns
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
Publication Release Date: July 26, 2006
- 401 - Revision A1
8.3.5 AC97/I2S Interface AC Characteristics
T
ISU
T
OD
T
IHD
T
OH
AC97_BCLK
AC97_DATAO
AC97_SYNC
AC97_DATAI
T
CLK_PERIOD
SYMBOLS DESCRIPTION MIN TYP. MAX UNIT
TCLK_PERIOD AC97 Bit Clock Frequency -- 12.28
8 -- MHz
TOD AC97_DATAO and AC97_SYNC output
delay from AC97_BCLK rising edge -- -- 30 ns
TOH AC97_DATAO and AC97_SYNC output
hold time from AC97_BCLK rising edge 5 -- -- ns
TISU AC97_DATAI input setup time to
AC97_BCLK falling edge 10 -- -- ns
TIHD AC97_DATAI input hold time from
AC97_BCLK falling edge 5 -- -- ns
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
- 402 -
T
DIS
T
DIH
T
DOH
T
out_delay
T
BCLK_PERIOD
I
2
S_BCLK
I
2
S_DATAO
I
2
S_RLCLK
I
2
S_DATAI
SYMBOLS DESCRIPTION MIN MAX UNIT
TBCLK_PERIOD IIS Bit Clock Frequency
Note:depend
on codec
spec. and
register
setting
MHz
Tout_delay IIS_DATAO and IIS_RLCLK output delay from
IIS_BCLK falling edge -- 30 ns
TDOH IIS_DATAO and IIS_RLCLK data output hold
time from IIS_BCLK falling edge 0 -- ns
TDIS IIS_DATAI input setup time to IIS_BCLK
rising edge 10 -- ns
TDIH IIS_DATAI input hold time from IIS_BCLK
rising edge 100 -- ns
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
Publication Release Date: July 26, 2006
- 403 - Revision A1
8.3.6 I2C Interface AC Characteristics
T
SU:STO
T
SU:DAT2
T
LOW
T
HIGH
T
hd:DAT
T
SU:DAT
T
hd:STA
SCL
SDA
SCL
SDA
T
SU:SAT
SYMBOL DESCRIPTION MIN MAX UNIT
THIGH I2C Clock high time 1 - us
TLOW I2C clock low time 1 - us
Thd:STA Start condition hold time 1 - us
Receive data setup time 0.1 - us
TSU:DAT Transmit data output delay - 0.5 us
Receive data hold time 1 - us
THD:DAT Transmit data hold time 0 0.9 us
TSU:DAT2 SDA setup time (before STOP condition) 0.5 - us
TSU:STO Stop condition setup time 1 - us
TSU:STA Restart condition setup time 1.5 - us
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
- 404 -
8.3.7 USI Interface AC Characteristics
T
lag
T
OD
T
OD
F
USI
T
CLKH
T
CLKL
T
lead
SFRM
SCLK
SSPTXD
(TX_NEG =1)
SSPTXD
(TX_NEG =0)
F
USI
T
lead
T
CLKH
T
CLKL
T
ISU
T
ISU
T
IH
T
IH
T
lag
SFRM
SCLK
SSPRXD
(RX_NEG =1)
SSPRXD
(RX_NEG =0)
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
Publication Release Date: July 26, 2006
- 405 - Revision A1
SYMBOL DESCRIPTION MIN MAX UNIT
FUSI USI clock frequency - 20 MHz
TCLKH USI clock high time 12.5 - ns
TCLKL USI clock low time - - ns
TISU Data input setup time - 14 ns
TIH Data input hold time 0 - ns
Tlead USI enable lead time 12.5 - ns
Tlag USI enable lag time 12.5 - ns
TOD USI output data valid time - 30 ns
8.3.8 PS2 Interface AC Characteristics
PS2_CLK
PS2_DATA
T1 T2
T3 T4
Start Bit Bit 0 Parity Bit
STOP Bit
1st
CLK 2nd
CLK 10th
CLK 11th
CLK
Timing for data received from the auxiliary device
T9
T8T7
1st
CLK 2nd
CLK 9th
CLK 10th
CLK 11th
CLK
PS2_DATA
PS2_CLK
Parity Bit
Timing for data send to the auxiliary device
T5
Bit 0
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
- 406 -
SYMBOL DESCRIPTION MIN. MAX. UNIT
T1 Time from DATA transition to falling edge of CLK 5 25 us
T2 Time form rising edge of CLK to DATA transition 5 T4-5 us
T3 Duration of CLK inactive 30 50 us
T4 Duration of clock active 30 50 us
T5 Time to auxiliary device inhibit after clock 11 to
ensure the auxiliary device does not start another
transmission 0 50 us
T7 Duration of CLK inactive 30 50 us
T8 Duration of CLK active 30 50 us
T9 Time to fom inactive to active CLK transition, used to
time when the auxiliary device samples DATA 30 50 us
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
Publication Release Date: July 26, 2006
- 407 - Revision A1
9. PACKAGE SPECIFICATIONS
128L LQFP (14X14X1.4 mm footprint 2.0mm)
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
- 408 -
10. ORDERING INFORMATION
PART NUMBER NAME PACKAGE DESCRIPTION
W90N745CD LQFP128 128 Leads, body 14 x 14 x 1.4 mm
W90N745CDG LQFP128 128 Leads, body 14 x 14 x 1.4 mm, Lead free package
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
Publication Release Date: July 26, 2006
- 409 - Revision A1
11. APPENDIX A: W90N745 REGISTERS MAPPING TABLE
R: read only, W: write only, R/W: both read and write, C: Only value 0 can be written
System Manager Control Registers Map
REGISTER ADDRESS R/W DESCRIPTION RESET VALUE
PDID 0xFFF0_0000 R Product Identifier Register 0xX090.0710
ARBCON 0xFFF0_0004 R/W Arbitration Control Register 0x0000_0000
PLLCON 0xFFF0_0008 R/W PLL Control Register 0x0000_2F01
CLKSEL 0xFFF0_000C R/W Clock Select Register 0x1FFF_3FX8
PLLCON1 0xFFF0_0010 R/W PLL Control Register 2 0x0001_0000
I²SCKCON 0xFFF0_0014 R/W Audio I²S Clock Control Register 0x0000_0000
IRQWAKECON 0xFFF0_0020 R/W IRQ Wakeup Control register 0x0000_0000
IRQWAKEFLAG 0xFFFF_0024 R/W IRQ wakeup Flag Register 0x0000_0000
PMCON 0xFFF0_0028 R/W Power Manager Control Register 0x0000_0000
USBTxrCON 0xFFF0_0030 R/W USB Transceiver Control Register 0x0000_0000
External Bus Interface Control Registers Map
REGISTER ADDRESS R/W DESCRIPTION RESET VALUE
EBICON 0xFFF0_1000 R/W EBI control register 0x0001_0000
ROMCON 0xFFF0_1004 R/W ROM/FLASH control register 0x0000_0XFC
SDCONF0 0xFFF0_1008 R/W SDRAM bank 0 configuration register 0x0000_0800
SDCONF1 0xFFF0_100C R/W SDRAM bank 1 configuration register 0x0000_0800
SDTIME0 0xFFF0_1010 R/W SDRAM bank 0 timing control register 0x0000_0000
SDTIME1 0xFFF0_1014 R/W SDRAM bank 1 timing control register 0x0000_0000
EXT0CON 0xFFF0_1018 R/W External I/O 0 control register 0x0000_0000
EXT1CON 0xFFF0_101C R/W External I/O 1 control register 0x0000_0000
EXT2CON 0xFFF0_1020 R/W External I/O 2 control register 0x0000_0000
EXT3CON 0xFFF0_1024 R/W External I/O 3 control register 0x0000_0000
CKSKEW 0xFFF0_1F00 R/W Clock skew control register (for testing) 0xXXXX_0038
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
- 410 -
Cache Control Registers Map
REGISTER ADDRESS R/W DESCRIPTION RESET VALUE
CAHCNF 0xFFF0_2000 R/W Cache configuration register 0x0000_0000
CAHCON 0xFFF0_2004 R/W Cache control register 0x0000_0000
CAHADR 0xFFF0_2008 R/W Cache address register 0x0000_0000
EMC Registers Map
REGISTER ADDRESS R/W DESCRIPTION RESET VALUE
C
AMCMR 0xFFF0_3000 R/W
CAM Command Register 0x0000_0000
C
AMEN 0xFFF0_3004 R/W
CAM Enable Register 0x0000_0000
C
AM0M 0xFFF0_3008 R/W CAM0 Most Significant Word Register 0x0000_0000
C
AM0L 0xFFF0_300C R/W CAM0 Least Significant Word Register 0x0000_0000
C
AM1M 0xFFF0_3010 R/W CAM1 Most Significant Word Regis
t
er 0x0000_0000
C
AM1L 0xFFF0_3014 R/W CAM1 Least Significant Word Register 0x0000_0000
C
AM2M 0xFFF0_3018 R/W CAM2 Most Significant Word Register 0x0000_0000
C
AM2L 0xFFF0_301C R/W CAM2 Least Significant Word Register 0x0000_0000
C
AM3M 0xFFF0_3020 R/W CAM3 Most Significant Word Register 0x0000_0000
C
AM3L 0xFFF0_3024 R/W CAM3 Least Significant Word Register 0x0000_0000
C
AM4M 0xFFF0_3028 R/W CAM4 Most Significant Word Register 0x0000_0000
C
AM4L 0xFFF0_302C R/W CAM4 Least Significant Word Register 0x0000_0000
C
AM5M 0xFFF0_3030 R/W CAM5 Most Significant Word Register 0x0000_0000
C
AM5L 0xFFF0_3034 R/W CAM5 Least Significant Word Register 0x0000_0000
C
AM6M 0xFFF0_3038 R/W CAM6 Most Significant Word Register 0x0000_0000
C
AM6L 0xFFF0_303C R/W CAM6 Least Significant Word Register 0x0000_0000
C
AM7M 0xFFF0_3040 R/W CAM7 Most Significant Word Register 0x0000_0000
C
AM7L 0xFFF0_3044 R/W CAM7 Least Significant Word Register 0x0000_0000
C
AM8M 0xFFF0_3048 R/W CAM8 Most Significant Word Register 0x0000_0000
C
AM8L 0xFFF0_304C R/W CAM8 Least Significant Word Register 0x0000_0000
C
AM9M 0xFFF0_3050 R/W CAM9 Most Significant Word Register 0x0000_0000
C
AM9L 0xFFF0_3054 R/W CAM9 Least Significant Word Register 0x0000_0000
C
AM10M 0xFFF0_3058 R/W CAM10 Most Significan
t
Word Register 0x0000_0000
C
AM10L 0xFFF0_305C R/W CAM10 Least Significant Word Register 0x0000_0000
C
AM11M 0xFFF0_3060 R/W CAM11 Most Significant Word Register 0x0000_0000
C
AM11L 0xFFF0_3064 R/W CAM11 Least Significant Word Register 0x0000_0000
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
Publication Release Date: July 26, 2006
- 411 - Revision A1
EMC Registers Map, continued
REGISTER ADDRESS R/W DESCRIPTION RESET VALUE
C
AM12M 0xFFF0_3068 R/W CAM12 Most Significant Word Register 0x0000_0000
C
AM12L 0xFFF0_306C R/W CAM12 Least Significant Word Register 0x0000_0000
C
AM13M 0xFFF0_3070 R/W CAM13 Most Significant Word Register 0x0000_0000
C
AM13L 0xFFF0_3074 R/W CAM13 Least Significant Word Register 0x0000_0000
C
AM14M 0xFFF0_3078 R/W CAM14 Most Significant Word Register 0x0000_0000
C
AM14L 0xFFF0_307C R/W CAM14 Least Significant Word Register 0x0000_0000
C
AM15M 0xFFF0_3080 R/W CAM15 Most Significant Word Register 0x0000_0000
C
AM15L 0xFFF0_3084 R/W CAM15 Least Significant Word Register 0x0000_0000
T
XDLSA 0xFFF0_3088 R/W
T
ransmit Descriptor Link List Start Address Registe
r
0xFFFF_FFFC
RXDLSA 0xFFF0_308C R/W Receive Descriptor Link List Start Addres
s
Register 0xFFFF_FFFC
MCMDR 0xFFF0_3090 R/W MAC Command Register 0x0000_0000
MIID 0xFFF0_3094 R/W MII Management Data Register 0x0000_0000
MIIDA 0xFFF0_3098 R/W MII Management Control and Address Register 0x0090_0000
FFTCR 0xFFF0_309C R/W FIFO Threshold Control Register 0x0000_0101
T
SDR 0xFFF0_30A0 W
T
ransmit Start Demand Register Undefined
RSDR 0xFFF0_30A4 W Receive Start Demand Register Undefined
DMARFC 0xFFF0_30A8 R/W Maximum Receive Frame Control Register 0x0000_0800
MIEN 0xFFF0_30AC R/W MAC Interrupt Enable Register 0x0000_0000
MISTA 0xFFF0_30B0 R/W
MAC Interrupt Status Register 0x0000_0000
MGSTA 0xFFF0_30B4 R/W
MAC General Status Register 0x0000_0000
MPCNT 0xFFF0_30B8 R/W
Missed Packet Count Register 0x0000_7FFF
MRPC 0xFFF0_30BC R
MAC Receive Pause Count Register 0x0000_0000
MRPCC 0xFFF0_30C0 R
MAC Receive Pause Current Count Register 0x0000_0000
MREPC 0xFFF0_30C4 R
MAC Remote Pause Count Register 0x0000_0000
DMARFS 0xFFF0_30C8 R/W
DMA Receive Frame Status Register 0x0000_0000
C
TXDSA 0xFFF0_30CC R
Current Transmit Descriptor Start Addres
s
Register
0x0000_0000
C
TXBSA 0xFFF0_30D0 R Current Transmit Buffer Start Address Register 0x0000_0000
C
RXDS
A
0xFFF0_30D4 R Current Receive Descriptor Start Addres
s
Register 0x0000_0000
C
RXBS
A
0xFFF0_30D8 R Current Receive Buffer Start Address Register 0x0000_0000
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
- 412 -
EMC Registers Map, continued
REGISTER ADDRESS R/W DESCRIPTION RESET VALUE
RXFSM 0xFFF0_3200
R Receive Finite State Machine Register 0x0081_1101
T
XFSM 0xFFF0_3204
R
T
ransmit Finite State Machine Register 0x0101_1101
FSM0 0xFFF0_3208
R Finite State Machine Register 0 0x0001_0101
FSM1 0xFFF0_320C
R Finite State Machine Register 1 0x1100_0100
DCR 0xFFF0_3210
R/W Debug Configuration Register 0x0000_003F
DMMIR 0xFFF0_3214
R Debug Mode MAC Information Register 0x0000_0000
BISTR 0xFFF0_3300 R/W BIST Mode Register 0x0000_0000
GDMA Registers Map
REGISTER ADDRESS R/W DESCRIPTION RESET VALUE
GDMA_CTL0 0xFFF0_4000 R/W Channel 0 Control Register 0x0000_0000
GDMA_SRCB0 0xFFF0_4004 R/W Channel 0 Source Base Address Register 0x0000_0000
GDMA_DSTB0 0xFFF0_4008 R/W Channel 0 Destination Base Address Register 0x0000_0000
GDMA_TCNT0 0xFFF0_400C R/W Channel 0 Transfer Count Register 0x0000_0000
GDMA_CSRC0 0xFFF0_4010 R Channel 0 Current Source Address Register 0x0000_0000
GDMA_CDST0 0xFFF0_4014 R Channel 0 Current Destination Address Register 0x0000_0000
GDMA_CTCNT
0 0xFFF0_4018 R
Channel 0 Current Transfer Count Register 0x0000_0000
GDMA_CTL1 0xFFF0_4020 R/W Channel 1 Control Register 0x0000_0000
GDMA_SRCB1 0xFFF0_4024 R/W Channel 1 Source Base Address Register 0x0000_0000
GDMA_DSTB1 0xFFF0_4028 R/W
Channel 1 Destination Base Address Register 0x0000_0000
GDMA_TCNT1 0xFFF0_402C R/W Channel 1 Transfer Count Register 0x0000_0000
GDMA_CSRC1 0xFFF0_4030 R Channel 1 Current Source Address Register 0x0000_0000
GDMA_CDST1 0xFFF0_4034 R Channel 1 Current Destination Address Register 0x0000_0000
GDMA_CTCNT
1 0xFFF0_4038 R
Channel 1 Current Transfer Count Register 0x0000_0000
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
Publication Release Date: July 26, 2006
- 413 - Revision A1
USB Host Controller Registers Map
REGISTER ADDRESS R/W DESCRIPTION RESET
VALUE
OpenHCI Registers
HcRevision 0xFFF0_5000 R Host Controller Revision Register 0x0000_0010
HcControl 0xFFF0_5004 R/W Host Controller Control Register 0x0000_0000
HcCommandStatus 0xFFF0_5008 R/W Host Controller Command Status Register 0x0000_0000
HcInterruptStatus 0xFFF0_500C R/W Host Controller Interrupt Status Register 0x0000_0000
HcInterruptEnbale 0xFFF0_5010 R/W Host Controller Interrupt Enable Register 0x0000_0000
HcInterruptDisbale 0xFFF0_5014 R/W Host Controller Interrupt Disable Register 0x0000_0000
HcHCCA 0xFFF0_5018 R/W Host Controller Communication Area Register 0x0000_0000
HcPeriodCurrentED 0xFFF0_501C R/W Host Controller Period Current ED Register 0x0000_0000
HcControlHeadED 0xFFF0_5020 R/W Host Controller Control Head ED Register 0x0000_0000
HcControlCurrentED 0xFFF0_5024 R/W Host Controller Control Current ED Register 0x0000_0000
HcBulkHeadEd 0xFFF0_5028 R/W Host Controller Bulk Head ED Register 0x0000_0000
HcBulkCurrentED 0xFFF0_502C R/W Host Controller Bulk Current ED Register 0x0000_0000
HcDoneHeadED 0xFFF0_5030 R/W Host Controller Done Head Register 0x0000_0000
HcFmInterval 0xFFF0_5034 R/W Host Controller Frame Interval Register 0x0000_2EDF
HcFrameRemaining 0xFFF0_5038 R Host Controller Frame Remaining Register 0x0000_0000
HcFmNumber 0xFFF0_503C R Host Controller Frame Number Register 0x0000_0000
HcPeriodicStart 0xFFF0_5040 R/W Host Controller Periodic Start Register 0x0000_0000
HcLSThreshold 0xFFF0_5044 R/W Host Controller Low Speed Threshold Register 0x0000_0628
HcRhDescriptorA 0xFFF0_5048 R/W Host Controller Root Hub Descriptor A Register 0x0100_0002
HcRhDescriptorB 0xFFF0_504C R/W Host Controller Root Hub Descriptor B Register 0x0000_0000
HcRhStatus 0xFFF0_5050 R/W Host Controller Root Hub Status Register 0x0000_0000
HcRhPortStatus [1] 0xFFF0_5054 R/W Host Controller Root Hub Port Status [1] 0x0000_0000
HcRhPortStatus [2] 0xFFF0_5058 R/W Host Controller Root Hub Port Status [2] 0x0000_0000
USB Configuration Registers
TestModeEnable 0xFFF0_5200 R/W USB Test Mode Enable Register 0x0XXX_XXXX
OperationalModeEnable 0xFFF0_5204 R/W USB Operational Mode Enable Register 0x0000_0000
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
- 414 -
USB Device Register Map
REGISTER OFFSET R/W DESCRIPTION RESET
VALUE
USB_CTL 0xFFF0_6000 R/W USB control register 0x0000_000
0
VCMD 0xFFF0_6004 R/W USB class or vendor command register 0x0000_000
0
USB_IE 0xFFF0_6008 R/W USB interrupt enable register 0x0000_000
0
USB_IS 0xFFF0_600
C R USB interrupt status register 0x0000_000
0
USB_IC 0xFFF0_6010 R/W USB interrupt status clear register 0x0000_000
0
USB_IFSTR 0xFFF0_6014 R/W USB interface and string register 0x0000_000
0
USB_ODATA0 0xFFF0_6018 R USB control transfer-out port 0 register 0x0000_000
0
USB_ODATA1 0xFFF0_601
C R USB control transfer-out port 1 register 0x0000_000
0
USB_ODATA2 0xFFF0_6020 R USB control transfer-out port 2 register 0x0000_000
0
USB_ODATA3 0xFFF0_6024 R USB control transfer-out port 3 register 0x0000_000
0
USB_IDATA0 0xFFF0_6028 R/W USB transfer-in data port0 register 0x0000_000
0
USB_IDATA1 0xFFF0_602
C R/W USB control transfer-in data port 1 0x0000_000
0
USB_IDATA2 0xFFF0_6030 R/W USB control transfer-in data port 2 0x0000_000
0
USB_IDATA3 0xFFF0_6034 R/W USB control transfer-in data port 3 0x0000_000
0
USB_SIE 0xFFF0_6038 R USB SIE status Register 0x0000_000
0
USB_ENG 0xFFF0_603
C R/W USB Engine Register 0x0000_000
0
USB_CTLS 0xFFF0_6040 R USB control transfer status register 0x0000_000
0
USB_CONFD 0xFFF0_6044 R/W USB Configured Value register 0x0000_000
0
EPA_INFO 0xFFF0_6048 R/W USB endpoint A information register 0x0000_000
0
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
Publication Release Date: July 26, 2006
- 415 - Revision A1
EPA_CTL 0xFFF0_604
C R/W USB endpoint A control register 0x0000_000
0
EPA_IE 0xFFF0_6050 R/W USB endpoint A Interrupt Enable register 0x0000_000
0
EPA_IC 0xFFF0_6054 W USB endpoint A interrupt clear register 0x0000_000
0
EPA_IS 0xFFF0_6058 R USB endpoint A interrupt status register 0x0000_000
0
EPA_ADDR 0xFFF0_605
C R/W USB endpoint A address register 0x0000_000
0
EPA_LENTH 0xFFF0_6060 R/W USB endpoint A transfer length register 0x0000_000
0
EPB_INFO 0xFFF0_6064 R/W USB endpoint B information register 0x0000_000
0
EPB_CTL 0xFFF0_6068 R/W USB endpoint B control register 0x0000_000
0
EPB_IE 0xFFF0_606
C R/W USB endpoint B Interrupt Enable register 0x0000_000
0
EPB_IC 0xFFF0_6070 W USB endpoint B interrupt clear register 0x0000_000
0
EPB_IS 0xFFF0_6074 R USB endpoint B interrupt status register 0x0000_000
0
EPB_ADDR 0xFFF0_6078 R/W USB endpoint B address register 0x0000_000
0
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
- 416 -
USB Device Register Map, continued
REGISTER OFFSET R/W DESCRIPTION RESET
VALUE
EPB_LENTH 0xFFF0_607C R/W USB endpoint B transfer length register 0x0000_0000
EPC_INFO 0xFFF0_6080 R/W USB endpoint C information register 0x0000_0000
EPC_CTL 0xFFF0_6084 R/W USB endpoint C control register 0x0000_0000
EPC_IE 0xFFF0_6 088 R/W USB endpoint C Interrupt Enable register 0x0000_0000
EPC_IC 0xFFF0_608C W USB endpoint C interrupt clear register 0x0000_0000
EPC_IS 0xFFF0_6090 R USB endpoint C interrupt status register 0x0000_0000
EPC_ADDR 0xFFF0_6094 R/W USB endpoint C address register 0x0000_0000
EPC_LENTH 0xFFF0_6098 R/W USB endpoint C transfer length register 0x0000_0000
EPA_XFER 0xFFF0_609C R/W USB endpoint A remain transfer length
register 0x0000_0000
EPA_PKT 0xFFF0_60A0 R/W USB endpoint A remain packet length
register 0x0000_0000
EPB_XFER 0xFFF0_60A4 R/W USB endpoint B remain transfer length
register 0x0000_0000
EPB_PKT 0xFFF0_60A8 R/W USB endpoint B remain packet length
register 0x0000_0000
EPC_XFER 0xFFF0_60AC R/W USB endpoint C remain transfer length
register 0x0000_0000
EPC_PKT 0xFFF0_60B0 R/W USB endpoint C remain packet length
register 0x0000_0000
Audio Control Register Map
REGISTER ADDRESS R/W DESCRIPTION RESET VALUE
ACTL_CON 0xFFF0_9000 R/W Audio controller control register 0x0000_0000
ACTL_RESET 0xFFF0_9004 R/W Sub block reset control register 0x0000_0000
ACTL_RDSTB 0xFFF0_9008 R/W DMA destination base address
register for record 0x0000_0000
ACTL_RDST_LENGTH 0xFFF0_900C R/W DMA destination length register for
record 0x0000_0000
ACTL_RDSTC 0xFFF0_9010 R
DMA destination current address
register for record 0x0000_0000
ACTL_RSR 0xFFF0_9014 R/W Record status register 0x0000_0000
ACTL_PDSTB 0xFFF0_9018 R/W DMA destination base address
register for play 0x0000_0000
ACTL_PDST_LENGTH 0xFFF0_901C R/W DMA destination length register for
play 0x0000_0000
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
Publication Release Date: July 26, 2006
- 417 - Revision A1
Audio Control Register Map, continued
REGISTER ADDRESS R/W DESCRIPTION RESET VALUE
ACTL_PDSTC 0xFFF0_9020 R
DMA destination current address
register for play 0x0000_0000
ACTL_PSR 0xFFF0_9024 R/W Play status register 0x0000_0004
ACTL_I²SCON 0xFFF0_9028 R/W S control register 0x0000_0000
ACTL_ACCON 0xFFF0_902C R/W AC-link control register 0x0000_0000
ACTL_ACOS0 0xFFF0_9030 R/W AC-link out slot 0 0x0000_0000
ACTL_ACOS1 0xFFF0_9034 R/W AC-link out slot 1 0x0000_0080
ACTL_ACOS2 0xFFF0_9038 R/W AC-link out slot 2 0x0000_0000
ACTL_ACIS0 0xFFF0_903C R AC-link in slot 0 0x0000_0000
ACTL_ACIS1 0xFFF0_9040 R AC-link in slot 1 0x0000_0000
ACTL_ACIS2 0xFFF0_9044 R AC-link in slot 2 0x0000_0000
Cache Controller Test Registers Map
REGISTER ADDRESS R/W DESCRIPTION RESET VALUE
CTEST0 0xFFF6_0000 R/W Cache test register 0 0x0000_0000
CTEST1 0xFFF6_0004 R Cache test register 1 0x0000_0000
UART0 Control Registers Map
REGISTER ADDRESS R/W DESCRIPTION RESET VALUE
UART0_RBR 0xFFF8_0000 R Receive Buffer Register (DLAB = 0) Undefined
UART0_THR 0xFFF8_0000 W Transmit Holding Register (DLAB = 0) Undefined
UART0_IER 0xFFF8_0004 R/W Interrupt Enable Register (DLAB = 0) 0x0000_0000
UART0_DLL 0xFFF8_0000 R/W Divisor Latch Register (LS)
(DLAB = 1) 0x0000_0000
UART0_DLM 0xFFF8_0004 R/W Divisor Latch Register (MS)
(DLAB = 1) 0x0000_0000
UART0_IIR 0xFFF8_0008 R Interrupt Identification Register 0x8181_8181
UART0_FCR 0xFFF8_0008 W FIFO Control Register Undefined
UART0_LCR 0xFFF8_000C R/W Line Control Register 0x0000_0000
UART0_LSR 0xFFF8_0014 R Line Status Register 0x6060_6060
UART0_TOR 0xFFF8_001C R Time Out Register 0x0000_0000
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
- 418 -
High Speed UART1 Control Registers Map
REGISTER ADDRESS R/W DESCRIPTION RESET VALUE
UART1_RBR 0xFFF8_0100 R Receive Buffer Register (DLAB = 0) Undefined
UART1_THR 0xFFF8_0100 W Transmit Holding Register (DLAB = 0) Undefined
UART1_IER 0xFFF8_0104 R/W Interrupt Enable Register (DLAB = 0) 0x0000_0000
UART1_DLL 0xFFF8_0100 R/W Divisor Latch Register (LS)
(DLAB = 1) 0x0000_0000
UART1_DLM 0xFFF8_0104 R/W Divisor Latch Register (MS)
(DLAB = 1) 0x0000_0000
UART1_IIR 0xFFF8_0108 R Interrupt Identification Register 0x8181_8181
UART1_FCR 0xFFF8_0108 W FIFO Control Register Undefined
UART1_LCR 0xFFF8_010C R/W Line Control Register 0x0000_0000
UART1_MCR 0xFFF8_0110 R/W Modem Control Register 0x0000_0000
UART1_LSR 0xFFF8_0114 R Line Status Register 0x6060.6060
UART1_MSR 0xFFF8_0118 R MODEM Status Register 0x0000_0000
UART1_TOR 0xFFF8_011C R Time Out Register 0x0000_0000
UART1_UBCR 0xFFF8_0120 R/W UART1 Bluetooth Control Register 0x0000_0000
UART2 Control Register Map
REGISTER ADDRESS R/W DESCRIPTION RESET VALUE
UART2_RBR 0xFFF8_0200 R Receive Buffer Register (DLAB = 0) Undefined
UART2_THR 0xFFF8_0200 W Transmit Holding Register (DLAB = 0) Undefined
UART2_IER 0xFFF8_0204 R/W Interrupt Enable Register (DLAB = 0) 0x0000_0000
UART2_DLL 0xFFF8_0200 R/W Divisor Latch Register (LS)
(DLAB = 1) 0x0000_0000
UART2_DLM 0xFFF8_0204 R/W Divisor Latch Register (MS)
(DLAB = 1) 0x0000_0000
UART2_IIR 0xFFF8_0208 R Interrupt Identification Register 0x8181_8181
UART2_FCR 0xFFF8_0208 W FIFO Control Register Undefined
UART2_LCR 0xFFF8_020C R/W Line Control Register 0x0000_0000
UART2_MCR 0xFFF8_0210 R/W Modem Control Register 0x0000_0000
UART2_LSR 0xFFF8_0214 R Line Status Register 0x6060_6060
UART2_MSR 0xFFF8_0218 R MODEM Status Register 0x0000_0000
UART2_TOR 0xFFF8_021C R Time Out Register 0x0000_0000
UART2_IRCR 0xFFF8_0220 R/W IrDA Control Register 0x0000_0040
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
Publication Release Date: July 26, 2006
- 419 - Revision A1
UART3 Control Register Map
REGISTER ADDRESS R/W DESCRIPTION RESET VALUE
UART3_RBR 0xFFF8_0300 R Receive Buffer Register (DLAB = 0) Undefined
UART3_THR 0xFFF8_0300 W Transmit Holding Register (DLAB = 0) Undefined
UART3_IER 0xFFF8_0304 R/W Interrupt Enable Register (DLAB = 0) 0x0000_0000
UART3_DLL 0xFFF8_0300 R/W Divisor Latch Register (LS)
(DLAB = 1) 0x0000_0000
UART3_DLM 0xFFF8_0304 R/W Divisor Latch Register (MS)
(DLAB = 1) 0x0000_0000
UART3_IIR 0xFFF8_0308 R Interrupt Identification Register 0x8181_8181
UART3_FCR 0xFFF8_0308 W FIFO Control Register Undefined
UART3_LCR 0xFFF8_030C R/W Line Control Register 0x0000_0000
UART3_MCR 0xFFF8_0310 R/W Modem Control Register 0x0000_0000
UART3_LSR 0xFFF8_0314 R Line Status Register 0x6060_6060
UART3_MSR 0xFFF8_0318 R MODEM Status Register 0x0000_0000
UART3_TOR 0xFFF8_031C R Time Out Register 0x0000_0000
Timer Control Registers Map
REGISTER ADDRESS R/W DESCRIPTION RESET VALUE
TCR0 0xFFF8_1000 R/W Timer Control Register 0 0x0000_0005
TCR1 0xFFF8_1004 R/W Timer Control Register 1 0x0000_0005
TICR0 0xFFF8_1008 R/W Timer Initial Control Register 0 0x0000_00FF
TICR1 0xFFF8_100C R/W Timer Initial Control Register 1 0x0000_00FF
TDR0 0xFFF8_1010 R Timer Data Register 0 0x0000_0000
TDR1 0xFFF8_1014 R Timer Data Register 1 0x0000_0000
TISR 0xFFF8_1018 R/C Timer Interrupt Status Register 0x0000_0000
WTCR 0xFFF8_101C R/W Watchdog Timer Control Register 0x0000_0000
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
- 420 -
AIC Control Registers Map
REGISTER ADDRESS R/W DESCRIPTION RESET VALUE
AIC_SCR1 0xFFF8_2004 R/W Source Control Register 1 0x0000_0047
AIC_SCR2 0xFFF8_2008 R/W Source Control Register 2 0x0000_0047
AIC_SCR3 0xFFF8_200C R/W Source Control Register 3 0x0000_0047
AIC_SCR4 0xFFF8_2010 R/W Source Control Register 4 0x0000_0047
AIC_SCR5 0xFFF8_2014 R/W Source Control Register 5 0x0000_0047
AIC_SCR6 0xFFF8_2018 R/W Source Control Register 6 0x0000_0047
AIC_SCR7 0xFFF8_201C R/W Source Control Register 7 0x0000_0047
AIC_SCR8 0xFFF8_2020 R/W Source Control Register 8 0x0000_0047
AIC_SCR9 0xFFF8_2024 R/W Source Control Register 9 0x0000_0047
AIC_SCR10 0xFFF8_2028 R/W Source Control Register 10 0x0000_0047
AIC_SCR11 0xFFF8_202C R/W Source Control Register 11 0x0000_0047
AIC_SCR12 0xFFF8_2030 R/W Source Control Register 12 0x0000_0047
AIC_SCR13 0xFFF8_2034 R/W Source Control Register 13 0x0000_0047
AIC_SCR14 0xFFF8_2038 R/W Source Control Register 14 0x0000_0047
AIC_SCR15 0xFFF8_203C R/W Source Control Register 15 0x0000_0047
AIC_SCR16 0xFFF8_2040 R/W Source Control Register 16 0x0000_0000
AIC_SCR17 0xFFF8_2044 R/W Source Control Register 17 0x0000_0000
AIC_SCR18 0xFFF8_2048 R/W Source Control Register 18 0x0000_0000
AIC_SCR19 0xFFF8_204C R/W Source Control Register 19 0x0000_0047
AIC_SCR20 0xFFF8_2050 R/W Source Control Register 20 0x0000_0047
AIC_SCR21 0xFFF8_2054 R/W Source Control Register 21 0x0000_0047
AIC_SCR22 0xFFF8_2058 R/W Source Control Register 22 0x0000_0047
AIC_SCR23 0xFFF8_205C R/W Source Control Register 23 0x0000_0047
AIC_SCR24 0xFFF8_2060 R/W Source Control Register 24 0x0000_0047
AIC_SCR25 0xFFF8_2064 R/W Source Control Register 25 0x0000_0047
AIC_SCR26 0xFFF8_2068 R/W Source Control Register 26 0x0000_0047
AIC_SCR27 0xFFF8_206C R/W Source Control Register 27 0x0000_0047
AIC_SCR28 0xFFF8_2070 R/W Source Control Register 28 0x0000_0047
AIC_SCR29 0xFFF8_2074 R/W Source Control Register 29 0x0000_0047
AIC_SCR30 0xFFF8_2078 R/W Source Control Register 30 0x0000_0047
AIC_SCR31 0xFFF8_207C R/W Source Control Register 31 0x0000_0047
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
Publication Release Date: July 26, 2006
- 421 - Revision A1
AIC Control Registers Map, continued
REGISTER ADDRESS R/W DESCRIPTION RESET VALUE
AIC_IRSR 0xFFF8_2100 R Interrupt Raw Status Register 0x0000_0000
AIC_IASR 0xFFF8_2104 R Interrupt Active Status Register 0x0000_0000
AIC_ISR 0xFFF8_2108 R Interrupt Status Register 0x0000_0000
AIC_IPER 0xFFF8_210C R Interrupt Priority Encoding Register 0x0000_0000
AIC_ISNR 0xFFF8_2110 R Interrupt Source Number Register 0x0000_0000
AIC_IMR 0xFFF8_2114 R Interrupt Mask Register 0x0000_0000
AIC_OISR 0xFFF8_2118 R Output Interrupt Status Register 0x0000_0000
AIC_MECR 0xFFF8_2120 W Mask Enable Command Register Undefined
AIC_MDCR 0xFFF8_2124 W Mask Disable Command Register Undefined
AIC_SSCR 0xFFF8_2128 W Source Set Command Register Undefined
AIC_SCCR 0xFFF8_212C W Source Clear Command Register Undefined
AIC_EOSCR 0xFFF8_2130 W End of Service Command Register Undefined
AIC_TEST 0xFFF8_2200
W ICE/Debug mode Register Undefined
GPIO Control Register Map
REGISTER ADDRESS R/W DESCRIPTION RESET VALUE
GPIO_CFG0 0xFFF8_3000 R/W GPIO Port0 Configuration Register 0x0000_0000
GPIO_DIR0 0xFFF8_3004 R/W GPIO Port0 Direction Control Register 0x0000_0000
GPIO_DATAOUT0 0xFFF8_3008 R/W GPIO Port0 Data Output Register 0x0000_0000
GPIO_DATAIN0 0xFFF8_300C R GPIO Port0 Data Input Register 0xXXXX_XXXX
GPIO_CFG1 0xFFF8_3010 R/W GPIO port1 configuration register 0x0000_0000
GPIO_DIR1 0xFFF8_3014 R/W GPIO port1 direction control register 0x0000_0000
GPIO_DATAOUT1 0xFFF8_3018 R/W GPIO port1 data output register 0x0000_0000
GPIO_DATAIN1 0xFFF8_301C R GPIO port1 data input register 0xXXXX_XXXX
GPIO_CFG2 0xFFF8_3020 R/W GPIO Port2 Configuration Register 0x0000_0000
GPIO_DIR2 0xFFF8_3024 R/W GPIO Port2 Direction Control Register 0x0000_0000
GPIO_DATAOUT2 0xFFF8_3028 R/W GPIO Port2 Data Output Register 0x0000_0000
GPIO_DATAIN2 0xFFF8_302C R GPIO Port2 Data Input Register 0xXXXX_XXXX
GPIO_CFG4 0xFFF8_3040 R/W GPIO Port4 Configuration Register 0x0015_5555
GPIO_DIR4 0xFFF8_3044 R/W GPIO Port4 Direction Control Register 0x0000_0000
GPIO_DATAOUT4 0xFFF8_3048 R/W GPIO Port4 Data Output Register 0x0000_0000
GPIO_DATAIN4 0xFFF8_304C R GPIO Port4 Data Input Register 0xXXXX_XXXX
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
- 422 -
GPIO Control Register Map, continued
REGISTER ADDRESS R/W DESCRIPTION RESET VALUE
GPIO_CFG5 0xFFF8_3050 R/W GPIO Port5 Configuration Register 0x0000_0000
GPIO_DIR5 0xFFF8_3054 R/W GPIO Port5 Direction Control Register 0x0000_0000
GPIO_DATAOUT5 0xFFF8_3058 R/W GPIO Port5 Data Output Register 0x0000_0000
GPIO_DATAIN5 0xFFF8_305C R GPIO Port5 Data Input Register 0xXXXX_XXXX
GPIO_DBNCECON 0xFFF8_3070 R/W GPIO Input Debounce Control Register 0x0000_0000
GPIO_XICFG 0xFFF8_3074 R/W Extend Interrupt Configure Register 0xXXXX_XXX0
GPIO_XISTATUS 0xFFF8_3078 R/W Extend Interrupt Status Register 0xXXXX_XXX0
I2C Register Map
REGISTER ADDRESS R/W DESCRIPTION RESET VALUE
I2C Interface 0
I2C_CSR0 0xFFF8_6000 R/W I2C0 Control and Status Register 0x0000_0000
I2C_DIVIDER0 0xFFF8_6004 R/W I2C0 Clock Prescale Register 0x0000_0000
I2C_CMDR0 0xFFF8_6008 R/W I2C0 Command Register 0x0000_0000
I2C_SWR0 0xFFF8_600C R/W I2C0 Software Mode Control Register 0x0000_003F
I2C_RxR0 0xFFF8_6010 R I2C0 Data Receive Register 0x0000_0000
I2C_TxR0 0xFFF8_6014 R/W I2C0 Data Transmit Register 0x0000_0000
I2C Interface 1
I2C_CSR1 0xFFF8_6000 R/W I2C1 Control and Status Register 0x0000_0000
I2C_DIVIDER1 0xFFF8_6004 R/W I2C1 Clock Prescale Register 0x0000_0000
I2C_CMDR1 0xFFF8_6008 R/W I2C1 Command Register 0x0000_0000
I2C_SWR1 0xFFF8_600C R/W I2C1 Software Mode Control Register 0x0000_003F
I2C_RxR1 0xFFF8_6010 R I2C1 Data Receive Register 0x0000_0000
I2C_TxR1 0xFFF8_6014 R/W I2C1 Data Transmit Register 0x0000_0000
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
Publication Release Date: July 26, 2006
- 423 - Revision A1
USI Register Map
REGISTER ADDRESS R/W DESCRIPTION RESET VALUE
USI_CNTRL 0xFFF8_6200 R/W Control and Status Register 0x0000_0004
USI_DIVIDER 0xFFF8_6204 R/W Clock Divider Register 0x0000_0000
USI_SSR 0xFFF8_6208 R/W Slave Select Register 0x0000_0000
Reserved 0xFFF8_620C N/A Reserved N/A
USI_Rx0 0xFFF8_6210 R Data Receive Register 0 0x0000_0000
USI_Rx1 0xFFF8_6214 R Data Receive Register 1 0x0000_0000
USI_Rx2 0xFFF8_6218 R Data Receive Register 2 0x0000_0000
USI_Rx3 0xFFF8_621C R Data Receive Register 3 0x0000_0000
USI_Tx0 0xFFF8_6210 W Data Transmit Register 0 0x0000_0000
USI_Tx1 0xFFF8_6214 W Data Transmit Register 1 0x0000_0000
USI_Tx2 0xFFF8_6218 W Data Transmit Register 2 0x0000_0000
USI_Tx3 0xFFF8_621C W Data Transmit Register 3 0x0000_0000
PWM Control Registers Map
REGISTER ADDRESS R/W DESCRIPTION RESET VALUE
PWM_PPR 0xFFF8_7000 R/W PWM Prescaler Register 0x0000_0000
PWM_CSR 0xFFF8_7004 R/W PWM Clock Select Register 0x0000_0000
PWM_PCR 0xFFF8_7008 R/W PWM Control Register 0x0000_0000
PWM_CNR0 0xFFF8_700C R/W PWM Counter Register 0 0x0000_0000
PWM_CMR0 0xFFF8_7010 R/W PWM Comparator Register 0 0x0000_0000
PWM_PDR0 0xFFF8_7014 R PWM Data Register 0 0x0000_0000
PWM_CNR1 0xFFF8_7018 R/W PWM Counter Register 1 0x0000_0000
PWM_CMR1 0xFFF8_701C R/W PWM Comparator Register 1 0x0000_0000
PWM_PDR1 0xFFF8_7020 R PWM Data Register 1 0x0000_0000
PWM_CNR2 0xFFF8_7024 R/W PWM Counter Register 2 0x0000_0000
PWM_CMR2 0xFFF8_7028 R/W PWM Comparator 2 0x0000_0000
PWM_PDR2 0xFFF8_702C R PWM Data Register 2 0x0000_0000
PWM_CNR3 0xFFF8_7030 R/W PWM Counter Register 3 0x0000_0000
PWM_CMR3 0xFFF8_7034 R/W PWM Comparator Register 3 0x0000_0000
PWM_PDR3 0xFFF8_7038 R PWM Data Register 3 0x0000_0000
PWM_PIER 0xFFF8_703C R/W PWM Interrupt Enable Register 0x0000_0000
PWM_PIIR 0xFFF8_7040 R/C PWM Interrupt Indication Register 0x0000_0000
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
- 424 -
KPI Control Register Map
REGISTER ADDRESS R/W DESCRIPTION RESET VALUE
KPICONF 0xFFF8_8000 R/W Keypad controller configuration Register 0x0000_0000
KPI3KCONF 0xFFF8_8004 R/W Keypad controller 3-keys configuration register 0x0000_0000
KPILPCONF 0xFFF8_8008 R/W Keypad controller low power configuration
register 0x0000_0000
KPISTATUS 0xFFF8_800C R/O Keypad controller status register 0x0000_0000
PS2 Control Register Map
REGISTER ADDRESS R/W/C DESCRIPTION RESET VALUE
PS2CMD 0xFFF8_9000 R/W PS2 Host Controller Command Register 0x0000_0000
PS2STS 0xFFF8_9004 R/W PS2 Host Controller Status Register 0x0000_0000
PS2SCANCODE 0xFFF8_9008 RO PS2 Host Controller RX Scan Code
Register 0x0000_0000
PS2ASCII 0xFFF8_900C RO PS2 Host Controller RX ASCII Code
Register 0x0000_0000
W90N745CD/W90N745CDG
Publication Release Date: July 26, 2006
- 425 - Revision A1
Important Notice
Winbond products are not designed, intended, authorized or warranted for use as components
in systems or equipment intended for surgical implantation, atomic energy control
instruments, airplane or spaceship instruments, transportation instruments, traffic signal
instruments, combustion control instruments, or for other applications intended to support or
sustain life. Further more, Winbond products are not intended for applications wherein failure
of Winbond products could result or lead to a situation wherein personal injury, death or
severe property or environmental damage could occur.
Winbond customers using or selling these products for use in such applications do so at their
own risk and agree to fully indemnify Winbond for any damages resulting from such improper
use or sales.
Headquarters
No. 4, Creation Rd. III,
Science-Based Industrial Park,
Hsinchu, Taiwan
TEL: 886-3-5770066
FAX: 886-3-5665577
http://www.winbond.com.tw/
Taipei Office
TEL: 886-2-8177-7168
FAX: 886-2-8751-3579
Winbond Electronics Corporation America
2727 North First Street, San Jose,
CA 95134, U.S.A.
TEL: 1-408-9436666
FAX: 1-408-5441798
Winbond Electronics (H.K.) Ltd.
No. 378 Kwun Tong Rd.,
Kowloon, Hong Kong
FAX: 852-27552064
Unit 9-15, 22F, Millennium City,
TEL: 852-27513100
Please note that all data and specifications are subject to change without notice.
All the trademarks of products and companies mentioned in this datasheet belong to their respective owners.
Winbond Electronics (Shanghai) Ltd.
200336 China
FAX: 86-21-62365998
27F, 2299 Yan An W. Rd. Shanghai,
TEL: 86-21-62365999
Winbond Electronics Corporation Japan
Shinyokohama Kohoku-ku,
Yokohama, 222-0033
FAX: 81-45-4781800
7F Daini-ueno BLDG, 3-7-18
TEL: 81-45-4781881
9F, No.480, Rueiguang Rd.,
Neihu District, Taipei, 114,
Taiwan, R.O.C.

Navigation menu